ngcconstguide.pdf

166
National Gypsum Construction Guide 12 TH EDITION 09 20 00/NGC ®

Upload: errian-nadezhda-tang

Post on 20-Oct-2015

53 views

Category:

Documents


3 download

DESCRIPTION

NGCConstGuide.pdf

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: NGCConstGuide.pdf

National Gypsum Construction Guide

12TH EDITION 09 20 00/NGC

®

Page 2: NGCConstGuide.pdf

HOW TO USE THE NATIONAL GYPSUM COMPANYGYPSUM CONSTRUCTION GUIDENATIONAL GYPSUM PRODUCTS FOR ALL YOUR BUILDING NEEDSYour National Gypsum Company “Gypsum Construction

Guide” has been carefully developed to provide you with acomprehensive guide to the entire range of National Gypsumproducts. We have attempted to give you the most accurate,up-to-date information in a clear, concise, easy-to-readformat. Because it is important for us to ensure our guide isuser-friendly, we welcome your comments. Please write us at: National Gypsum Company Technical ServicesDepartment, 2001 Rexford Road, Charlotte, N.C. 28211 orcall 1-800-NATIONAL (1-800-628-4662) U.S.A. or Canada.

For your easy reference and accessibility to this information, wehave placed all of our Sweet’s material in this section. For acomplete copy of our literature call 1-800-NATIONAL.

CAD DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONSTo assist you in your design process, all CAD drawings and

specifications are available at www.nationalgypsum.com.Computer aided design (CAD) drawings are in DXF, DWG andGIF file formats. Specifications are in CSI three-part format andCSI page format. Additional specification options are provided inMasterspec and Manu-Spec.

COPYRIGHT 2008 NATIONAL GYPSUM COMPANY

National Gypsum Company Headquarters2001 Rexford RoadCharlotte, North Carolina 28211(704) 365-7300Internet - www.nationalgypsum.com

40 NATIONAL GYPSUM CONVENTIONAL PLASTER SYSTEMS

DETAILS

DESCRIPTION

Suspended Metal Lath Ceilings

TECHNICAL DATA

SIZE AND SPACING OF CHANNEL FOR SUSPENDED CEILINGS

Center to Main ChannelCenter Spacing Size of (weight Maximum

of Hangers Cold Rolled per 1000 ft.) Center to CenterAlong Channel Channel (305 M) Spacing of Channel

up to 3' 1 1/2" 475 lbs. 4'(914 mm) (38.1 mm) (216 kg) (1219 mm)

up to 3'6" 1 1/2" 475 lbs. 3'6"(1067 mm) (38.1 mm) (216 kg) (1067 mm)

up to 4' 1 1/2" 475 lbs. 3'(1219 mm) (38.1 mm) (216 kg) (914 mm)

SIZE AND SPACING OF CHANNEL FOR FURRED AND SUSPENDED CEILINGS

3/4" (19.0 mm) C.R. Channel MaximumCenter to Center Cross Furring 300 lbs. Furring

Spacing of Hangers (136 kg)/1000 ft. (305 M) Spacing

up to 3' (914 mm) 3/8" (9.5 mm) rib lath 24" (610 mm)up to 3' (914 mm) 3.4 lb. (1.5 kg) flat rib lath 19" (483 mm)

up to 3'6" (1067 mm) 3.4 lb. (1.5 kg) mesh lath 16" (406 mm)up to 4' (1219 mm) 2.5 lb. (1.1 kg) mesh lath 12" (305 mm)

MAXIMUM SPACING OF SUPPORTS FOR METAL LATH

Support Weight of LathType of Lath Spacing lbs. per sq. yd. (kg/m2)

Diamond Mesh(flat expanded) 16" (406 mm) 3.4 (1.9)

Flat Rib 16" (406 mm) 2.75 (1.5)19" (483 mm) 3.4 (1.9)

3/8" (9.5 mm) Rib 24" (610 mm) 3.4 (1.9)

3/4" C.R.CHANNEL

HANGER WIRE

1 1/2" C.R.CHANNEL

TIE WIRE

66 CASING BEADFLEXIBLE DUST SEAL

FINISHED WALL LINE

GYPSUM PLASTER

09210KScale: 3" = 1'-0"

SUSPENDED METAL LATH AT WALL (UNRESTRAINED)

HANGER WIRE

3/4" C.R.CHANNEL

1 1/2" C.R.CHANNEL

METAL LATH

GYPSUMPLASTER

NO. 15EXPANSION JOINT

09210MScale: 3" = 1'-0"

SUSPENDED METAL LATH CONTROL JOINT

1 1/2" C.R.CHANNEL

METAL LATH66 CASING BEAD

LIGHTING TROFFER09210O

Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"

Metal lath suspensions arecommonly made belowvirtually all types of construction for fire-ratedand non fire-rated plasterceilings. Framing of 1 1/2"C.R. channels are spacedup to 4' o.c. perpendicularto joists and are cross-furred with 3/4" C.R. channels spaced accordingto specifications for typesand weight of metal lath.Lath is then properlylapped at sides and endsand tied every 6" to the 3/4" channel.

Where it is advisable to installunrestrained ceilings, having perimeters separated from adjacentwalls or partitions, galvanized casing beads

should be installed aroundthe periphery.

Metal Lath is frequently usedfor furred as well as suspended ceilings.

Metal lath is used for furringfrom wood, concrete andsteel joists.

RECOMMENDATIONS1. Control joints should be

installed in ceilings withoutperimeter relief with a max-imum distance betweensuch joints of 30' with amaximum undivided areaof 900 sq. ft. With perime-ter relief, maximum dis-tance is 50' with maximumundivided area of 2500sq.ft.

2. Use three-coat plastering onmetal lath.

GRAPHICS, ILLUSTRATIONS ANDPHOTOGRAPHYEach product grouping is

full of informative graphics andphotography as a visual aid inidentifying products, uses andinstallation.

CAD DRAWING FILENUMBER

SUB-SECTION NAMERepeats the name of the

current sub-section.

PAGE NUMBER

SUB-SECTION HEADINGEach product in the section will be

designated with a sub-section heading on the appropriate pages.

COLOR ARROW HEADIndicates next topic

for a product, i.e. Description, Technical Data, Details, Specifications,Recommendations,Installation.

CAD DRAWINGSThese drawings are included where

appropriate to assist architects andspecifiers with detailed drawings.

DURABASE®

DURASAN®

EASY FINISH®

EDGE GRIPTM

EXCELLENCE ACROSS THE BOARD®

e2XP™E-Z STRIP®

FIRE-SHIELD®

FIRE-SHIELD CTM

GOLD BOND®

GOLD BOND 54®

GRIDMARX®

GRIDSTONE®

GYPSOLITE®

HIGH FLEX®

HI-ABUSE®

HI-IMPACT®

KAL-KORE®

KAL-KORNER BEAD®

KAL-KOTE®

KAL-MESH®

MULTI-FLEX®

NGC®

1-800 NATIONAL®

PERFECT SPRAY®

PERMABASE®

PERMABASE FLEX®

PROFORM®

SEASPRAY MVR®

SHAFTLINER®

SHAFTLINER XP®

SOUNDBREAK™STA-SMOOTH®

TRIPLE-T®

ULTRATM

UNI-KAL®

X-KALIBUR®

XP®

The following names are trademarks owned by NationalGypsum Company or its subsidiary, National GypsumProperties, LLC:

TRADEMARKS

®

Page 3: NGCConstGuide.pdf

Solid Laminated Partitions.........................................................110

ProForm® BRAND Joint Treatment ...............................................112

ProForm® BRAND Texture Products .............................................115

Levels of Gypsum Board Finish.................................................118

Cavity Shaftwall Systems...........................................................123

Horizontal Shaftwall Duct and Ceiling Assemblies...................137

H-Stud Area Separation Wall System ........................................139

PermaBase® BRAND Cement Board.............................................145

Index .........................................................................................157

Index of CAD Detail Drawings..................................................161

Hi-Impact® BRAND XP® Gypsum Board.........................................81

SoundBreak™ Gypsum Board ....................................................84

Gridstone BRAND Ceiling Panels...................................................86

Gridstone BRAND Cleanroom Ceiling Panels ...............................87

Gridstone® BRAND Hi-Strength Ceiling Panels .............................88

Gold Bond® BRAND Foil Back Gypsum Board .............................89

Gypsum Systems Nonload-Bearing Steel Frame Partitions .........90

Drywall Metal Framing ...............................................................93

Accessories .................................................................................94

Steel Frame Ceilings/Furring Channels or Studs...........................99

Wood Frame Walls and Ceilings ..............................................101

Resilient Furring Channel Construction ....................................106

Gypsum Board Over Masonry .................................................108

Charlotte, North Carolina, is the home of the new NationalGypsum Company.

Our vision: To be recognized as the industry leader for extraordinary service and products that consistently meet our customers’ tougheststandards.

Driving and sustaining our Vision are these core Values:

• Customer satisfaction as our priority• Honesty, integrity, fairness and respect• Communications and openness with all those with whom we deal• Teamwork, empowerment and continuous improvement• Work hard, be safe, and have fun

National Gypsum Company is a fully integrated manufacturer and supplier of building and construction products worldwide.

Our primary emphasis is on Gold Bond® BRAND gypsum board, ProForm® BRAND joint treatment products, PermaBase®

BRAND cement board, and gypsum plaster systems.

Based in Charlotte, NC, the privately held National Gypsum Company operates more than 40 facilities throughout the U.S. and Canada.

09 26 13

09 23 00

Product Specification Directory .........................................................................3

Sound and Fire Rated Assemblies ......................................................................8

Quick Selector for Fire and Sound Rated Systems..............................................9

Gypsum Plaster Partitions – Metal Lath.........................................................11

Plaster Fireproofing Columns (10WF40 or heavier)......................................12

Plaster Fireproofing Beams (8WF24 or heavier) ...........................................12

Veneer Plaster Partitions – Wood and Steel Framing....................................12

Gypsum Board Partitions – Wood Framing (Load-Bearing) ..........................12

Gypsum Board Partitions – Steel Framing.....................................................14

Gypsum Board Partitions – Steel Framing (Load-Bearing) ............................18

Gypsum Board Partitions – Durasan Prefinished Gypsum Board..................18

Gypsum Board Partitions – Solid..................................................................19

Gypsum Board Partitions – Shaftwalls, Area Sep. Walls...............................20

Gypsum Board Column Fireproofing............................................................21

Gypsum Board Beam Fireproofing...............................................................22

Gypsum Board Floor/Ceilings – Wood Framing...........................................22

Gypsum Board Roof/Ceilings – Wood Framing ...........................................23

Gypsum Board Floor/Ceilings – Steel Framing .............................................24

Gypsum Board Roof/Ceilings – Steel Framing..............................................26

Gypsum Board Horizontal Shaftwall Duct Protection..................................26

Gold Bond® BRAND Gypsum Sheathing and e2XP Extended Exposure Sheathing ....27

Conventional Plaster Systems...........................................................................33

Veneer Plaster Systems ....................................................................................43

Gypsum Board Systems ...................................................................................57

Gold Bond® BRAND GridMarX® Gypsum Board................................................64

Gold Bond® BRAND Gypsum Board ..................................................................65

Gold Bond® BRAND Fire-Shield® Gypsum Board ..............................................66

Gold Bond® BRAND Sta-Smooth Gypsum Board ...............................................67

Gold Bond® BRAND XP® Gypsum Board ...........................................................70

Gold Bond® BRAND Exterior Soffit Board...........................................................71

Gold Bond® BRAND 1" Fire-Shield® Shaftliner....................................................73

Gold Bond® BRAND 1" Fire-Shield® Shaftliner XP®.............................................74

High Flex BRAND Gypsum Board ......................................................................75

Gold Bond® BRAND High Strength Ceiling Board..............................................77

Gold Bond® BRAND Hi-Abuse® XP® Gypsum Board ..........................................78

09 29 00

09 29 00

09 29 00

09 29 00

09 29 00

09 29 00

09 29 00

09 29 00

09 29 00

TABLE OF CONTENTS

06 16 43

09 29 00

09 29 00

09 29 00

1NATIONAL GYPSUM GENERAL REFERENCE

GEN

ERA

LR

EFER

ENC

E

GENERAL REFERENCE

09 29 00

09 29 00

09 29 00

09 21 16.23

09 21 16.23

09 21 16.33

09 29 00

09 29 00

09 29 00

09 29 00

09 29 00

09 29 00

09 29 00

09 29 00

09 29 00

09 29 00

INDEX

09 28 00

09 29 00

09 29 00

09 29 00

09 29 00

INDEX

Page 4: NGCConstGuide.pdf

2 NATIONAL GYPSUM QUICK SELECTOR/GENERAL REFERENCE

NATIONAL GYPSUM COMPANY

National Gypsum’s ownpatented Calcidyne systemheats the land plaster toremove 75% of the waterwhich is chemically combinedin the gypsum molecules.

National testing organizations frequently participate in themany product tests conducted at NGC Testing Services. Fire,acoustical, structural and analytical test laboratories areavailable commercially through NGC Testing ServicesSM forother manufacturers and research interests. For information,call 716-873-9750 or www.NGCTestingServices.com.

YOUR TECHNICALRESOURCEToday, more than ever, clear,

accurate information is vitalto every construction job.The challenges of construc-tion continue to grow:increasingly innovativebuilding designs, tighterbudgets, tighter schedules,and the continuing devel-opment of new materialsand construction tech-niques.

A NETWORK OFTECHNICAL SUPPORTIn keeping with the corporate

mission to become the pre-ferred supplier for our cus-tomers, National Gypsumhas made a total commit-ment to technical assis-tance and created a net-work of support to providevaluable assistance at everystage of a project’s devel-opment.

Field Representation. Beforeconstruction begins, whileplans and specifications arebeing produced, theseexperienced, trained pro-fessionals provide technical consultation in selecting, specifying and using gypsum-based building materials.During the constructionphase, our FieldRepresentatives have theexperience and the trainingto assure that the National

Gypsum products you needand specify are right for the job. They are backedup by thoroughly trainedCustomer ServiceRepresentatives who canalso help with productselection and purchase.

Continuing Research. Becausethe building industry andbuilding codes are con-stantly changing, NationalGypsum maintains a full-scale research center thatcontinually tests and evalu-ates products, applications,construction systems andtechniques.

Immediate Answers. Ofcourse, there are timeswhen you need an answerto a pressing situation orquestion. For this reason,National Gypsum has setup our TechnicalAssistance Hotline: 1-800-NATIONAL (1-800-628-4662).

One toll-free phone call givesa direct, personal link to atechnical expert with up-to-date knowledge of specifi-cations, building codes,product information andmuch more.

QUALITY IS SYSTEMATICAt the National Gypsum

Research Center, we concentrate not only onbuilding products individu-ally but also on completeconstruction systems. In

such systems, prod-ucts are evaluatedtogether as com-plete buildingassemblies – walls,partitions, floorsand ceilings.

Before NationalGypsum releases asystem to the build-ing industry, the sys-tem is thoroughlytested and theresults are correlatedand charted, makingit easier for thebuilder or architectto match a system tohis needs or tobuilding codes. Thisextensive databaseof technical infor-mation is madeavailable to you notonly through techni-cal bulletins such asthis one, but alsothrough our techni-cal support network.

The construction systemsreferred to in this manualare designed and testedwith material manufactured by National Gypsum.Substitutions of other products or brands forNational Gypsum Productsare not recommended.

Field Installation of tested sys-tems must be identical tothe laboratory installationto produce optimum per-formance of these systems,though duplication of con-trolled, laboratory resultsin such field installations isnot guaranteed.

Performance tests are conducted according toaccepted national stan-dards under controlled lab-oratory conditions to mini-mize variances and to per-mit comparison of testresults of all types of sys-tems, similar and dissimilar.

Detailed recommendationsare contained in each sec-tion. Architects, structuralengineers or others whoare responsible for fieldinstallations must maketheir own determinationsconcerning the applicabili-ty of the laboratory perfor-mance test results to thedesign or construction ofany specific structure.

National Gypsum’s Technology Innovation Center is located inCharlotte, North Carolina. National Gypsum has always held a leader-ship role in the development of gypsum based products and systems.Many of today’s most innovative gypsum, joint treatment and cementboard products and systems were developed, tested and introduced byNational Gypsum Company.

Page 5: NGCConstGuide.pdf

3NATIONAL GYPSUM PRODUCT SPECIFICATION DIRECTORY

GEN

ERA

LR

EFER

ENC

E

GENERAL REFERENCE

FOREWORD

PRODUCT SPECIFICATION DIRECTORY

GYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS Specification Standards

Product Description and Use ASTM Federal

Regular Gypsum Fire resistant. Will take decoration after proper C 1396 SS-L-30D Type IIIBoard or Sta-Smooth surface preparation of interior walls and ceilings.

XP Gypsum Board 1/2" (12.7 mm) gypsum board with a C 1396 SS-L-30D Type IIImoisture resistant gypsum core and mold/mildewresistant purple paper. Will take decoration afterproper surface preparation of interior walls and ceilings.

Fire-Shield Gypsum 1/2" (12.7 mm) and 5/8" (15.9 mm) gypsum C 1396 SS-L-30D Type IIIBoard (Includes “C”) board with specially processed core highly Type X Grade X

resistant to fire; type X core.

XP Fire-Shield Gypsum 1/2" (12.7 mm) and 5/8" (15.9 mm) gypsum C 1396 SS-L-30D Type IIIBoard (Includes “C”) board with a moisture resistant gypsum Type X Grade X

core highly resistant to fire and mold/mildewresistant purple paper; type X core.

SoundBreak 5/8" (15.9 mm) acoustically enhanced gypsum C 1396 SS-L-30D Type IIIGypsum Board board used in construction of high rated STC

assemblies.

Foil Back Gypsum Standard gypsum board with aluminum foil C 1396 SS-L-30D Type IIIBoard on backside providing vapor retarder for interior Form C

walls and ceilings.

Fire-Shield Shaftliner 1" (25.4 mm) thick, 2' (610 mm) wide, for solid C 1396 SS-L-30D Type IV(Includes XP) partitions, shaft walls and Area Separation Walls; Type X Grade X

type X core.

Regular or Fire-Shield Gypsum board with extra resistance to C 1396 NoneExterior Soffit Board moisture and sagging used for exterior soffit. Type X

Gypsum Durasan Prefinished Gypsum board with a vinyl surface, combines C 1396 SS-L-30D Type IIIBoard Regular Gypsum Board texture and pattern in colors. No decoration required. Class 3

Durasan Prefinished Gypsum board with a vinyl surface, combines C 1396 SS-L-30D Type IIIFire-Shield Gypsum Board texture and pattern in colors; type X core. Type X Grade X Class 3

High Flex Gypsum Board 1/4" (6.4 mm) flexible gypsum board designed for C 1396 SS-L-30D Type III use in radius wall and ceiling construction.

High Strength 1/2" (12.7 mm) gypsum board with core formulated C 1396 SS-L-30D Type IIICeiling Board to provide increased sag resistance.

Hi-Abuse XP Fire-Shield 5/8" (15.9 mm) gypsum board with heavy abrasion C 1396 SS-L-30D Type IIIGypsum Board resistant mold/mildew resistant purple paper and a Type X Grade X

special core to provide greater resistance to surfaceindentation; type X core.

Hi-Impact XP Fire-Shield 5/8" (15.9 mm) gypsum board with heavy C 1396 SS-L-30D Type IIIGypsum Board abrasion resistant mold/mildew resistant purple Type X Grade X

paper and a special moisture resistant gypsum corebacked with reinforcing fiber glass mesh; type X core.

Gridstone Ceiling Panels 1/2" x 2' x 2' (12.7 mm x 610 mm x 610 mm) C 1396 None1/2" x 2' x 4' (12.7 mm x 610 mm x 1219 mm) Type X, Class 1;gird panels with Fire-Shield G type X core and E 1264, Type XX,vinyl laminate. Patterns E, G

This directory is designed to provide a convenient, up-to-datereference to some of the products marketed by NationalGypsum Company, and to the ASTM and FederalSpecifications with which they comply.

The General Services Administration has cancelled many Federalprocurement documents. These have been superseded byASTM Specifications. Federal Specifications are listed forreference.

For the key to Federal Specification, gypsum board and jointtreatment product designations (Type, Form, etc.), refer totable on page 7.

This is to certify that the following materials comply in allrespects with listed specifications.

Page 6: NGCConstGuide.pdf

4 NATIONAL GYPSUM PRODUCT SPECIFICATION DIRECTORY

LATH, DRYWALL JOINT TREATMENT, TEXTURES AND ACCESSORIES Specification Standards

Product Description and Use ASTM Federal

Kal-Kore Plaster Base 3/8" (9.5 mm), 1/2" (12.7 mm) gypsum base C 1396 SS-L-30D Type VIfor veneer plaster systems.

Kal-Kore Fire-Shield 1/2" (12.7 mm), 5/8" (15.9 mm) gypsum base for C 1396 SS-L-30D Type VILath Plaster Base (includes “C”) veneer plaster systems; type X core. Type X Grade X

Regular or Fire-Shield Gypsum base with special core to provide C 1396 SS-L-30D TypeVIHi-Abuse Kal-Kore greater resistance to surface indentation. Type X Grade XPlaster Base Designed for high abuse areas.

ProForm All Purpose A conventional full-weight ready mix joint compound C 475 SS-J-570BJoint Compound used for all phases of drywall finishing.

ProForm XP A conventional full-weight ready mix joint compound C 475 SS-J-570BJoint Compound formulated for additional mold resistance.

ProForm Multi-Use A ready mix compound that combines the best attributes C 475 SS-J-570BJoint Compound of All Purpose and Lite for use in all phases of drywall

finishing

Joint ProForm Lite A full “Lite” weight ready mix for use in finishing gypsum C 475 SS-J-570BTreatment Joint Compound board, gypsum board joints, spotting fasteners and finish-

ing accessories.

ProForm Ultra An all purpose joint compound that pulls and sands easier C 475 SS-J-570BJoint Compound than conventional ready mix with up to 50% less shrinkage.

ProForm Taping Ready mixed joint compound used to enhance bond when C 475 SS-J-570BJoint Compound embedding joint tape and applying cornerbeads and

accessories.

ProForm Topping Ready mixed topping compound designed as a finish C 475 SS-J-570BJoint Compound coat over joint compound.

ProForm Texture Grade A nonaggregated, ready mixed material formulated for C 475 SS-J-570Btexturing interior walls and ceilings.

ProForm Triple-T Triple-T is an all-purpose powder product to be job mixed C 475 SS-J-570BCompound with water. It is recommended for tape application, finishing

and texturing.

ProForm Sta-Smooth, A setting type powder compound used for joint finishing. C 475 SS-J-570BSta-Smooth Lite, and Sta-Smooth HS Joint Compounds

GYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS (cont.) Description and Use ASTM Federal

Gypsum Gridstone CleanRoom 1/2" x 2' x 2' (12.7 mm x 610 mm x 610mm) C 1396 NoneBoard Ceiling Panels 1/2" x 2' x 4' (12.7 mm x 610 mm x 1219 mm) Type X, Class 1;

grid panels with Fire-Shield G type x core and vinyl E 1264, Type XX, laminate. Completely sealed on face, back and edges. Patterns E, G

Durabase Gypsum Board 5/16" (7.9 mm), 3/8" (9.5 mm), 1/2" (12.7 mm), C 1396 Noneand 5/8" (15.9 mm) gypsum board for printingapplication or laminating base.

Regular Jumbo Gypsum 1/2" (12.7 mm) gypsum board to be used as C 1396 SS-L-30D Type IISheathing a sheathing for exterior wall construction.

Fire-Shield Jumbo 5/8" (15.9 mm) gypsum board to be used as C1396 SS-L-30D Type IIGypsum Sheathing sheathing for fire rated exterior wall construction; Type X Grade XSheathing type X core.

e2XP Extended 1/2” (12.7 mm) Regular with a coated fiberglass mat C1177 SS-L0-30D Type IIExposure Sheathing used as a sheathing for exterior wall construction. and applicable sections of

C1396e2XP Extended 5/8” (15.9 mm) Type X with a coated fiberglass mat C1177 SS-L0-30D Type IIExposure Sheathing used as a sheathing for fire-rated exterior wall and applicable sections of Grade X

construction C1396

Gridstone Hi-Strength 5/16" x 2' x 2' (7.9 mm x 610mm x 610 mm) C 1396 NoneCeiling Panels 5/16" x 2' x 4' (7.9 mm x 610 mm x 1219 mm) Class 1

grid panels with non-combustible gypsum coreand vinyl laminate.

Page 7: NGCConstGuide.pdf

5NATIONAL GYPSUM PRODUCT SPECIFICATION DIRECTORY

GEN

ERA

LR

EFER

ENC

E

GENERAL REFERENCE

FIRE AND SMOKE STOP COMPOUND Specification Standards

Product Description and Use ASTM Federal

ProForm Sta-Smooth Setting type product formulated to provide protection in None NoneFS 90 Compound fire stopping applications through gypsum and other fire

rated assemblies. Meets ASTM E 814 and ANSI/UL 1479.

ProForm Joint Tape A paper tape for concealment of gypsum board joints. C 475** SS-J-570B**

ProForm Fiberglass A self-adhering glass fiber mesh tape to be used only with C 475 NoneMesh Tape setting compounds.

ProForm Multi-Flex Used to form inside or outside corners that are less or None NoneTape Bead greater than 90o.

LATH, DRYWALL JOINT TREATMENT, TEXTURES AND ACCESSORIES (cont.) Specification Standards

Product Description and Use ASTM Federal

Textures ProForm Perfect Spray A white, aggregated spray texture for interior use on None NoneTextures walls and ceilings.

ProForm Perfect Spray A white, nonaggregated spray texture for interior use on None NoneEM Textures walls and ceilings.

Gypsum Board Cornerbead* Used to protect exterior corners. C 1047 None

Gypsum Board Casing Bead* Used to reinforce and trim around doors and windows. C 1047 None

Arch Cornerbead* Used straight for exterior corners or may be snipped and C 1047 Nonebent to form arches.

Accessories

E-Z Strip Expansion Joint* Vinyl extrusion used as an expansion or control joint for C 1047 Nonedrywall and veneer plaster walls and ceilings.

.093 Zinc Expansion Joint* All zinc part used as an expansion or control joint for C 1047 Nonedrywall and veneer plaster walls and ceilings.

*National Gypsum does not manufacture these products.

PLASTER PRODUCTS AND ADDITIVES Specification Standards

Product Description and Use ASTM Federal

Gold Bond Two-Way For use with job-mixed aggregate. Machine spray or C 28 SS-P-00402BHardwall Gypsum Plaster trowel application. Type II

Basecoat Gold Bond Mill-mixed with perlite. Add only water on the job. C 28 SS-P-00402BPlasters Gypsolite Plaster Type I

Kal-Kote Base Plaster Basecoat plaster for veneer system. Add only water on the C 587 SS-P-00402Bjob. Type VI

Gold Bond Gypsum Used with lime for trowel finish or run-in-place ornamental C 28 SS-P-00402BGauging Plaster work. Type V

Gold Bond Gypsum Used with lime for run-in-place ornamental work or with C 59 SS-P-00402BMoulding Plaster water only for precast ornaments. Type V

Finish Kal-Kote Smooth Finish Hard, thin, smooth finish over Kal-Kote base plaster or C 587 SS-P-00402BPlasters Plaster conventional basecoat plasters. Type VI

Kal-Kote Texture Hard, thin, textured finish over Kal-Kote base plaster or C 587 SS-P-00402BFinish Plaster conventional basecoat plasters. Type VI

Uni-Kal Veneer Plaster One coat finish over Kal-Kore. Can also be used as finish C 587 SS-P-00402Bover Kal-Kote base or conventional plaster. Type VI

X-KALibur Extended set time, one coat finish over Kal-Kore. Can C 587 SS-P-00402BVeneer Plaster also be used as finish over Kal-Kote base or conventional Type VI

basecoat plasters.

Gold Bond Retarder A powder used to slow the set of gypsum plaster. None None

Gold Bond Accelerator A powder used to quicken the set of gypsum plaster. None None

SpecialAdditives

**Paper tape meeting these specifications available on special order.

Page 8: NGCConstGuide.pdf

6 NATIONAL GYPSUM PRODUCT SPECIFICATION DIRECTORY

CEMENT BACKERBOARDS Specification Standards

Product Description and Use ASTM Federal

PermaBase* Lightweight cement board composed of portland cement, aggregates and glass fiber mesh C 1325 NoneCement Board reinforcement, 1/4" (6.3 mm) (counters/floors only), 1/2" (12.7 mm) and 5/8" (15.9 mm)

thickness, 32" (813 mm), 36" (914 mm), and 48" (1219 mm) widths, 48" (1219 mm), 60" (1524 mm), 72" (1829 mm) and 96" (2438 mm) lengths. For interior or exterior use. May be used on exterior surfaces with imposed wind loads up to 40 PSF.

PermaBase Flex* Lightweight Polymer-modified cement board with glass fiber mesh reinforcement, 1/2" None NoneCement Board (12.7 mm) thick, 48" (1219 mm) width, 96" (2438 mm) length. For use anywhere an even

curved surface is required.

*Complies with ANSI A118.9

Code Report References

• ICC ESR-1338Gypsum Wall and Ceiling Assemblies and Gypsum BoardInterior and Exterior Applications

• ICBO ES, Inc. ER-1352Gold Bond Gypsum Board - Wood Framing

• ICBO ES, Inc. ER-1601Gold Bond Screw Steel Studs and Furring Channels

• ICBO ES, Inc. ER-3579One and Two Hour Fire-Rated Gold Bond Interior Partition Systems

• ICBO ES, Inc. ER-5731PermaBase Cement Board

• ICBO ES, Inc. ER-5733Half-Inch Gold Bond High-Strength Ceiling Board

• ICC ES, Inc. Legacy Report 90-26.01Gold Bond Fire Wall/Party Wall

• ICC ES, Inc. Legacy Report 89-35.01Gold Bond I-Stud Cavity Shaftwall System

• ICC ES, Inc. Legacy Report 92-19Dietrich H-Stud Area Separation Wall

• ICC ES, Inc. Legacy Report 9525BGold Bond I-Stud Cavity Shaftwall System

• ICC ES, Inc. Legacy Report 496Half-Inch Gold Bond High Strength Ceiling Board

• ICC ES, Inc. Legacy Report NER-506Dietrich Shaftwall and Stairwell Fire-Resistive Assemblies

• National Evaluation Service, Inc., Report No. NER-578PermaBase Cement Board

• ICC ES, Inc. Legacy Report ESR-1774Weyerhaeuser Truss Ceiling Assemblies

Kal-Korner Bead* Used to protect exterior corners in veneer plaster systems. C 1047 None

Expanded Veneer Cornerbead* Used as an alternate to the Kal-Korner bead for exterior corners. C 1047 None

Veneer J Trim Casing Bead* Used as a finished edge at door and window jambs. C 1047 None

Accessories Veneer L Trim Casing Bead* Used as a finished edge at door and window jambs. C 1047 None

Kal-Mesh Tape A coated non-adhesive fiberglass tape which is stapled to C 475 NoneKal-Kore to reinforce all joints and interior angles.

*National Gypsum does not manufacture these products.

VENEER PLASTER ACCESSORIES Specification StandardsProduct Description and Use ASTM Federal

ASTM APPLICATION SPECIFICATIONS

Used in conjunction with ASTM Product Specifications

C 754 Standard Specification for Installation of Steel Framing Members to Receive Screw-Attached Gypsum Panel Products.

C 840 Standard Specification for Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board.

C 841 Standard Specification for Installation of Interior Lathing and Furring.

C 842 Standard Specification for Application of Interior Gypsum Plaster.

C 843 Standard Specification for Application of Gypsum Veneer Plaster.

C 844 Standard Specification for Application of Gypsum Base to Receive Gypsum Veneer Plaster.

C 919 Standard Practice for Use of Sealants in Acoustical Applications.

C 1280 Standard Specification for Application of Gypsum Sheathing Board.

ANSI APPLICATION SPECIFICATIONS

Used in conjunction with ANSI Product Specifications

A 108.11 Standard for Interior Installation of Cementious Backer Units.

Page 9: NGCConstGuide.pdf

7NATIONAL GYPSUM PRODUCT SPECIFICATION DIRECTORY

GEN

ERA

LR

EFER

ENC

E

Key to Federal Specification DesignationsGYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS

Types–Grades–Classes–Forms–Styles

Type Grade Class Form Style

TYPE I R-Regular core 1-Plain face a-Plain back 1-Square edgeLath X-Fire-retardant core b-Perforated 5-Round edge

c-Foil back

TYPE II R-Regular core 2-Water-resistant surface a-Plain back 1-Square edgeSheathing W-Water-resistant 2-V-tongue and groove edge

treated coreX-Fire-retardant core

TYPE III R-Regular core 1-Plain face a-Plain back 1-Square edgeGypsum Board X-Fire-retardant core 3-Predecorated surface c-Foil back 3-Taper or recess edge

4-Featured joint edge6-Taper, featured edge

TYPE IV R-Regular core 1-Plain face a-Plain back 1-Square edgeBacker board X-Fire-retardant core c-Foil back 2-V-tongue and groove edge

3-Taper or recess edge

TYPE V R-Regular core 4-Fungus-resistant surface a-Plain back 1-Square edgeFormboard

TYPE VI R-Regular core 1-Plain face a-Plain back 1-Square edgeVeneer X-Fire-retardant core c-Foil back 3-Taper or recess edgePlaster Base 6-Taper, featured edge

TYPE VII R-Regular core 2-Water-resistant surfaces a-Plain back 1-Square edgeWater-resistant W-Water-resistant 3-Taper or recess edgeBacking Board treated core

X-Fire-retardant core

As an aid in the identification of gypsum board products, above are the classifications as set forth in Federal Specification SS-L-30D.

JOINT TREATMENT PRODUCTS

Types–Styles–Classes

Type Style Class

TYPE I 1-Drying powder A-TapingJoint Compound B-Topping

C-All purpose

2-Hardening powder A-TapingB-Topping

C-All purpose

3-Drying, premixed paste A-TapingB-Topping

C-All purpose

TYPE II 1-PlainJoint Tape

As an aid in the identification of joint treatment products, above are the classifications as set forth in Federal Specification SS-J-570B.

GENERAL REFERENCE

Page 10: NGCConstGuide.pdf

8 NATIONAL GYPSUM SOUND AND FIRE RATED ASSEMBLIES

Sound and Fire Rated Assemblies

SOUND RATINGSDrywall and plaster construc-

tion systems are laboratorytested to establish theirsound insulation character-istics. Airborne sound insu-lation is reported as theSound Transmission Class(STC), whereas impactnoise, tested on floor-ceil-ing systems only, is report-ed as the Impact InsulationClass (IIC).

When selecting systems basedon laboratory performanceratings, it should be clearlyunderstood that field condi-tions such as flankingpaths, air leaks, etc. causedby design or workmanshipcan reduce acoustical per-formance. For these rea-sons National GypsumCompany cannot guaranteethe performance ratings of specific constructionassemblies erected in the field.

To achieve maximum soundisolation from an assembly,published constructiondetails must be followedcompletely. The use ofnon-hardening, permanent,resilient, acoustical sealantis recommended to seal offair leaks at floor, ceiling,and partition or wall inter-sections.

In selecting a construction sys-tem where sound isolationis important it is necessaryto take into account thebuilding’s overall structuraldesign, openings, type ofoccupancy, location andbackground noise level.The complexity of the pro-posed system will necessar-ily affect the final cost andpossibly the in-placeacoustical performance ofthe system.

The national standard for air-borne sound testing, ASTME 90, measures the soundtransmission loss from 125to 4,000 Hertz. It is mea-sured at 16 one-thirdoctave frequencies. Thedata measured in ASTM E 90 is then fitted to theSTC curve as is specified inASTM E 413. The STCshould not be comparedwith FSTC values that areobtained from field soundtransmission loss tests fol-lowing ASTM E 336 proce-dures. The method used todetermine FSTC ratings isdifferent and cannot be

related to STC ratingsachieved by ASTM MethodE 90.

FIRE RESISTANCE The term “fire-resistance”

designates the ability of alaboratory-constructedassembly to contain a firein a carefully controlled testsetting for a specified peri-od of time. Such an assem-bly might be a partition, afloor/ceiling, a roof/ceiling,or a protected beam or col-umn. The degree thatassemblies put together andtested under controlled lab-oratory conditions retardthe spread of damagingheat is measured in inter-vals of time. For example, ifa construction assembly inthe laboratory adequatelycontains the heat for twohours and meets otherrequirements during thelaboratory fire test, it isgiven a two-hour fire resis-tance rating.

Fire tests may be conducted atany of several recognizedfacilities. Partitions,floor/ceilings, roof/ceilings,beams and columns aretested in accordance withASTM Standard E 119, FireTests of Building andConstruction Materials.Fire-resistance ratings arebased on full-scale testsunder controlled conditionsand are generally recog-nized by building codeauthorities and fire insur-ance rating bureaus.

Requirements for fire-resis-tance ratings are usuallyassigned by local buildingcode officials based on theexpected occupancy of thespace. It is critical that youreview plans in the bidstage to ensure that thedetails drawn match thereferenced design numbers.If the detail drawn does notmatch the assembly designnumber as listed in theGypsum Association FireResistance Design Manual,UL Fire ResistanceDirectory, or FactoryMututal SpecificationTested Products Guide,contact the architect for aclarification.

Fire-resistant ratings representthe results of controlledlaboratory tests on assem-blies made of specific con-

PARTITION CONTROLJOINTSIn long expanses of partitions

such as corridors, controljoints should be used atleast every 30'. Door andwindow openings createstress points in partitionsand are recommendedlocations for control joints.Where jambs extend fromfloor to ceiling and arespaced not farther apartthan 30', no control jointsare required. When“through-wall” controljoints are required in firerated assemblies, specialdetails are necessary whichare shown on page 96.They are based onWarnock-Hersey ReportWHI 651-0318.1.

CEILING CONTROL JOINTSFor large expanses of ceilings

with perimeter relief, control joints must belocated a maximum of 50'o.c. in either direction;without perimeter relief,30' o.c. maximum in eitherdirection. Control jointsshould be installed whereframing or furring changesdirection.

PERIMETER CONTROLJOINTSAcceptable perimeter control

joints in systems do notadversely affect fire orsound ratings. The use ofperimeter control joints infire-rated assemblies isdescribed in UL Report R-4024-7-8 and FactoryMutual Report 16738.69.

REQUEST TEST COPIES BYCALLING 1-800-NATIONAL (1-800-628-4662).

Location of control joints is the ultimate responsibility of the design professional.

figuration. For that reason,National GypsumCompany cannot guaranteethe performance of specificconstruction assemblieserected in the field. Whenselecting constructionassemblies to meet certainfire-resistance require-ments, caution must beused to ensure that eachcomponent of the assemblyis the one specified in thetest. Further, precautionshould be taken that assem-bly procedure is in accor-dance with that of the test-ed assembly.

For fire safety information, go towww.nationalgypsum.com.

CONTROL JOINTS ANDISOLATION DETAILSThough most systems referred

to in this manual are non-load-bearing, they needstructural consideration oftheir ability to retainintegrity over a period oftime and be relatively rigid.When other elements suchas doors, fixtures, cabinets,etc., are affixed or joined toa drywall or plaster system,provision must be made toensure that these loads areadequately supported.Structural framing, com-pletely separate from thesystem, may be necessaryto support eccentric orheavy loads.

CONTROL JOINTSControl joints are frequently

necessary to prevent crack-ing in the gypsum boardand plaster systems.Isolation should always beconsidered where structuralelements such as slabs,columns, or exterior wallscan bear directly on non-load-bearing partitions.

Gypsum as well as otherbuilding products andmaterials are subject tosome form of movementinduced by changes inmoisture or temperature, orboth. To relieve the stresseswhich occur as a result ofsuch movement, controljoints are required in bothpartitions and ceilings.

Control joints preventcracking in large areas ofgypsum board.

Page 11: NGCConstGuide.pdf

9NATIONAL GYPSUM QUICK SELECTOR/GENERAL REFERENCE

GEN

ERA

LR

EFER

ENC

E

QUICK SELECTOR INDEX - FIRE/SOUND

1-hr UL U410 161 1⁄2-hr OSU T-3240 16 2-hr UL V449 162-hr UL V438 162-hr UL U420 162-hr UL U412 162-hr UL U411 162-hr WHI 495-0236 162-hr UL V452 172-hr ITS/WHI J98-32931 173-hr UL U435 173-hr WHI 694-0084 173-hr UL V438 174-hr UL U435 174-hr WHI 694-108.1 174-hr UL V438 17

Gypsum Board Partitions – Steel Framing (load bearing)Fire Rating Design No. Page

1-hr UL U425 182-hr FM WP-199 182-hr UL U425 183-hr UL U426 18

Gypsum Board Partitions/Durasan Prefinished Gypsum Board Fire Rating Design No. Page1-hr FM WP-109 181-hr UL U405 182-hr UL U411 18

Gypsum Board Partitions/Solid Fire Rating Design No. Page1-hr FM WP-671 192-hr UL U525 19 2-hr FM WP-668 192-hr UL U505 192-hr UL U529 19

Gypsum Board Partitions – Shaftwalls, Area Separation Walls Fire Rating Design No. Page1-hr UL U499 191-hr FM WP-755 19 2-hr UL U498 192-hr FM WP-545 192-hr U of Cal. 75-19 ES 7407 192-hr UL U429 192-hr UL U497 19 2-hr FM WP-636 192-hr WHI 651-0500.05 192-hr U of Cal. 75-17 ES 7408 19 2-hr UL U428 20

Gypsum Plaster – Metal LathFire Rating Design No. Page1-hr OSU T-147 111-hr OSU T-129 112-hr UL U413 112-hr NBS 11

Gypsum Plaster Fireproofing Columns (10WF49 or heavier)Fire Rating Design No. Page

1-hr BMS 92/40 122-hr UL X402 123-hr UL X402 124-hr UL X402 12

Gypsum Plaster Fireproofing Beams(8WF24 or heavier)Fire Rating Design No. Page2-hr UL R4197-1 123-hr UL R4197-1 12

Veneer Plaster Partitions Fire Rating Design No. Page1-hr U of Cal. E.S.6727 121-hr U of Cal. E.S.6892 12

Gypsum Board Partitions –Wood FramingFire Rating Design No. Page

45 min. UL U317 121-hr UL U305 121-hr UL U309 13 1-hr UL U340 131-hr WHI 694-0200 131-hr UL U312 132-hr FM WP-360 132-hr UL U301 131-hr WHI 651-0319 142-hr UL U302 132-hr UL U371 14

Gypsum Board Partitions – Steel FramingFire Rating Design No. Page

1-hr OSU T-3296 141-hr UL U420 141-hr UL V401 141-hr UL V438 141-hr UL U451 14 1-hr FM WP-45 151-hr OSU T-1770 151-hr UL U465 15 1-hr UL V452 15

1-hr FM WP-66 151-hr FM WP-733 15

Page 12: NGCConstGuide.pdf

10 NATIONAL GYPSUM QUICK SELECTOR/GENERAL REFERENCE

Gypsum Board Floor/Ceiling – Light Gauge Steel FramingFire Rating Design No. Page1-hr UL L524 241 1⁄2-hr UL L527 241-hr UL L565 24

Gypsum Board Floor/Ceiling – Steel Framing (steel joists withconcrete floor)Fire Rating Design No. Page1-hr OSU T-1936 241-hr FM FC-134 252-hr UL G503 242-hr UL G514 253-hr UL G512 252-hr FM FC-134 252-hr UL G523 252-hr UL D502 252-hr UL G222 252-hr FM FC-299 251 1⁄2-hr UL G259 251 1⁄2- hr FM FC-300 25

Gypsum Board Roof/Ceiling – Light Gauge Steel Framing (pitched roof truss)

Fire Rating Design No. Page1-hr UL P540 261-hr UL P541 262-hr UL P543 26

Gypsum Board Roof/Ceiling – Steel Framing (steel joists)Fire Rating Design No. Page1-hr FM RC-227 26

Gypsum Board Horizontal ShaftwallDuct ProtectionFire Rating Design No. Page

2-hr WHI 694-0300.1 26

2-hr FM WP-621 202-hr FM WP-612 20 4-hr UL V451 202-hr WHI 694-0200.6 202-hr WHI 651-0508 202-hr UL U347 20

Gypsum Board Column Fireproofing (light column)Fire Rating Design No. Page1-hr UL X528 211 1/2-hr UL X531 212-hr UL X528 21

Gypsum Board Column Fireproofing (heavy column)Fire Rating Design No. Page1-hr UL X528 212-hr UL X528 213-hr UL X510 214-hr UL X501 212-hr UL X520 213-hr UL X513 21

Gypsum Board Beam Fireproofing Fire Rating Design No. Page2-hr UL N501 22

Gypsum Board Floor/Ceiling – Wood Framing (wood joist)Fire Rating Design No. Page1-hr UL L522 221-hr UL L501 221-hr UL L515 221-hr FM FC-181 221-hr FM FC-193 221-hr FM FC-172 22 2-hr UL L505 22

Gypsum Board Floor/Ceiling – Wood Framing (floor truss)Fire Rating Design No. Page1-hr UL L558 231-hr FM FC-442 231-hr UL L528 231-hr FM FC-448 231-hr FM FC-214 232-hr UL L538 23

Gypsum Board Roof/Ceiling – Wood Framing (pitched roof truss)Fire Rating Design No. Page1-hr UL P533 23

QUICK SELECTOR INDEX - FIRE/ SOUND (CONT.)

Page 13: NGCConstGuide.pdf

11NATIONAL GYPSUM QUICK SELECTOR/GENERAL REFERENCE

NOTES FOR USE OF QUICK SELECTORThe construction systems shown here are representative of the

many National Gypsum Drywall partitions and ceilings systems using Gold Bond BRAND products that have been thesubject of controlled laboratory testing or engineering evaluations. For a given Fire Resistance Rating or SoundIsolation value, simply scan the appropriate columns. Designreferences prefixed by “Based on...” are extrapolations fromtest data on similar assemblies.

In the drawings, in steel or wood stud partitions where insulationis shown in half of the partition cavity, the insulation isrequired for sound ratings only. Where shown across full cavity, insulation is required for fire rating. Size of studs areminimum and spacing of studs are maximum for fire rating.Steel studs are 25 gauge if not specified.

In the following Quick Selector, Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.Design Numbers refer to designs contained in the UL FireResistance Directory. National Gypsum Company, Gold BondBRAND Fire-Shield and Fire-Shield C products bear the ULClassification Mark and are covered by UL’s Classification and Follow-Up Service.

In the following listings, 5/8" Fire-Shield C Gypsum Board maybe substituted for 5/8" Fire-Shield in all designs listed for 5/8"Fire-Shield. 5/8" Fire-Shield C must be used in designs listedfor 5/8" Fire-Shield C.

Descriptions in the Quick Selector tables are summaries. Forcopies of tests and/or for detailed information, consult yourNational Gypsum Field Representative (reference inside backcover).

KEY TO ABBREVIATIONS:UL – Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.

OSU – Building Research Laboratories The Ohio State University

FM – Factory Mutual Research CorporationGA – Gypsum AssociationOC – Owens-Corning Fiberglas Corp.

(Tests by Geiger & Hamme)BBN – Bolt Beranek & Newman

TL – Indicates tests for National Gypsum Company by Riverbank Acoustical Laboratories

NGC – National Gypsum CompanyWHI – Warnock-Hersey International, Inc.

U. of Cal. – University of CaliforniaPFS – PFS Corporation

NBS – National Bureau of StandardsBMS – Building Materials and Structures

ITS – Intertek Testing Services

QUICK SELECTOR FOR FIRE AND SOUND RATED SYSTEMS

QUICK SELECTOR FOR FIRE AND SOUND RATED SYSTEMS

Gypsum Plaster Partitions - Metal Lath (CAD FILE NAME GOLDA.DWG OR GOLDA.DXF)

No. Fire Rating Ref. Design No. Description STC Test No.

1 1 hr. OSU T-147 1 1/2" (38.1 mm) gypsum plaster, 100:2 1/2 perlite None None(scratch and brown coats), on metal lath attached to 3/4" (19.0 mm) channel studs at 16" o.c. (406 mm).

2 1 hr. OSU T-129 2" (51 mm) gypsum plaster, 1:2 sand, on 3.4 diamond 37 NBS 171Amesh lath attached to 3/4" (19.0 mm) channel studs at 16" o.c. (406 mm).

3 2 hr. UL U413 2 1/2" (63.5 mm) gypsum plaster, 100:2 perlite, on 3.4 diamond 33 Est.mesh lath attached to 3/4" (19.0 mm) channel studs at 16" o.c. (406 mm).

4 2 hr. NBS 2 1/2" (63.5 mm) gypsum plaster, 100:2 vermiculite scratch None Nonecoat, 100:3 vermiculite brown coat on metal lath attached to3/4" (19.0 mm) channel studs at 16" o.c. (406 mm).

*The fire resistance of the above assemblies was determined with one plane of metal lath. The assemblies with two planes of metal lath may be considered to haveequivalent fire-resistant ratings.

1/2" (12.7 mm) Fire-Shield C: FSW-C1/2" (12.7 mm) XP Fire-Shield C: FSMR-C5/8" (15.9 mm) Fire-Shield: FSW5/8" (15.9 mm) XP Fire-Shield: FSW-35/8" (15.9 mm) Fire-Shield C: FSW-C1/2" (12.7 mm) Fire-Shield C Kal-Kore: FSK-C5/8" (15.9 mm) Fire-Shield Kal-Kore: FSK5/8" (15.9 mm) Hi-Abuse XP Fire-Shield: FSW5/8" (15.9 mm) Hi-Impact XP Fire-Shield: FSW-55/8" (15.9 mm) Fire-Shield Exterior Soffit Board: FSW5/8" (15.9 mm) Fire-Shield Jumbo Sheathing: FSW-35/8" (15.9 mm) Fire-Shield e2XP: FSW-61" (25.4 mm) Fire-Shield Shaftliner: FSW1" (25.4 mm) Fire-Shield Shaftliner XP: FSW

GENERAL REFERENCE

QU

ICK

SELE

CTO

R

GYPSUM BOARD CORE UL DESIGNATIONS

Page 14: NGCConstGuide.pdf

Gypsum Board Partitions-Wood Framing (load-bearing) (CAD FILE NAME GOLDH.DWG OR GOLDH.DXF)

No. Fire Rating Ref. Design No. Description STC Test No.

FIRE – SOUND

1 45 min. UL U317 1/2" (12.7 mm) Fire-Shield C Gypsum Board or 1/2" 34 NGC 2161(12.7 mm) Fire-Shield C Kal-Kore plaster base nailed both sides 2 x 4 (38 mm x 89 mm) studs, 16" o.c. (406 mm).

2 1 hr. UL U305 5/8" (15.9 mm) Fire-Shield Gypsum Board, 5/8" (15.9 mm) 35 NGC 2403GA WP 3605 Fire-Shield Kal-Kore plaster base or 5/8" (15.9 mm) Fire-Shield

XP Board nailed both sides 2 x 4 (38 mm x 89 mm)wood studs, 16" o.c. (406 mm).

12 NATIONAL GYPSUM QUICK SELECTOR/GENERAL REFERENCE

QUICK SELECTOR FOR FIRE AND SOUND RATED SYSTEMS

Veneer Plaster Partitions-Wood Framing (CAD FILE NAME GOLDD.DWG OR GOLDD.DXF)

No. Fire Rating Ref. Design No. Description STC Test No.

1 1 hr. U. of Cal. E.S. 6727 3/32" (2.4 mm) Veneer Plaster applied to 1/2" (12.7 mm) 34 NGC 2161Fire-Shield C Kal-Kore nailed to both sides of wood studs 16" o.c. (406 mm).

Gypsum Plaster Fireproofing Columns (10WF49 or heavier) (CAD FILE NAME GOLDB.DWG OR GOLDB.DXF)

No. Fire Rating Ref. Design No. Description STC Test No.

FIRE – SOUND

1 1 hr. BMS 92-Table 40 3/4" (19.0 mm) gypsum plaster, 1:3 sand scratch, 1:3 None NoneGA CM 1300 sand brown on metal lath.

2 2 hr. UL X402 1" (25.4 mm) gypsum plaster, 100:2 perlite scratch, None NoneGA CM 2320 100:3 perlite brown, on self-furring lath.

3 3 hr. UL X402 1 3/8" (34.9 mm) gypsum plaster, 100:2 perlite scratch, None NoneGA CM 3310 100:3 perlite brown, on self-furring lath.

4 4 hr. UL X402 1 3/4" (44.5 mm) gypsum plaster, 100:2 perlite scratch, None NoneGA CM 4410 100:3 perlite brown, on self-furring lath.

Gypsum Plaster Fireproofing Beams (8WF24 or heavier) (CAD FILE NAME GOLDC.DWG OR GOLDC.DXF)

1 2 hr. UL R4197-1 1 1/8" (28.6 mm) gypsum plaster, 100:2 1/2 perlite scratch None NoneGA BM 2221 coat, 100:2 1/2 perlite brown coat on self-furring lath.

2 3 hr. UL R4197-1 1 1/4" (38.1 mm) gypsum plaster, 100:2 1/2 perlite scratch None NoneGA BM 3110 coat, 100:2 1/2 perlite brown coat on self-furring lath.

For additional Kal-Kore Fire and Sound rated systems reference gypsum board systems.

Veneer Plaster Partitions-Steel Framing (CAD FILE NAME GOLDE.DWG OR GOLDE.DXF)

1 1hr. U. of Cal. E.S. 6892 3/32" (2.4 mm) Veneer Plaster applied to 1/2" (12.7 mm) 42 est.Fire-Shield C Kal-Kore on both sides of 2 1/2" (63.5 mm) steel studs 24" o.c. (610 mm) with 1" (25.4 mm) screws 12" o.c. (144 mm) and 9" o.c. (229 mm) along edges.Studs 16" o.c. (406 mm) preferred method.

Page 15: NGCConstGuide.pdf

13NATIONAL GYPSUM QUICK SELECTOR/GENERAL REFERENCE

QU

ICK

SELE

CTO

R

GENERAL REFERENCE

QUICK SELECTOR FOR FIRE AND SOUND RATED SYSTEMS

4 1 hr. UL U340 5/8" (15.9 mm) Fire-Shield C Gypsum Board nailed or 45 Based onscrewed 7" o.c.(178 mm) to 2x4 (51 mm x 102 mm) NGC 2375wood studs 24" o.c. (610 mm) staggered 12" o.c. (305 mm). Single 6" (152 mm) plate. Sound rating with 3 1/2" (88.9 mm) glass fiber in cavity.

5 1 hr. WHI 694-0200 5/8" (15.9 mm) Fire-Shield C Gypsum Board, screw applied 50 Based onGA Based on to Resilient Furring Channel spaced 24" o.c. (610 mm) one side TL 77-138

WP 3230 only, on 2 x 4 (38 mm x 89 mm) studs spaced 24" o.c. (610 mm). Other side 5/8" (15.9 mm) Fire-Shield C Gypsum Board screwattached direct to studs. 3" (76 mm) mineral wool (3 pcf) in stud cavity.

Gypsum Board Partitions-Wood Framing (load-bearing) (cont’d) (CAD FILE NAME GOLDH.DWG OR GOLDH.DXF)

No. Fire Rating Ref. Design No. Description STC Test No.

FIRE – SOUND

6 1 hr. UL U312 1/2" (12.7 mm) Fire-Shield C Gypsum Board, 1/2" (12.7 mm) 45 NGC 2321FM WP-147 Fire-Shield C Kal-Kore plaster base or 1/2" (12.7 mm) Fire-Shield GA WP 3341 C Durasan laminated to 1/4" Gypsum Board nailed to both

sides 2 x 4 (38 mm x 89 mm) studs, spaced 16" o.c. (406 mm).

7 2 hr. FM WP-360 5/8" (15.9 mm) Fire-Shield Gypsum Board base layer nail 40 Based onGA WP 4135 applied horizontally to both sides 2 x 4 (38 mm x 89 mm) wood NGC 2363

studs, spaced 24" o.c. (610 mm). Face layer 5/8" (15.9 mm) Fire-Shield Gypsum Board nail applied horizontally to both sides. Rating also applies with 5/8" (15.9 mm) Fire-Shield Kal-Kore plaster base.

8 est. FM Based on Two layers 5/8" (15.9 mm) Fire-Shield Gypsum Board nailed 50 NGC 23682 hr. WP-360 one side to 2 x 4 (38 mm x 89 mm) wood studs, 16" o.c.

GA Based on (406 mm). Two layers other side screw applied to Resilient WP 4135 Furring Channels spaced 24" o.c. (610 mm). Rating also

applies with 5/8" (15.9 mm) Fire-Shield Kal-Kore plaster base.

9 2 hr. FM Based on Two layers 5/8" (15.9 mm) Fire-Shield Gypsum Board nail 51 NGC 2377WP-360 applied horizontally to both sides of 2 x 4 (38 mm x 89 mm)

GA WP 3910 wood studs 16" o.c. (406 mm) staggered 8" o.c. (203 mm). Single 6" (152 mm) plate. Rating also applies with 5/8" (15.9 mm)Fire-Shield Kal-Kore plaster base.

10 2 hr. FM Based on 5/8" (15.9 mm) Fire-Shield Gypsum Board base layer applied 58 NGC 3056WP-360 vertically,nailed 24" o.c. (610 mm). Face layer 5/8" (15.9 mm)

GA WP 3820 Fire-Shield Gypsum Board applied horizontally, nailed 8" o.c. (203 mm). Double row of 2 x 4 (38 mm x 89 mm) wood studs 16" o.c. (406 mm) on separate plates, sound rating with 3 1/2" (88.9 mm) mineral wool or glass fiber in cavity. Rating also applies with 5/8" (15.9 mm) Fire-Shield Kal-Kore plaster base.

11 2 hr. UL U301 Two layers of 5/8" (15.9 mm) Fire-Shield Gypsum Board 40 NGC 2363or 5/8" (15.9 mm) Fire-Shield Kal-Kore plaster base nail applied to 2 x 4 (38 mm x 89 mm) wood studs spaced 16" o.c (406 mm). Boards may be applied horizontally or vertically with all joints staggered.

EXTERIOR WALLS

12 2 hr. UL U302 Two layers 5/8" (15.9 mm) Fire-Shield Gypsum Board GA WP 8410 nailed horizontally or vertically to inside face of 2 x 4

(38 mm x 89 mm) wood studs 16" o.c. (406 mm). 1/2" (12.7 mm) gypsum sheathing or e2XP sheathing nailed to outside face of studs, brick veneer facing.

13 1 hr. UL Based on 5/8" (15.9 mm) Fire-Shield Gypsum Board nailed U309 horizontally or vertically to inside face of 2 x 4

GA WP 8105 (38 mm x 89 mm) wood studs 24" o.c. (406 mm). 5/8" (15.9 mm) Fire-Shield Gypsum Sheathing e2XP sheathing nailed vertically to outside face ofstuds 7" o.c. (178 mm) in field, 4" o.c. (102 mm) perimeter. Exterior cladding attached through sheathinginto studs.

3 1 hr. UL U309 5/8" (15.9 mm) Fire-Shield Gypsum Board or 5/8" 38 NGC 2404GA WP 3510 (15.9 mm) Fire-Shield XP Board nailed both sides

2 x 4 (38 mm x 89 mm) studs, 24" o.c. (610 mm).

Page 16: NGCConstGuide.pdf

QUICK SELECTOR FOR FIRE AND SOUND RATED SYSTEMS

14 NATIONAL GYPSUM QUICK SELECTOR/GENERAL REFERENCE

1 1 hr. OSU T-3296 5/8" (15.9 mm) Fire-Shield Gypsum Board, 5/8" (12.7 mm) 38 NGC 2384GA WP 1340 Fire-Shield Kal-Kore plaster base, or 5/8" Fire-Shield

XP Gypsum Board screw attached vertically to both sides 1 5/8" (41.3 mm) steel studs, 24" o.c. (610 mm). Gypsum board joints staggered.

2 1 hr. UL U420 Chase wall, 5/8" (15.9 mm) Fire-Shield Gypsum Board screw 52 TL 76-155GA WP 5015 attached vertically to both sides. Air space minimum 4 1/2"

(114.3 mm) between inside gypsum board faces. Sound rating with 3 1/2" (88.9 mm) mineral wool or glass fiber. 1 5/8" (41.3 mm) steel studs, 24" o.c., (610 mm) cross braced at third points with 5/8" (15.9 mm.) Gypsum board gussets 9 1/2" x 12" (241.3 mm x 305 mm) or 9 1/2" (241.3 mm) long stud track.

Gypsum Board Partitions-Steel Framing (CAD FILE NAME GOLDJ.DWG OR GOLDJ.DXF)

No. Fire Rating Ref. Design No. Description STC Test No.

3 1 hr. OSU Based On 5/8" (15.9 mm) Fire-Shield Gypsum Board, 5/8" (12.7 mm) 40 NGC 2438T-3296 Fire-Shield Kal-Kore plaster base or 5/8" (15.9 mm) Fire-Shield

XP Gypsum Board screw attached vertically to both sides 2 1/2" (63.5 mm) steel studs, 24" o.c. (610 mm). Gypsum board joints staggered.

GA WP 1340 With 2 1/2" (63.5 mm) of mineral wool or glass fiber in cavity. 45 NGC 2391

4 1 hr. UL V401 1/2" (12.7 mm) Fire-Shield C Gypsum Board or 1/2" 45 NGC 2179UL V438 (12.7 mm) Fire-Shield C Kal-Kore plaster base screw attached FM WP-51 vertically to both sides 2 1/2" (63.5 mm) steel studs, 24" o.c. GA WP 1070 (610 mm). 2" (51 mm) mineral wool [2.5 pcf (40 kg/m3)]

in stud cavity. Gypsum board joints staggered.

1 hr. UL V401 1/2" (12.7 mm) Fire-Shield C Gypsum Board or 1/2"UL V438 (12.7 mm) Fire-Shield C Kal-Kore plaster base screw attached FM WP-731 horizontally to both sides, 2 1/2" (63.5 mm) steel studs, 24" GA WP 1071 o.c. (610 mm). 2" (51 mm) mineral wool [3 pcf (48 kg/m3)]

in stud cavity. Horizontal joints not staggered with those on the opposite side of partition.

5 1 hr. UL U451 1/2" (12.7 mm) Fire-Shield C Gypsum Board screw applied est. 50to resilient furring channel spaced 24" o.c. (610 mm) one side only, on 2 1/2" (63.5 mm) steel studs spaced 24" o.c. (610 mm). Other side 1/2" (12.7 mm) Fire-Shield C Gypsum Board screw attached direct to studs 3" (76 mm) mineral wool (3pcf) in stud cavity.

15 2 hr. UL U371 Two layers 5/8" (15.9 mm) Fire-Shield Gypsum Board screw attached horizontally GA WP 8417 or vertically to inside face of 2 x 4 (38 mm x 89 mm) wood studs spaced

16" o.c. 5/8" (15.9 mm) Fire-Shield Gypsum Sheathing or e2XP sheathing nail or screw attached horizontally to outside of studs. Portland Cement Stucco facing. 3" (76 mm) mineral wool in stud cavity.

Gypsum Board Partitions-Wood Framing (load-bearing) (cont’d) (CAD FILE NAME GOLDH.DWG OR GOLDH.DXF)

No. Fire Rating Ref. Design No. Description STC Test No.

FIRE – SOUND

14 1 hr. WHI 651-0319 5/8" (15.9 mm) Fire-Shield C Gypsum Board horizontally nailed to one side of horizontal 2 x 4 (38 mm x 89 mm) girts spaced 24" o.c. on 6 x 6 wood columns spaced 8'-0" o.c. Metal cladding vertically screw attached to exterior horizontal girts with 3" thick mineral fiber insulation nailed to interior of exterior girts.

Page 17: NGCConstGuide.pdf

10 1 hr. FM WP-66 1/2" (12.7 mm) Fire-Shield C Gypsum Board screw vertically 43 Based onGA WP 1021 applied to 2 1/2" (63.5 mm) steel stud. Double layer on one side, NGC 2248

single layer on the other. Base layer screw attached, face layer and single layer screwed at edges, adhesively attached along center. Gypsum board joints staggered.

FM WP-733 2 1/2" (63.5 mm) screw studs, 24" o.c. (610 mm) double layer of GA WP 1022 1/2" (12.7 mm) Fire-Shield Gypsum Board screw applied horizontally

one side with face layer staggered 2' (610 mm) from base layer. Other side one layer screw applied horizontally. Face layer horizontal joints each side not staggered.

11 1 hr. FM Based on 1/2" (12.7 mm) Fire-Shield C Gypsum Board screw attached 50 NGC 2253WP-66 vertically to both sides 2 1/2" (63.5 mm) steel studs, spaced 24" o.c.

(610 mm). Second layer screw attached vertically to one side only GA Based on and 3" (76 mm) glass fiber in cavity. Gypsum board joints staggered.

WP 1021

15NATIONAL GYPSUM QUICK SELECTOR/GENERAL REFERENCE

QU

ICK

SELE

CTO

R

GENERAL REFERENCE

QUICK SELECTOR FOR FIRE AND SOUND RATED SYSTEMS

7 1 hr. UL V452 1/2" (12.7 mm) PermaBase cement board screw attached 45 NGCITS/WHI J99-4001 horizontally or vertically on one side to 3 5/8" steel studs 16" o.c. 2099015

(406 mm) and 5/8" (15.9 mm) Fire-Shield Gypsum Board screwattached vertically on opposite side, joints staggered, 3" (76 mm) thick mineral wool batts [2.5 pcf (40 kg/m3)] in stud cavity.

Gypsum Board Partitions-Steel Framing (cont’d) (CAD FILE NAME GOLDJ.DWG OR GOLDJ.DXF)

No. Fire Rating Ref. Design No. Description STC Test No.

FIRE – SOUND

6 1 hr. FM WP 45 5/8" (15.9 mm) Fire-Shield Gypsum Board, 5/8" (15.9 mm) 38 NGCGA WP 1350 Fire-Shield Kal-Kore plaster base or 5/8" (15.9 mm) Fire-Shield 2005004

XP Gypsum Board screw attached horizontally to both sides 3 5/8" (92.1 mm) steel studs, 24" o.c. (610 mm). All gypsum board jointsstaggered.

OSU T-1770 5/8" (15.9 mm) Fire-Shield Gypsum Board screw attached vertically to both sides 3 5/8" (92.1 mm) steel studs, 24" o.c. (610 mm). Gypsum board joints staggered.

2 1/2" (63.5 mm) mineral wool or glass fiber in cavity. 47 NGC2386

UL U465 5/8" (15.9 mm) Fire-Shield Gypsum Board, 5/8" (15.9 mm) Fire-Shield UL V438 Kal-Kore plaster base or 5/8" (15.9 mm) Hi-Impact XP Fire-ShieldGA WP 1081 Gypsum Board screw attached vertically with fasteners 8" o.c. (203 mm)

at edges and 12" o.c. (305 mm) in the field of the board to 3 5/8" (92.1 mm) board to 3 5/8" (92.1 mm) steel studs spaced maximum 24" o.c. (610 mm) with joints staggered on opposite sides of the wall.

8 45 min. FM Based on 1/2" (12.7 mm) Fire-Shield C Gypsum Board or 1/2" 45 NGC 2146WP-51 (12.7 mm) Fire-Shield C Kal-Kore plaster base screw attached

vertically to both sides 3 5/8" (92.1 mm) steel studs, 24" o.c. (610 mm). 2" (51 mm) glass fiber in stud cavity. Gypsum board joints staggered.

9 1 hr. UL Based on 1/2" (12.7 mm) Fire-Shield C Gypsum Board or 1/2" 45 NGC 2149V401 (12.7 mm) Fire-Shield C Kal-Kore plaster base screw

FM Based on attached vertically to both sides 3 5/8" (92.1 mm) steelWP-51 studs, 24" o.c. (610 mm). 2" (51 mm) mineral wool

GA WP 1070 [2.5 pcf (40 kg/m3)] in stud cavity. Gypsum board joints staggered.

12 1 hr. FM Based on 1/2" (12.7 mm) Fire-Shield C Gypsum Board screw attached 44 NGC 2323WP-66 vertically to both sides 3 5/8" (92.1 mm) steel studs, spaced 24"

o.c. (610 mm). Second layer screw attached vertically to one side only. Gypsum board joints staggered.

GA Based on 3" (76 mm) glass fiber cavity. 50 Based on WP 1021 NGC 2253

Page 18: NGCConstGuide.pdf

18 2 hr. UL U412 Two layers 1/2" (12.7 mm) Fire-Shield C Gypsum Board or 46 NGC 2250FM WP-635 1/2" (12.7 mm) XP Fire-Shield Gypsum Board screw attached GA Based on both sides 2 1/2" (63.5 mm) steel studs, spaced 24" o.c. (610 mm).

WP 1615 Base layers vertical, face layers horizontal. All vertical joints staggered.

U. of Cal. UC9-7-64 3" (76 mm) glass fiber in cavity. 53 NGC 2252GA Based on

WP 1545

19 2 hr. UL U411 Base layer 5/8" (15.9 mm) Fire-Shield Gypsum Board 55 NGC 2382GA Based on screw attached vertically both sides to 2 1/2" (63.5 mm) steel

WP 1711 studs 24" o.c. (610 mm). Face layer laminated or screw attached vertically both sides. 2 1/2" (63.5 mm) mineral wool or glass fiber in cavity. Gypsum board joints staggered.

WHI 495-0236 Two layers 5/8" (15.9 mm) Fire-Shield Gypsum Board 56 NGC 3022GA WP 1548 screw attached horizontally with vertical and horizontal joints

staggered and 3" (76 mm) mineral wool or glass fiber in cavity.

16 NATIONAL GYPSUM QUICK SELECTOR/GENERAL REFERENCE

QUICK SELECTOR FOR FIRE AND SOUND RATED SYSTEMS

20 2 hr. UL V438 Two layers 5/8" (15.9 mm) Fire-Shield Gypsum Board or 5/8" (15.9 mm) Hi-Impact XP Fire-Shield Gypsum Board base layer screw attached vertically to both sides 2 1/2" (63.5 mm) steel studs 24" o.c. (610 mm). Vertical joints staggered.

13 1 hr. UL U410 1/2" (12.7 mm) Fire-Shield C Gypsum Board, 1/2" (12.7 mm) 45 NGC 2328FM WP-152 Fire-Shield C Kal-Kore plaster base or 1/2" (12.7 mm) Fire-GA WP 1051 Shield Durasan laminated to 1/4" (6.35 mm) Gypsum Board

screw attached both sides 2 1/2" (63.5 mm) steel studs,24" o.c. (610 mm). Gypsum board joints staggered. 2" 53 NGC 2318(51 mm) mineral wool or glass fiber in cavity.

16 2 hr. UL V438 Two layers 1/2" (12.7 mm) Fire-Shield C Gypsum Board 45 est.screw attached both sides 1 5/8" (41.3 mm) steel studs 24" o.c. (610 mm). Base layers applied vertically, face layers applied vertically or horizontally. Vertical joints staggered.

15 2 hr. UL V449 5/8" (15.9 mm) Fire-Shield Gypsum Board screw attached GA WP 1943 vertically to both sides 3 1/2" (88.9 mm) steel studs, spaced

24" o.c. (610 mm) Triple layer one side, single layer on the other.Gypsum board joints staggered.

14 1 1/2 hr. OSU T-3240 5/8" (15.9 mm) Fire-Shield Gypsum Board or 5/8" (15.9 mm) 44 NGC 2388Fire-Shield XP Board screw attached vertically to both sides 3 5/8" (92.1 mm) steel studs, 24" o.c. (610 mm). Second layer one side only, laminated vertically. Gypsum board joints staggered.

Gypsum Board Partitions-Steel Framing (cont’d) (CAD FILE NAME GOLDJ.DWG OR GOLDJ.DXF)

No. Fire Rating Ref. Design No. Description STC Test No.

FIRE – SOUND

17 2 hr. UL U420 Chase wall. Two layers 5/8" (15.9 mm) Fire-Shield Gypsum 57 TL-76-156GA WP 5105 Board screw attached vertically to 1 5/8" (41.3 mm) steel studs,

24" o.c. (610 mm). Air space minimum 4 1/2" (114.3 mm).Sound rating with 3 1/2" (88.9 mm) mineral wool or glass fiber.1 5/8" (41.3 mm) steel studs, 24" o.c., (610 mm) cross bracedat third points with 5/8” (15.9 mm) Gypsum board gussets 9 1/2" x 12"9 1/2" x 12" (241.3 mm x 305 mm) or 9 1/2" (241.3 mm) long stud track.

21 2 hr. UL U412 Two layers 1/2" (12.7 mm) Fire-Shield C Gypsum Board or 48 NGC 2282FM Based on 1/2" (12.7 mm) XP Fire-Shield Gypsum Board screw attached

WP-635 both sides 3 5/8" (92.1 mm) steel studs, spaced 24" o.c. (610 mm). Base layers vertical, face layers horizontal. All vertical joints staggered.

GA Based onWP 1630 3" (76 mm) mineral wool or glass fiber in cavity. 53 NGC 2288

Page 19: NGCConstGuide.pdf

Based onNGC 2633

22 2 hr. OSU T-1771 First layer 5/8" (15.9 mm) Fire-Shield Gypsum Board 48 NGC 2282GA Based on screw attached vertically both sides 3 5/8" (92.1 mm) steel

WP 1711 studs, spaced 24" o.c. (610 mm). Second layer laminated vertically both sides. Vertical joints staggered.

23 2 hr. UL U411 First layer 5/8" (15.9 mm) Fire-Shield Gypsum Board 56 NGC 3022GA WP 1616 screw attached vertically both sides 3 5/8" (92.1 mm) steel

studs, spaced 24" o.c. (610 mm). Second layer laminated or screw attached vertically both sides and 3" (76 mm) mineral wool or glass fiber in cavity. Vertical joints staggered.

17NATIONAL GYPSUM QUICK SELECTOR/GENERAL REFERENCE

GENERAL REFERENCE

QUICK SELECTOR FOR FIRE AND SOUND RATED SYSTEMS

24 2 hr. UL V452 1/2" (12.7 mm) PermaBase cement board face layer screw 52 NGCITS/WHI J98-32931 attached vertically over 1/2" (12.7 mm) Fire-Shield C Gypsum 2099016

Board base layer on one side to 3 5/8" steel studs 16" o.c. (406 mm) and double layer of 1/2" (12.7 mm) Fire-Shield CGypsum Board applied vertically to opposite side with 3" (76 mm) thick mineral wool insulation batts [2.5 pcf (40 kg/m3)]in stud cavity. All joints staggered between face and base layers.

Gypsum Board Partitions-Steel Framing (cont’d) (CAD FILE NAME GOLDJ.DWG OR GOLDJ.DXF)

No. Fire Rating Ref. Design No. Description STC Test No.FIRE – SOUND

25 3 hr. UL U435 Three layers of 1/2" (12.7 mm) Fire-Shield C Gypsum Board 48 NGC 2631WHI 694-0084 screw attached to each side of 1 5/8" (41.3 mm) steel studs,GA WP 2921 24" o.c. (610 mm). Base and second layer vertical, face layer

horizontal. All gypsum board joints staggered.

1 1/2" (38.1 mm) mineral wool or glass fiber in cavity. 53 NGC 2636

26 3 hr. UL V438 Three layers of 5/8" (15.9 mm) Fire-Shield Gypsum Board 48 Based onscrew attached to each side of 1 5/8" (41.3 mm) steel studs, NGC 263124" o.c. (610 mm). Base and second layer vertical, face layer vertical or horizontal. All gypsum board joints staggered.

1 1/2" (38.1 mm) mineral wool or glass fiber in cavity. 53

27 4 hr. UL U435 Four layers of 1/2" (12.7 mm) Fire-Shield C Gypsum Board 51 NGC 2633WHI 694-108.1 screw attached to each side of 1 5/8" (41.3 mm) steel studs, GA WP 2970 24" o.c. (610 mm). Base, second and third layer vertical, face

layer horizontal. All gypsum board joints staggered except long joints of base and second layer fall on the same studs.

GA WP 2960 1 1/2" (38.1 mm) mineral wool or glass fiber in cavity. 55 NGC 2634

QU

ICK

SELE

CTO

R

28 4 hr. UL V438 Four layers of 5/8" (15.9 mm) Fire-Shield Gypsum Board 51screw attached to each side of 1 5/8" (41.3 mm) steel studs, 24" o.c. (610 mm). Base, second and third layer vertical, face layer vertical or horizontal. All gypsum board joints staggered.

1 1/2" (38.1 mm) mineral wool or glass fiber in cavity. 55

Based onNGC 2633

Based onNGC 2633

Page 20: NGCConstGuide.pdf

1 1 hr. FM WP-109 30" (762.0 mm) wide 5/8" (15.9 mm) Fire-Shield Durasan applied 44 NGC 2218GA WP 6130 vertically to 2 1/2" (63.4 mm) steel studs 30" o.c. (762 mm) with steel

batten retainers attached to each stud with 1 1/4" (31.8 mm) Type S screws spaced 9" o.c. (229 mm). Attach battens over retainers. 2" (51 mm) glass fiber in cavity.

UL U405 48" (1219 mm) wide 5/8" (15.9 mm) Fire-Shield Durasan applied 41 G&H NG-GA WP 6040 vertically to 2 1/2" (63.5 mm) steel studs 24" o.c. (610 mm) with steel 145FT

batten retainers attached to each stud with 1 1/4" (31.8 mm) Type S screws spaced 9" o.c. (229 mm). Stagger joints on opposite sides 24" o.c. (610 mm). Attach battens over retainers.

18 NATIONAL GYPSUM QUICK SELECTOR/GENERAL REFERENCE

QUICK SELECTOR FOR FIRE AND SOUND RATED SYSTEMS

Gypsum Board Partitions-Steel Framing (load-bearing) (CAD FILE NAME GOLDJ.DWG OR GOLDJ.DXF)

No. Fire Rating Ref. Design No. Description STC Test No.FIRE – SOUND

2 2 hr. UL U411 5/8" (15.9 mm) Fire-Shield Durasan laminated vertically with joint 56 NGC 3022GA WP 1711 compound over base layer 5/8" (15.9 mm) Fire-Shield Gypsum

Board attached to 3 5/8" (92.1 mm) steel studs 24" o.c. (610 mm).Face layer laminated with 3/8" (9.5 mm) beads of joint compound 2" o.c. (51 mm). Face layer secured across top and bottom with 1 5/8" (41.3 mm) Type S screws 12" o.c. (305 mm). Joints of outer layer offset 12" (305 mm) from base layer joints. 3" (76 mm) glass fiber or mineral wool in cavity.

Gypsum Board Partitions/Durasan Prefinished Gypsum Board (CAD FILE NAME GOLDK.DWG OR GOLDK.DXF)

No. Fire Rating Ref. Design No. Description STC Test No.

3 2 hr. UL U425 Two layers 5/8" (15.9 mm) Fire-Shield Gypsum Board GA WP 1716 screw attached vertically to each side of 3 1/2" (88.9 mm)

20 gauge steel studs spaced 24" o.c. (610 mm), studs laterally braced and fastened to tracks. All gypsum board joints staggered on opposite sides. (Tested at 80 percent of design load.)

4 3 hr. UL U426 Four layers of 1/2" (12.7 mm) Fire-Shield C Gypsum Board screw attached to each side of 3 1/2" (88.9 mm) 20 gauge steel studs spaced 24" o.c. (610 mm), studs laterally braced and fastened to tracks. Base, second and third layers applied vertical; face layer may be applied either horizontal or vertical. All gypsum board joints staggered from joints in adjacent layers and on opposite sides of studs.

1 1 hr. UL U425 One layer 5/8" (15.9 mm) Fire-Shield Gypsum Board GA WP 1206 screw applied vertically to each side of 3 1/2" (88.9 mm)

20 gauge steel studs spaced 24" o.c. (610 mm), studs laterally braced and fastened to tracks. All gypsum board joints staggered on opposite sides.

2 2 hr. FM WP-199 Two layers 5/8" (15.9 mm) Fire-Shield Gypsum Board screw 40 est.GA WP 1714 applied vertically to each side of 18 gauge 2 1/2" (63.5 mm)

steel studs spaced 16" o.c. (406 mm). Base layer joints staggered 16" (406 mm) from joints of base layer. Steel bridging required.

Page 21: NGCConstGuide.pdf

19NATIONAL GYPSUM QUICK SELECTOR/GENERAL REFERENCE

QU

ICK

SELE

CTO

R

GENERAL REFERENCE

Gypsum Board Partitions/Solid (CAD FILE NAME GOLDL.DWG OR GOLDL.DXF)

No. Fire Rating Ref. Design No. Description STC Test No.

1 1 hr. FM WP-671 1" (25.4 mm) Fire-Shield Shaftliner with 1/2" (12.7 mm) regular 34 Based onGA WP 1311 Gypsum Board laminated vertically with Sta-Smooth joint NGC 2359

compound, both sides.

2 2 hr. UL U525 1" (25.4 mm) Fire-Shield Shaftliner with 1/2" (12.7 mm) 34 Based onFM WP-668 Fire-Shield C Gypsum Board laminated vertically with NGC 2359GA WP 1841 Sta-Smooth joint compound, both sides.

3 2 hr. UL U505 1" (25.4 mm) Fire-Shield Shaftliner with 5/8" (15.9 mm) GA WP 7210 Fire-Shield Gypsum Board laminated vertically with

Sta-Smooth joint compound, both sides.

4 2 hr. UL U529 1" (25.4 mm) Fire-Shield Shaftliner with 1/2" (12.7 mm) Fire-Shield C Gypsum Board laminated vertically withSta-Smooth joint compound, both sides.

1 1 hr. UL U499 2 1/2" (63.5 mm), 4" (102 mm) or 6" (152 mm) I-Studs, 37 NGCFM WP-755 C-T Studs or C-H Studs 24" o.c. (610 mm). 1" (25.4 mm) 2001003GA WP 6905 Fire-Shield Shaftliner or 1" Fire-Shield Shaftliner XP, one

layer of 5/8" (15.9 mm) Fire-Shield Gypsum Board applied horizontally or vertically on side opposite shaftliner. Fire tested both sides.

1 1/2" (38.1 mm) mineral wool or glass fiber in cavity. 42 NGC 2542

2 2 hr. UL U498 2 1/2" (63.5 mm), 4" (102 mm) or 6" (152 mm) I-Studs, 40 NGC 2618FM WP-545 C-T Studs or C-H Studs 24" o.c (610 mm). 1" (25.4 mm) GA WP 7079 Fire-Shield Shaftliner or 1" Fire-Shield Shaftliner XP, and

1 layer of 1/2" (12.7 mm) Fire-Shield C Gypsum Board, 1/2"GA ASW 1215 (12.7 mm) Fire-Shield C Kal-Kore veneer plaster base, or 1/2"

(12.7 mm) Fire-Shield C XP Gypsum Board applied horizontally on each side. Horizontal and vertical joints staggered. Fire tested both sides.both sides.

1 1/2" (38.1 mm) mineral wool or glass fiber in cavity. 45 NGC 2617

U. of Cal. 75-19 5/8" (15.9 mm) Fire-Shield Gypsum Board as face layers. 40 Based onES 7407 NGC 2618

GA WP 7077

QUICK SELECTOR FOR FIRE AND SOUND RATED SYSTEMS

Gypsum Board Partitions-Shaftwalls, Area Separation Walls (CAD FILE NAME GOLDM.DWG OR GOLDM.DXF)

No. Fire Rating Ref. Design No. Description STC Test No.

FIRE – SOUND

3 2 hr. UL U429 2 1/2" (63.5 mm), 4" (102 mm) or 6" (152 mm) C-T Studs 40 Based onGA WP 7084 or C-H Studs 24" o.c. (610 mm), 1" (25.4 mm), NGC 2618

Fire-Shield Shaftliner or 1" Fire-Shield Shaftliner XP and 1 layer of 1/2" (12.7 mm) Fire-Shield C Gypsum Board appliedvertically on each side. Joints staggered 24" on opposite sides.

1 1/2" (38.1 mm) mineral wool or glass fiber in cavity. 45

4 2 hr. UL U497 2 1/2" (63.5 mm), 4" (102 mm) or 6" (152 mm) I-Studs, C-T 40 NGC 2615FM WP-636 Studs or C-H Studs 24" o.c. (610 mm). 1" (25.4 mm) Fire-Shield GA WP 7080 Shaftliner or 1" Fire-Shield Shaftliner XP and 2 layers of 1/2" (12.7 mm)

Fire-Shield C Gypsum Board, 1/2" (12.7 mm) Fire-Shield C Kal-Koreveneer plaster base, or 1/2" (12.7 mm) Fire-Shield C XP Gypsum Board on corridor side only, base layer horizontal, face layer vertical. Fire tested both sides.1 1/2" (38.1 mm) mineral wool or glass fiber in cavity. 47 NGC 2616

UL U497 2 1/2" (63.5 mm), 4" (102 mm) or 6" (152 mm) I-Studs, 40 Based onWHI 651-0500.05 C-T Studs or C-H Studs 24" o.c. (610 mm). 1" (25.4 mm) Fire- NGC 2615

Shield Shaftliner or 1" Fire-Shield Shaftliner XP and two layers 1/2" (12.7 mm) Fire-Shield C Gypsum Board appliedhorizontally on corridor side. Fire tested both sides.

U. of Cal. 75-17 2 layers 5/8" (15.9 mm) Fire-Shield Gypsum Board on corridor side. 40 Based onES 7408 NGC 2615

GA WP 7076

Based onNGC 2617

Page 22: NGCConstGuide.pdf

11 2 hr. WHI 651-0508 2 layers of 1" (25.4 mm) Fire-Shield Shaftliner or 1" Fire-Shield 50 NGC 2826Shaftliner XP inserted in 2" H-Stud 24" o.c. (610 mm). One nominal 2 x 4 (38 mm x 89 mm) wood stud wall one side. 1" (25.4 mm)air space between Shaftliner and wood studs. Wood studs 16" o.c., (406 mm) faced with one layer 1/2" Regular Gypsum Board.

3 1/2" (88.9 mm) mineral wool or glass fiber in wood stud cavity. 55 NGC 2825

12 2 hr. UL U347 2 layers of 1" (25.4 mm) Fire-Shield Shaftliner or 1" Fire-Shield 50 NGC 2823GA ASW 1005 Shaftliner XP inserted in 2" H-Stud 24" o.c. (610 mm). Adjacent

construction each side. Minimum 3/4" (19.0 mm) air space between Shaftliner and adjacent construction.

3 1/2" (88.9 mm) mineral wool or glass fiber in both wood stud cavities. 61 TL 05-199

3 1/2" (88.9 mm) mineral wool or glass fiber in wood stud cavity one side. 55 NGC 2824

20 NATIONAL GYPSUM QUICK SELECTOR/GENERAL REFERENCE

6 2 hr. FM WP-621 Elevator Control Boxes, 4" (102 mm) or 6" (152 mm) I-Studs None NoneFM WP-612 24" o.c. (610 mm). 1" (25.4 mm) Fire-Shield Shaftliner or 1"

Fire-Shield Shaftliner XP and two layers 1/2" (12.7 mm) Fire-Shield C Gypsum Board on side only, base layer horizontal, face layer vertical. Control boxes corridor and conduit penetrations.

7 est. FM Based on 2 1/2" (63.5 mm), 4" (102 mm) or 6" (152 mm) I-Studs, C-T 51 BBN2 hr. WP-636 Studs or C-H Studs 24" o.c. (610 mm). 1" (25.4 mm) Fire-Shield NGC 2609

Gypsum Shaftliner, or 1" Fire-Shield Shaftliner XP, Resilient Furring Channels 24" o.c. (610 mm) on corridor side and two layers 1/2" (12.7 mm) Fire-Shield C Gypsum Board on channels, 1 1/2" (38.1 mm) mineral wool or glass fiber in stud cavity.

Based onNGC 2616

5 2 hr. UL U428 2 1/2" (63.5 mm), 4" (102 mm) or 6" (152 mm) C-T Studs 40 Based onGA WP 7051 or C-H Studs 24" o.c. (610 mm). 1" (25.4 mm) NGC 2615

Fire-Shield Shaftliner or 1" Fire-Shield Shaftliner XP and 2 layers of 1/2" (12.7 mm) Fire-Shield C GypsumBoard, base layer horizontal, face layer vertical.

1 1/2" (38.1 mm) mineral wool or glass fiber in cavity. 47

10 2 hr. WHI 694-0200.6 2 layers of 1" (25.4 mm) Fire-Shield Shaftliner or 1" Fire-Shield 35 NGC 2827Shaftliner XP inserted in 2" H-Stud 24" o.c. (610 mm). H-Studs andTrack covered by 1/2" (12.7 mm) Fire-Shield C Gypsum Board6" (152 mm) wide strips.

QUICK SELECTOR FOR FIRE AND SOUND RATED SYSTEMS

Gypsum Board Partitions-Shaftwalls, Area Separation Walls (CAD FILE NAME GOLDM.DWG OR GOLDM.DXF)

No. Fire Rating Ref. Design No. Description STC Test No.

FIRE – SOUND

9 4 hr. UL V451 4" (102 mm) I-Studs, C-T Studs or C-H Studs 24" o.c. (610 mm) GA WP 7691 1" (25.4 mm) Fire-Shield Shaftliner or 1" Fire-Shield Shaftliner XP

and five layers of 5/8" (15.9 mm) Fire-Shield C Gypsum Board applied vertically to corridor side. Furring channel applied horizontally 16" o.c. (406 mm) over third layer. Vertical joints staggered.

8 2 hr. FM Based on 2 1/2" (63.5 mm), 4" (102 mm) or 6" (152 mm) I-Studs, 50 BBNWP-545 C-T Studs or C-H Studs 24" o.c. (610 mm). 1" (25.4 mm) NGC 2610

Fire-Shield Shaftliner or 1" Fire-Shield Shaftliner XP and 1 layer of 1/2" (12.7 mm) Fire-Shield C Gypsum Board or 1/2"(12.7 mm) Fire-Shield C XP Gypsum Board on one side. Other side 1 layer 1/2" (12.7 mm) Fire-Shield C Gypsum Board screwed to Resilient Furring Channels 24" o.c. (610 mm) attached to I-Studs with screws in alternate legs. 1 1/2" (38.1 mm) mineral wool or glass fiber in cavity.

Page 23: NGCConstGuide.pdf

Gypsum Board Column Fireproofing (CAD FILE NAME GOLDN.DWG OR GOLDN.DXF)

No. Fire Rating Ref. Design No. Description

LIGHT COLUMN

1 1 hr. UL X528 Two layers of 1/2" (12.7 mm) Fire-Shield C Gypsum Board furred from GA CM 1452 TS 4x4x0.188 tube steel column by 1 5/8" (43.3 mm) steel stud each corner.

2 1 hr. UL X528 One layer of 5/8" (15.9 mm) Fire-Shield Gypsum Board furred from GA CM 1851 TS 8x8x0.250 tube steel column by 1 5/8" (43.3 mm) steel stud each corner.

3 1 1/2 hr. UL X531 Two layers of 1/2" (12.7 mm) Fire-Shield C Gypsum Board furred from 4 1/2" OD steel pipe column (Min. wall thickness 0.109) by 1 5/8" (43.3 mm) steel framing.

4 2 hr. UL X528 Base and second layer 1/2" (12.7 mm) Fire-Shield C Gypsum Board furred from GA CM 2452 TS 4x4x0.188 tube steel column by 1 5/8" (43.3 mm) steel stud each corner.

Face layer 5/8" (15.9 mm) Fire-Shield Gypsum Board.

21NATIONAL GYPSUM QUICK SELECTOR/GENERAL REFERENCE

QU

ICK

SELE

CTO

R

GENERAL REFERENCE

QUICK SELECTOR FOR FIRE AND SOUND RATED SYSTEMS

COLUMN (10WF–49)

5 1 hr. UL X528 One layer of 1/2" (12.7 mm) Fire-Shield C Gypsum Board furred from column by 1 5/8" GA CM 1001 by 1 5/8" (41.3 mm) steel studs at each corner.

6 2 hr. UL X528 Base layer of 5/8" (15.9 mm) Fire-Shield Gypsum Board furred from column by 1 5/8"GA CM 2017 (41.3 mm) steel studs at each corner. Face layer 1/2" (12.7 mm) Fire-Shield C Gypsum

Board.

7 3 hr. UL X510 Three layers of 5/8" (15.9 mm) Fire-Shield Gypsum Board furred from column by GA CM 3120 1 5/8" (41.3 mm) steel studs at each corner.

8 4 hr. UL X501 Four layers of 5/8" (15.9 mm) Fire-Shield C Gypsum Board on each side of column.Inner two layers furred from column by 1 5/8" (41.3 mm) steel studs at column corners. Outer two layers attached to 2" x 2" (51 mm x 51 mm) sheet metal angles which are appliedat corners over first two layers of board.

COLUMN (14WF–228)

9 2 hr. UL X520 One layer of 1/2" (12.7 mm) Fire-Shield C Gypsum Board furred from column by GA CM 2110 1 5/8" (41.3 mm) steel studs at each corner.

10 3 hr. UL X513 Two layers of 1/2" (12.7 mm) Fire-Shield C Gypsum Board furred from column by GA CM 3130 1 5/8" (41.3 mm) steel studs at each corner.

Page 24: NGCConstGuide.pdf

22 NATIONAL GYPSUM QUICK SELECTOR/GENERAL REFERENCE

QUICK SELECTOR FOR FIRE AND SOUND RATED SYSTEMS

5 2 hr. UL L505 5/8" (15.9 mm) Fire-Shield C Gypsum est. 45GA FC 5724 Board, base layer nailed at right angles to

2 x 10 (38 mm x 241 mm) wood joists spaced 16" o.c. (406 mm), resilient furring channels spaced 24" o.c. (610 mm) and nailed through base board into and at right angles to joists. Face layer of 5/8" (15.9 mm) Fire-Shield C GypsumBoard screwed to furring channel. Nominal 1"(25.4 mm) T & G sub and finish floor. Optionalfloor systems consist of Floor Topping Mixture over plywood. Rating also applies with 5/8" (15.9 mm) Fire-Shield C Kal-Kore plaster base.

3 1 hr. FM FC 193 1/2" (12.7 mm) Fire-Shield C Gypsum Board 58 OC-2MTattached to Resilient Furring Channels spaced 24" o.c. (610 mm) with screws spaced 12" (305 mm).Elastizell concrete floor 1 1/2" (38.1 mm) thick, 3 1/2" (88.9 mm) mineral wool or glass fiber insulation2 x 10 (38 mm x 241 mm) wood joists 16" o.c. (406 mm).

Gypsum Board Floor/Ceilings – Wood Framing (wood joists) (CAD FILE NAME GOLDS.DWG OR GOLDS.DXF)

No. Fire Rating Ref. Design No. Description STC Test No. IIC

No Carpet Carpet & Pad

1 1 hr. UL L522 1/2" (12.7 mm) Fire-Shield C Gypsum Board or 37 NGC 4042 32 66GA FC 5410 1/2" (12.7 mm) Fire-Shield C Kal-Kore plaster base nail NGC 5032A

attached to 2 x 10 (38 mm x 241 mm) wood joists spaced NGC 503316" o.c. (406 mm). UL design L522 permits option offloor topping over plywood.

1 hr. UL L501 5/8" (15.9 mm) Fire-Shield Gypsum Board, 5/8" 37 Based on 32 66GA FC 5420 (15.9 mm) Fire-Shield Kal-Kore plaster base or 5/8" NGC 4024

(15.9 mm) F.S. Soffit Board nail attached to 2 x 10 (38 mm x 241 mm) wood joists spaced 16" o.c. (406 mm). UL design L501 permits option of Floor Topping Mixture over plywood.

4 1 hr. FM FC-172 Base layer 5/8" (15.9 mm) Fire-Shield Gypsum Board GA FC 5406 attached with screws 24" o.c. (610 mm) to wood joists GA RC 2601 or trusses 24" o.c. (610 mm). Second layer 5/8" GA RC 2602 (15.9 mm) Fire-Shield Gypsum Board or 5/8" (15.9 mm)

F.S. Soffit Board screw attached 12" o.c. (305 mm). 1/2" (12.7 mm) plywood floor. Ceiling provides onehour fire resistance protection for wood framing,including trusses.

Gypsum Board Beam Fireproofing (8WF24 or heavier) (CAD FILE NAME GOLDN.DWG OR GOLDN.DXF)

No. Fire Rating Ref. Design No. Description

1 2 hr. UL N501 Two layers of 5/8" (15.9 mm) Fire-Shield Gypsum Board applied to beam cage fabricated GA BM 2120 from 25 gauge steel channel brackets spaced 24" o.c.

2 1 hr. UL L515 1/2" (12.7 mm) Fire-Shield C Gypsum Board or 45 NGC 4010 39 631/2" (12.7 mm) Fire-Shield C Kal-Kore plaster base NGC 4107screw attached to Resilient Furring Channels spaced NGC 516124" o.c. (610 mm) on 2 x 10 (38 mm x 241 mm) NGC 5165wood joists 16" o.c. (406 mm). Gypsum Board secured to channels with 1" self-drilling screws 12" o.c. (305 mm). Option in UL L515 allows Drywall Suspension Systemto be hung from joists. No insulation in plenum.

FM FC 181 With 3 1/2" (88.9 mm) glass fiber. est. 50

Page 25: NGCConstGuide.pdf

6 1 hr. UL L558 One layer 5/8" (15.9 mm) Fire-Shield C Gypsum Board GA FC 5514 or 5/8" (15.9 mm) Fire-Shield C Kal-Kore plaster base

screw attached to 1/2" (12.7 mm) resilient furring channel spaced 12" o.c. to lower chord of 18" (457.2 mm) deep wood trusses of 2 x 4 (38 mm x 89 mm) lbr. with steel truss plates spaced 24" o.c. (610 mm) 23/32" (18.2 mm) 23/32" (18.2 mm) plywood subfloor with 15/32" (11.9 mm) plywood finish floor.

Optional - 3 1/2" thick glass fiber insulation drapedover furring channels - Optional Ceiling damper.

QU

ICK

SELE

CTO

R

GENERAL REFERENCE

QUICK SELECTOR FOR FIRE AND SOUND RATED SYSTEMSGypsum Board Floor/Ceilings – Wood Framing (floor truss) (CAD FILE NAME GOLDS.DWG OR GOLDS.DXF)

No. Fire Rating Ref. Design No. Description STC Test No. IIC

23NATIONAL GYPSUM QUICK SELECTOR/GENERAL REFERENCE

9 1 hr. FM FC 214 Two layers 1/2" (12.7 mm) Fire-Shield C Gypsum est. 43GA FC 5512 Board each screwed perpendicular, with all joints

of face layer staggered 24" o.c. (610 mm) from baselayers, to 24" o.c. (610 mm) trusses fabricatedusing connectors produced by members of the TrussPlate Institute. 5/8" (15.9 mm) T & G (long sides) plywood flooring nail applied across top chord of trusses.

10 2 hr. UL L538 5/8" (15.9 mm) Fire-Shield C Gypsum Board, base layer screw attached perpendicular to bottom chord of 9 1/2" (241.3 mm) deep “I” shaped wood spaced 19.2" (487.8 mm) o.c. Resilient furring channel or 7/8" (22.2 mm) deep furring channel spaced 16" o.c. screw attached through base layer into and at right angles to joist. 5/8" (15.9 mm) Fire-Shield C Gypsum Board, middle and facelayers screw attached perpendicular to resilient furring channel or 7/8" (22.2 mm) deep furring channel. 5/8" (15.9 mm) T & G plywood floor sheathing. Rating also applies with 5/8" (15.9 mm) Fire-Shield C Kal-Kore plaster base.

7 1 hr. FM FC-442 One layer 5/8" (15.9 mm) Fire-Shield C Gypsum Board GA FC 5517 applied perpendicular and screw attached directly to

the lower chord of 14" (35.6 mm) deep wood-webbed trusses of 2 x 4 (38 mm x 89 mm) lbr. with Type I.L.S. plates spaced 24" o.c. (610 mm). Edge joints backed with 2 x 4 (38 mm x 89 mm) wood blocks fastened to lower chord with Z-clips. 19/32" (15.1 mm) plywood floor sheathing.

8 1 hr. UL L528 One layer 5/8" (15.9 mm) Fire-Shield C Gypsum Board FM FC-448 screw attached to 7/8" (22.2 mm) furring channel GA FC 5516 wire tied perpendicular to lower chord of wood-webbed

trusses of 2 x 4 (38 mm x 89 mm) lbr. with steel truss plates spaced 24" o.c. (610 mm). Floor 3/4" (19.1 mm) nominal plywood.

Optional resilient furring channels.

Page 26: NGCConstGuide.pdf

1 1 hr. UL L565 One layer 5/8" (15.9 mm) Fire-Shield C Gypsum Board attachedGA FC 4515 to 1/2" (12.7 mm) resilient furring channels screw fastened

perpendicular to lower chord of light gauge steel trussesspaced a maximum 48" o.c. 23/32" (18.2 mm) plywood plywood subfloor with 15/32" (11.9 mm) plywood finish floor.

Optional, mineral wool or glass fiber insulation draped over furring channels.

QUICK SELECTOR FOR FIRE AND SOUND RATED SYSTEMS

Gypsum Board Floor/Ceilings – Light Gauge Steel Framing (floor truss) (CAD FILE NAME GOLDS.DWG OR GOLDS.DXF)

24 NATIONAL GYPSUM QUICK SELECTOR/GENERAL REFERENCE

QUICK SELECTOR FOR FIRE AND SOUND RATED SYSTEMS

Gypsum Board Floor/Ceilings – Light Gauge Steel Framing

No. Fire Rating Ref. Design No. Description

1 1 hr. UL L524 Two layers 1/2" (12.7 mm) Fire-Shield C Gypsum GA FC 4502 Board screw attached perpendicular, face layer

joints staggered from base layer joints, to 7" (178 mm) deep, 18 gauge steel “C” shaped joists spaced 24" o.c. (610 mm). 5/8" (15.9 mm) T & G plywood floor sheathing.

2 1 1/2 hr. UL L527 Two layers 5/8" (15.9 mm) Fire-Shield C GypsumBoard screw attached perpendicular, facelayer joints staggered from base layer joints,to resilient furring channels spaced 16" (406 mm)o.c. on 9 3/8" deep, 16 gauge steel “C” shapedjoists spaced 24" o.c. (610 mm). 3/4" (19.0 mm)T & G plywood floor sheathing.

Gypsum Board Floor/Ceilings – Steel Framing (steel joists with concrete floor) (CAD FILE NAME GOLDP.DWG OR GOLDP.DXF OR GOLDR.DWG OR GOLDR.DXF)

No. Fire Rating Ref. Design No. Description STC Test No. IIC

No Carpet Carpet & Pad

1 1 hr. OSU T-1936 5/8" (15.9 mm) Fire-Shield Gypsum Board 53 Based on 21 67screw attached to furring channels spaced 24" o.c. NGC 4075(610 mm) attached to steel bar joists spaced 24"

Based on Based on

o.c. (610 mm). Concrete floor 2" (51 mm) thick.NGC 5121 NGC 5122

2 hr. UL G503 5/8" (15.9 mm) Fire-Shield Gypsum Board or 53 (Direct) 21 675/8" (15.9 mm) Fire-Shield Kal-Kore plaster base Based on Based on Based onscrew attached to furring channels spaced 12" o.c. NGC 4075 NGC 5121 NGC 5122(305 mm) attached to or suspended from steel bar joists spaced 24" o.c. (610 mm). Concrete floor 57 (Susp.) 28 752 1/2" (63.5 mm) thick. Based on Based on Based on

NGC 4078 NGC 5126 NGC 5127

Gypsum Board Roof/Ceilings – Wood Framing (Pitched Roof Truss)

11 1 hr. UL P533 Roof/ceiling, One layer 5/8" (15.9 mm) Fire-Shield CGA RC 2603 Gypsum Board attached to 1/2" (12.7 mm) resilient furring

channel spaced 12" o.c. screw fastened perpendicular to lower chord of wood trusses of 2 x 4 (38 mm x 89 mm) lbr. with steel truss plates, spaced 24" o.c. (610 mm). Roofing system UL Class A, B or C.

Optional - 3 1/2" thick glass fiber insulation draped overfurring channels - Optional Ceiling damper.

QUICK SELECTOR FOR FIRE AND SOUND RATED SYSTEMS

Page 27: NGCConstGuide.pdf

25NATIONAL GYPSUM QUICK SELECTOR/GENERAL REFERENCE

QU

ICK

SELE

CTO

R

GENERAL REFERENCE

Gypsum Board Floor/Ceilings – Steel Framing (steel joists with concrete floor) (CAD FILE NAME GOLDP.DWG OR GOLDP.DXF OR GOLDR.DWG OR GOLDR.DXF)

No. Fire Rating Ref. Design No. Description STC Test No. IIC

No Carpet Carpet & Pad

2 2 hr. UL G514 1/2" (12.7 mm) Fire-Shield C Gypsum Board or 53 (Direct) 21 67GA FC 2030 1/2" (12.7 mm) Fire-Shield C Kal-Kore plaster base NGC 4075 NGC 5121 NGC 5122

screw attached to furring channels spaced 24" o.c.(610 mm) attached or suspended from steel bar 57 (Susp.) 28 75joists spaced 24" o.c. (610 mm) with wire ties spaced Based on Based on Based on48" (1219 mm). Concrete floor 2 1/2" (63.5 mm) thick. NGC 4078 NGC 5126 NGC 5127

3 hr. UL G512 5/8" (15.9 mm) Fire-Shield C Gypsum Board screw 53 Based onGA FC 3012 attached to furring channels spaced 24" o.c. (610 mm) NGC 4075

attached to steel bar joists spaced 24" o.c. (610 mm) with wire ties. Concrete floor 2 1/2" (63.5 mm) thick.

3 1 hr. FM FC-134 1/2" (12.7 mm) Fire-Shield C Gypsum Board 52 Based on 21 67GA FC 1105 applied across 3 5/8" (92.1 mm) steel studs 24" o.c. NGC 4075

(610 mm) with drywall screws 12" o.c. (305 mm). Studs wire-tied 8' o.c. (2440 mm) to steel bar joists spaced 24" o.c. (610 mm). 3/8" (9.5 mm) rib metal lath supporting 2 1/2" (63.5 mm) thick concrete slab.

4 2 hr. UL G523 Single layer 1/2" (12.7 mm) Fire-Shield C Gypsum est. 50Board or 1/2" (12.7 mm) Fire-Shield C Kal-Kore plaster base screw applied perpendicular to cross tees of a drywall suspension system that is suspendedfrom steel bar joists 24" o.c. (610 mm), 2 1/2" (63.5 mm) concrete floor over 3/8" (9.5 mm) rib lath.

5 2 hr. UL D502 Single layer of 5/8" (15.9 mm) Fire-Shield C Gypsum est. 50Board screw applied perpendicular to the cross tees of a drywall suspension system suspended from a steel deck. Concrete floor 2 1/2" (63.5 mm) thick.

6 2 hr. UL G222 Nominal 2' x 2' (610 mm x 610 mm) x 1/2" (12.7 mm) FM FC-299 Fire-Shield G Gypsum Boards laid in fire-rated metal GA FC- 2190 grid suspension system supported by hanger wire from

steel joists supporting 2 1/2" (63.5 mm) concrete.

UL G259 Nominal 2' x 4' (610 mm x 1219 mm) x 1/2" (12.7 mm)1 1/2 hr. FM FC-300 Fire-Shield G Gypsum Boards laid in fire-rated metal

GA FC-1290 grid suspension system supported by hanger wire fromsteel joists supporting 2 1/2" (63.5 mm) concrete.

Page 28: NGCConstGuide.pdf

26 NATIONAL GYPSUM QUICK SELECTOR/GENERAL REFERENCE

®

For additional informationPhone 1-800-NATIONAL

(1-800-628-4662)

Gypsum Board Roof/Ceilings – Steel Framing (steel joists) (CAD FILE NAME GOLDP.DWG OR GOLDP.DXF)

1 1 hr. FM RC-227 (12.7 mm) Fire-Shield C Gypsum Board est. 53secured to 22 gauge steel deck with Lexsuco clips and washers 24" o.c. (610 mm). Deck supported by 10" (254 mm) bar joists 68" o.c. (1727 mm). IRMA roof system with 1" (25.4 mm) to 4" (102 mm) Styrofoam and 3 plies of 15 lb. (6.8 kg) felt. Ceiling 1/2" (12.7 mm) Fire-Shield C Gypsum Board on screw furring channels 24" o.c. (610 mm).

1 1 hr. UL P540 One layer 5/8" (15.9 mm) Fire-Shield C Gypsum BoardGA RC-2501 attached to 1/2" (12.7 mm) resilient furring channels

screw fastened perpendicular to lower chord of light gauge steel trusses spaced a maximum 48" o.c.Roofing system UL Class A, B or C.

Optional, mineral wool or glass fiber insulation drapedover furring channels.

2 1 hr. UL P541 Two layers 5/8" (15.9 mm) Fire-Shield Gypsum Boardattached to 1/2" (12.7 mm) resilient furring channelsscrew fastened perpendicular to lower chord of lightgauge steel trusses spaced a maximum 48" o.c.Roofing system UL Class A, B or C.

Optional, mineral wool or glass fiber insulation drapedover furring channels.

Gypsum Board Horizontal Shaftwall Duct Protection (CAD FILE NAME GOLDT.DWG OR GOLDT.DXF)

No. Fire Rating Ref. Design No. Description

1 2 hr. WHI 694-0300.1 2 1/2" (63.5 mm), 4" (102 mm) or 6" (152 mm), I-Studs 24" o.c. (610 mm). 1" (25.4 mm) Fire-Shield Shaftliner. 3 layers 1/2" (12.7 mm) Fire-Shield C Gypsum Board. Base and middle layers parallel to studs. Face layer perpendicular.

Gypsum Board Roof/Ceilings – Light Gauge Steel Framing (pitched roof truss) (CAD FILE NAME GOLDP.DWG OR GOLDP.DXF OR GOLDR.DWG OR GOLDR.DXF)

No. Fire Rating Ref. Design No. Description STC Test No. IIC

QUICK SELECTOR FOR FIRE AND SOUND RATED SYSTEMS

3 2 hr. UL P543 Two layers 5/8" (15.9 mm) Fire-Shield C Gypsum BoardGA RC 2752 attached to 1/2" (12.7 mm) resilient furring channels

screw fastened perpendicular to lower chord of lightgauge steel trusses spaced a maximum 48" o.c.Roofing system UL Class A, B or C.

Optional, mineral wool or glass fiber insulation drapedover furring channels.

Page 29: NGCConstGuide.pdf

06 16 43/NGC

®

Gold Bond®BRAND

Gypsum Sheathing & e2

XP™

Extended Exposure Sheathing

12TH EDITION

27

06

16

43

Page 30: NGCConstGuide.pdf

28 NATIONAL GYPSUM SHEATHING

GOLD BOND® BRAND GYPSUM SHEATHING

DESCRIPTION TECHNICAL DATA

JUMBO GYPSUM SHEATHING

SQUARE EDGES FOR VERTICAL APPLICATION

WAX-TREATED GYPSUM CORE

WATER-REPELLENTPAPER SURFACE

Illustration colors for visualization purposes only.

Gold Bond Brand GypsumSheathing is a waterresistant board productdesigned for attachment tothe outside of exterior wallframing as a water resistantunderlayment for variousexterior siding materials.The sheathing ismanufactured with atreated water resistant corefaced with water repellentpaper on both face andback surfaces and on bothlong edges. Fire-Shield(type X) Jumbo Sheathinghas special additives in thecore to enhance its fireresistive properties.

USES1. As a sheathing for wood

framed residentialconstruction to provide fireresistance, weatherprotection and to add tostructural strength whenused under exterior finishessuch as vinyl siding,clapboard, paneling,masonry veneer, stuccoand shingles.

2. As a sheathing for steel studcommercial construction

and as a component incurtainwall systems andexterior insulation systemsand finishes.

3. As a sheathing for use infire-rated exterior wallassemblies.

ADVANTAGES1. Economical: Both material

and application costs arelow.

2. Fire Resistance: The non-combustible gypsum core of the sheathing helpsprotect framing elementseven when the siding orfinish material iscombustible.

3. Weather Protection:Gypsum Sheathing’smoisture resistant core andwater repellent surfacesprovide a barrier thatresists passage of wind andwater.**

4. Little or No Sawing:Gypsum Sheathing can bescored and snapped toexact size without cuttingor sawing.

SIZES AND TYPES1/2" x 4' x 8', 9', 10' (Jumbo) square edge.5/8" x 4' x 8', 9', 10' (Fire-Shield Jumbo) square edge.VAPOR PERMEABLEGypsum Sheathing typically has an average vapor permeance

of 20 perms (dry cup method) which allows the escape ofnormal interior created water vapor.

SURFACE BURNING CHARACTERISTICS:(FIRE HAZARD CLASSIFICATION)Gypsum Sheathing has a flame spread of 20 when tested under

ASTM E 84. Source: Factory Mutual Report No. 16738.102.FIRE-RESISTANCE RATINGSA one-hour fire rating can be achieved for a wood framed wall

when constructed per UL Design U305 consisting of nominal2 x 4 wood studs 16” o.c. faced on the outside with 5/8" Fire-Shield Gypsum Sheathing and on the inside with 5/8" Fire-Shield Gypsum Board.

A two-hour fire rating may be obtained per UL Design U371with 2 x 4 wood studs 16" o.c. with two layers of 5/8" Fire-Shield Gypsum Board applied to the interior side and 5/8" Fire-Shield Gypsum Sheathing, faced with brick veneer on theexterior side.

One and two hour fire ratings may be obtained for a steel framedwall when constructed per UL Designs U 418 and U 425.

STRUCTURALRacking tests have been conducted for the Gypsum Association

by an independent laboratory according to ASTM E 72.Average ultimate racking load values were as follows:

Studs spaced 16" o.c., fasteners galvanized 11 gauge nails 7/16"head, 1 1/2" long for 1/2" sheathing and 1 3/4" long for 5/8",7" o.c. in the field and 4" o.c. on edges and ends for 5/8"Gypsum Sheathing; 8" o.c. in field and 4" o.c. on edges andends for 1/2" Gypsum Sheathing.

Corner Bracing – Where continuous diagonal bracing isrequired, many building codes allow the use of 4' wideboards of 1/2" Gypsum Sheathing applied vertically to be usedin place of 1" by 4" wood let-in bracing.

Shear Walls – Where wind or seismic forces require shear wallsto resist these lateral forces, most building codes provideallowable shear values for walls having gypsum sheathingapplied vertically to wood framing. Specific values withconstruction requirements and limitations are contained in themajor model building codes (International Building Code,National Building Code, Standard Building Code and UniformBuilding Code).

Shear values for all gypsum board, including Gypsum Sheathing,are defined in GA-229 at www.gypsum.org/GA-229-08.pdf.

SPECIFICATION COMPLIANCEGold Bond Gypsum Sheathing is manufactured to comply with

ASTM Specification C 1396.

** Refer to Limitations, page 29, number 10.

SHEAR LOAD IN LBS. PER LINEAR FT. (KILOGRAMS PER METER)

Dry Wet*

1/2" x 4' (12.7 mm x 1219 mm) wide sheathing 540 (803) 332 (494)5/8" x 4' (15.9 mm x 1219 mm) wide type X 654 (973) 522 (777)

*Treated core only

Page 31: NGCConstGuide.pdf

29

06

16

43

06 16 43/NGC

1. Gypsum Sheathing is not afinished surface nor is it asubstrate for the directapplication of stucco, paintor textures. Placement ofvapor retarders is theresponsibility of the designprofessional.

2. The sheathing shall not beused as a nailing base.

3. Exterior Insulation FinishSystems (EIFS): ExteriorInsulation Finish Systemsincorporating GypsumSheathing should be usedwith mechanical fasteners.The performance of these systems andrecommendation of theproper method ofattachment are the soleresponsibility of the EIFSmanufacturer.

4. Application of GypsumSheathing to framing byadhesive only is notrecommended.

5. Stud spacing must notexceed 24" o.c.

6. Gypsum Sheathing is notrecommended forapplication to exteriorceilings, soffits or sills.

7. Gypsum Sheathing shouldbe spaced not less than1/4" from abutting masonryto minimize wicking.

8. Neatly stack GypsumSheathing flat, taking careto prevent sagging ordamage to the ends, edgesand surfaces.

9. Gypsum Sheathing may bestored outside for up to onemonth if stacked off theground under protectivecovering.

10. Gypsum Sheathing isdesigned for use as asubstrate that is covered byan exterior cladding orother weather resistivebarrier and is not intendedfor long term exposure.After it has been installed,it shall not be exposed tothe elements for more than30 days. The gypsumsheathing shall be coveredwith building felt orequivalent within 30 daysafter installation if exposuretime will be more than 30days.

11. Gypsum Sheathingapplied perpendicular toframing shall be coveredwith building felt orequivalent or thehorizontal joints shall besealed at time ofapplication.

DETAILS

WINDOW HEAD JAMB-3/4" BLIND STOP

06115BScale: 3" = 1'-0"

WINDOW HEAD JAMB-REVERSIBLE STOP

06115AScale: 3" = 1'-0"

SPECIFICATIONS

Fasteners (nail or screw heads or the crown of staples) shall beartightly against the face of the sheathing but should not cut intothe face paper. Staples shall be driven with the crown parallelto the framing. Fasteners shall be no less than 3/8" from theedges and ends of the sheathing. When shear values are notrequired, fasteners shall be spaced not more than 8" o.c.along the vertical ends or edges and intermediate supports.

JUMBO GYPSUM SHEATHING – 4' WIDEApply Jumbo Gypsum Sheathing vertically with vertical edges

butting over the center of framing members. Fit sheathingsnugly around all openings. Vertically attach sheathing withnails or screws spaced not over 4" o.c. around perimeter and8" o.c. to intermediate studs (space staples not over 3" and 6"o.c. respectively). Jumbo Gypsum Sheathing is permitted to beapplied horizontally. Secure horizontally applied sheathing tostuds with nails or screws spaced not over 4" o.c. along endsand 8" o.c. to intermediate framing. Square edge gypsumsheathing applied perpendicular to framing shall be coveredwith building felt or equivalent or horizontal joints shall besealed at time of application. Horizontal gypsum sheathingjoints do not require back blocking.

TOTAL WALL THICKNESSDoor and window frames for outside wall openings should be

ordered according to total wall thickness. For ease ofinstallation it is recommended that window frames beselected with blind stops the same thickness as the sheathing.

REVERSIBLE STOPSWindow frames with reversible stops can accommodate

1/2" sheathing. Detail 06115 A.3/4" BLIND STOPSFor use of fixed 3/4" blind stops with 1/2" sheathing, insert

1/4" shim between sheathing and trim. Detail 06115 B.

GYPSUM SHEATHINGGYPSUM SHEATHING

THE FOLLOWING PARAGRAPHS ARE FOR INSERTION INTO SECTIONS OFGENERIC SPECIFICATIONS OR GENERIC/PROPRIETARY SPECIFICATIONSCOVERING GYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS. THE GOLD BOND PRODUCTNAME FOLLOWS THE GENERIC DESCRIPTION IN PARENTHESES.PART 2 PRODUCTS2.01 MATERIALSA. Gypsum Sheathing Board: A gypsum core sheathing boards

with additives to enhance the water resistance of the core;surfaced with water repellent paper on front, back, and longedges; and complying with ASTM C 1396.1. Regular Board, 1/2" x 4' x 8', 9', 10' with square edge

(Gold Bond BRAND Jumbo Gypsum Sheathing).2. Fire-Resistant Board (type X), 5/8" x 4' x 8', 9', 10' with

additives in the core to enhance fire resistance (Gold Bond BRAND Fire-Shield Jumbo Gypsum Sheathing).

PART 3 EXECUTION3.01 INSTALLATIONA. Gypsum Sheathing: In accordance with ASTM C 1280 and

the manufacturer’s recommendations, National GypsumCompany “Gypsum Construction Guide.”

RECOMMENDATIONS

NATIONAL GYPSUM SHEATHING

SECTION 06 16 43GYPSUM SHEATHING

LIMITATIONS

Page 32: NGCConstGuide.pdf

30 NATIONAL GYPSUM SHEATHING

INSTALLATION

VINYL, WOOD, CLAPBOARD SIDINGApply horizontal siding directly over the sheathing. Fasteners

should have a 1" penetration into each framing member. Butt siding joints over framing members.

STUCCONail 3.4 lb. Self-furring Galvanized Diamond Mesh metal lath

through the sheathing into the framing.

BRICK VENEER Wall ties for masonry veneer should be nailed through the

sheathing with nails that penetrate a minimum of 1" into theframing. Leave an air space of 2" between sheathing andveneer.*

SHINGLES OR SHAKESApply 1 x 2 wood furring strips horizontally over the Gypsum

Sheathing, spaced to correspond to the shingle exposure,using nails of sufficient length to provide at least 1"penetration into the studs. Nail furring through the sheathinginto the framing with a minimum of one nail at eachintersection of stud and furring.

SHEATHING

2" X 4" FRAMING16" O.C.

SHEATHING

FLASHING

SHEATHINGSHEATHING

2" X 4" FRAMING16" O.C.

2" X 4" FRAMING16" O.C.

2" X 4" FRAMING16" O.C.

FLASHING

BRICKVENEER

WALL TIE

3.4 LB. SELF-FURRING DIAMOND MESH METAL LATH

STUCCO

FURRING STRIP

SHINGLES

*Brick Institute of America

Note: Refer to exterior cladding manufacturer and local codes todetermine if a weather resistive barrier is required overgypsum sheathing.

BUILDING FELTOR

EQUIVALENT

BUILDINGFELT OREQUIVALENTOR PAPER-BACKEDMETAL LATH

BUILDINGFELT OR

EQUIVALENT

BUILDINGFELT OR

EQUIVALENT

Page 33: NGCConstGuide.pdf

31NATIONAL GYPSUM SHEATHING

06 16 43/NGC

06

16

43

DESCRIPTION

GOLD BOND® BRAND

e2XP™ EXTENDED EXPOSURE SHEATHING

e2XP Sheathing is a moistureand mold resistantsheathing panel designedfor attachment to theoutside of sidewall andsoffit framing as a waterresistant underlayment forvarious exterior materials.e2XP Sheathing ismanufactured with anenhanced moisture andmold resistant core andfacer. The facer iscomposed of a coatedfiberglass mat whichprovides superior weatherresistance capabilities. It isproduced in 1/2" and 5/8"thicknesses, 4' wide in 8',9' and 10' lengths. e2XPSheathing is lightweight,scores and cuts easily andis specially coated on thefront, back and sides foreasy handling.

BASIC USESe2XP Sheathing can be used

in both wood and metalstud construction toprovide fire resistance,weather protection and toadd to structural strength.e2XP Sheathing can beused as a substrate forvarious air and waterresistive barriers includingbuilding wraps, self-adhesive membranes andliquid applied coatings. Itcan be used as acomponent in curtainwallor Exterior Insulated FinishSystems (EIFS), and undervarious exterior finishessuch as metal, vinyl, woodor fiber-cement siding;brick/stone veneer, orconventional stucco. The5/8" e2XP Fire-Shield®

Type X gypsum panel canbe utilized for exterior fire-rated wall and soffitassemblies.

ADVANTAGES• Manufactured to meet

ASTM C 1177 (“StandardSpecification for Glass MatGypsum Substrate for Useas Sheathing”).

• Will withstand up to 12months of exposure totypical weather conditions,subject to terms, conditionsand exclusions of NationalGypsum’s LimitedWarranties.

• Treated fiberglass face,back and gypsum coreprovides extra protectionagainst mold growth perASTM D3273.

• Superior water resistancewhich does not impedevapor transmission.

• Dimensionally stable underchanges in temperatureand relative humidity andresists warping, rippling,buckling and sagging for aflat and even substrate.

• Noncombustible material.• Approved for inclusion in

specific UL fire-rateddesigns.

• Can be scored andsnapped to exact sizewithout cutting or sawing.

• Coated face and back foreasy handling.

• Ideally suited for soffitapplications.

• Suitable for radiusapplications.

MOLD AND MILDEWRESISTANCEe2XP Sheathing was designed

to provide extra protectionagainst mold and mildewcompared to standardgypsum board products.When tested by anindependent lab per ASTMD 3273 (“Standard TestMethod for Resistance toGrowth of Mold on theSurface of Interior Coatingsin an EnvironmentalChamber”), e2XPSheathing achieved a scoreof 10, the best possiblescore for this test. Nomaterial can be considered“mold proof,” nor is itcertain that any materialwill resist mold or mildewindefinitely. When used inconjunction with gooddesign, handling andconstruction practices,e2XP Sheathing canprovide increased moldresistance versus standardgypsum board products.As with any buildingmaterial, avoiding waterexposure during handling,storage and installation,and after installation iscomplete, is the best wayto avoid the formation ofmold or mildew.

• e2XP Sheathing is not afinished surface nor is it asubstrate for the directapplication of joint

compound, stucco, paintor textures in wallapplications.

• All materials inconjunction with e2XPSheathing should beinstalled per themanufacturer’srecommendations.

• e2XP Sheathing shouldnever be used as a nailingbase. Mechanical fastenersshould pass through thesheathing and engage theframing member behindthe panel.

• e2XP Sheathing is resistantto weather, but it is notintended for immersion inwater and should not besubjected to cascadingwater conditions.

• Do not apply e2XPSheathing below grade.Always follow buildingcode grade clearancerequirements.

• e2XP Sheathing should beprotected from theelements and maintainedin reasonable conditionprior to installation.Boards should be stackedflat with care taken toprevent sagging or damageto edges, ends or surfaces.Following installation, thestructure must be

Coated Fiberglass Mat

Coated Fiberglass MatEnhancedMoisture andMold ResistantGypsum Core

LIMITATIONS

Page 34: NGCConstGuide.pdf

32 NATIONAL GYPSUM SHEATHING

®

For additional informationPhone 1-800-NATIONAL

(1-800-628-4662)

adequately maintained bythe contractor and/orbuilding owner.

• Do not laminate e2XPSheathing to masonrysurfaces, fasten to furringstrips or framing.

• e2XP Sheathing is notintended for tileapplications. For tileapplications, PermaBaseCement Board isrecommended.

• e2XP Sheathing is not areplacement for structurallyengineered sheathingsrequired for rackingqualities, and should not beused in lieu of plywoodwhen required.

• e2XP Sheathing applicationto framing by adhesive onlyis not recommended.

• Stud spacing must notexceed 24" o.c.

• All design details such asfasteners, sealants andcontrol joints, per systemspecifications, must beproperly installed.Openings and penetrationsmust be properly flashedand sealed according tocode, building design andweather resistive barriermanufacturer’s instructions.Failure to do so will voidthe warranty . (See e2XP SheathingWarranty for terms,conditions and limitations.)

COMPOSITION & MATERIALSe2XP Sheathing is

manufactured with amoisture and mold resistantcore and facer. The facer iscomposed of a coatedfiberglass mat whichprovides superior weatherresistant capabilities. e2XPFire-Shield® ExteriorSheathing (Type X) hasspecial additives in the coreto enhance its fire-resistiveproperties.

e2XP Sheathing contains noasbestos.

SIZES AND TYPES

Fire-Shield:1. Width: 4' (1219 mm)2. Lengths: 8', 9' and 10'

(2438 mm,2743 mm, and3048 mm)

3. Thickness: 1/2" Regular(12.7 mm)

5/8" Fire-Shield(15.9 mm)

4. Edges: Square

TECHNICAL DATA

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES 1/2" e2XP 5/8" e2XP

Nominal Width 4' 4'Standard Lengths 8', 9', 10' ± 1/4" 8', 9', 10' ± 1/4"Nominal Weight, lbs./msf 1,900 1,900

Bending Radius 6'1 6'1

Composition Coated fiberglass mat/gypsum core

Racking strength,2 lbs/f.(dry) >540 >654(Ultimate - not design value)Flexural Strength,3 parallel, lbs. 804 1004

(4' weak direction)

Compressive Strength Min. 500 psi Min. 500 psi.Humidified Deflection,3 inches 1/8" 1/8"5

Permeance6 (perms) [ng/Pa•s•m2] 22 [1260] 19 [1090]“R” Value7 .043 .050Combustibility Noncombustible Noncombustible

Flame Spread, E84 5 5

Coefficient of Thermal Expansion9 9.26 x 10-6 9.26 x 10-6

in/in/˚FResists Growth of Mold10 Yes Yes

Handling Characteristic Yes Yes

Fasteners Standard Standard

1. Double fasteners on ends as needed.2. Tested in accordance with ASTM E 723. Tested in accordance with ASTM C 4734. Minimum requirements for ASTM C 11775. Maximum requirements for ASTM C 1396 and ASTM C 11776. Tested in accordance with ASTM E 96 (dry cup method)7. Tested in accordance with ASTM C 518 (heat flow meter)8. As defined and tested in accordance with ASTM E 1369. Tested in accordance with ASTM E 228

10. Tested in accordance with ASTM D 3273

JOINT TREATMENTe2XP Sheathing is compatible

with a variety of exteriorsystems. For applicationsrequiring joint treatment,joint finishes must becompatible with the exteriorsystem specified. Consultyour weather/water resistantbarrier manufacturer,cladding manufacturer orlocal building codeauthority to determine theappropriate joint treatments.

Soffit and Ceiling applicationsonly

Embed 2" wide fiberglass meshtape in ProForm® BRAND Sta-Smooth® Setting Compound orequivalent, over all joints.Once dry, apply a skim coat ofSta-Smooth Setting Compoundor equivalent, over the panelsto achieve a uniform, smoothfinish over the entire area.Prime with exterior gradeprimer and finish with twocoats of exterior grade paint.

APPLICABLE STANDARDS AND REFERENCESASTM C 1280GYPSUM Association GA-253

• e2XP Sheathing must beinstalled in accordance withGypsum Association withdocument GA-253, ASTM C1280 or National GypsumCo. Gypsum ConstructionGuide.

• e2XP Sheathing can beattached parallel orperpendicular to wood ormetal framing. Useappropriate board

FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGSThe 5/8" e2XP Fire-Shield

Sheathing is tested inaccordance with ASTMStandard E 119 and isclassified as Type X for usein UL Listings.

INSTALLATION

RECOMMENDATIONS

orientation for specific fireassemblies and shear wallapplications as required bythe design.

• Framing members shall notvary more than 1/8" from theplane of the faces of adjacentframing.

• Fasteners should be drivenflush with the panel surface (notcountersunk) and into theframing. Locate fasteners atleast 3/8" from the ends andedges of the sheathing. Forwood studs: Nails should begalvanized, 11 gauge, 7/16"head, 1-3/4" long. Screwsshould be 1-1/4" bugle head,corrosion resistant Type W forwood and Type S for steel. Useappropriate fasteners forattaching e2XP Sheathing toframing.

• Install e2XP Sheathing withend joints staggered onhorizontal applications.Ends and edges of thesheathing should fit snugly.

• The location of controljoints shall be as requiredby either the building designor the manufacture of thespecified exterior material.

APPLICABLE STANDARDSASTM Specification C 1177 and

application sections of C 1396.

DECORATION

e2XP™ Sheathing was introduced in March2008 on a regional basis

beginning in theSoutheastern United States. For additional product and

availability information go to:

WWW.PURPLECHOICE.INFO.

Page 35: NGCConstGuide.pdf

09 23 00/NGC

®

Conventional PlasterSystems

12TH EDITION

09

23

00

33

Page 36: NGCConstGuide.pdf

34 NATIONAL GYPSUM CONVENTIONAL PLASTER SYSTEMS

TECHNICAL DATA

KAL-KORE PLASTER BASEKal-Kore is available in two

basic types: Regular andFire-Shield type X. Kal-Koreis 4' wide and is supplied in 8' through 16' lengths.Thicknesses are as follows:

Regular – 3/8" and 1/2".Fire-Shield – 1/2" Fire-Shield C,

5/8" Fire-Shield, 5/8" Fire-Shield C, produced to meet ASTM C 1396.

Note: Installation of gypsum lath and metal lath shall be inaccordance with ASTM C 841. Do not use 3/8" Kal-Koreplaster base with conventional basecoat plasters.

Kal-Kore BRAND Plaster Base

Metal Lath*

DESCRIPTION

Kal-Kore BRAND Plaster Base panels consist of a fire resistivegypsum core encased in blue absorptive face paper and linerpaper on the back side. Although specifically designed as abase for veneer plaster, it also provides an excellent base forconventional basecoat plasters such as Gypsolite or Two-WayHardwall.

Conventional Plaster Accessories*

NO. 66 EXPANDED FLANGESQUARE CASINGHas short, 90 degree return at

plaster surface, serving as aplastering stop.

NO. 15 DOUBLE V EXPANSION JOINTMinimizes cracking in large

plaster areas. Also providesground to ensure properplaster thickness.

NO. 1 EXPANDED CORNERBEAD The 2 1/2" expanded flange

ends 1/4" from the nose of the bead providingreinforcement whereneeded most.

BEAM FURRING CLIPUsed to attach lath to flanges

of steel beams, joists andcolumns. Tempered springsteel.

COLD ROLLED STEELCHANNELUsed as studs for attaching

metal lath in 2" solidpartitions. For furring orrunners in suspendedceilings.

DIAMOND MESH LATHUsed as a plaster base and

reinforcement on almost all types of walls and ceilings, over wood or steel framing, flat or curvedsurfaces. Diamonds are 5/16" wide.

SELF-FURRING DIAMOND MESH LATHUsed extensively in stucco work, as a

plaster reinforcement over interiormasonry walls, and in steel columnfireproofing. The self-furring dimpleshold the metal lath 1/4" away fromthe surface to be plastered.

1/8" FLAT RIB LATHDesigned to meet the demand for rigid

expanded metal lath used as aplaster base in all types of work.Widely used as reinforcement forbasecoat in ceramic tile work.Sheets are reversible.

3/8" RIB LATHThe 3/8" rib lath is used for ceilings

under steel joist construction andmetal reinforced concrete floors. It isalso recommended for concrete slabfloors over steel joists.

L RUNNER Perforated – Ceiling or floor

support for 2" solid lathand plaster partition.

Plain – Ceiling support for 2"solid board partition using1" shaftliner.

*Metal products are not manufactured byNational Gypsum Company.

Page 37: NGCConstGuide.pdf

35NATIONAL GYPSUM CONVENTIONAL PLASTER SYSTEMS

09

23

00

09 23 00/NGC

DESCRIPTION

Basecoat Plasters

GOLD BOND BRAND TWO-WAY HARDWALL GYPSUM PLASTER GOLD BOND BRAND GYPSOLITE PLASTER

AGGREGATE PROPORTION AND ESTIMATED COVERAGE

Coverage, Thick-Aggregate Sq. Yds. Sq. Ft. nessPro- per Ton (Sq. M.) In.portions Plaster Base (Sq. M./Metric Ton) per Bag (mm)

Sanded Gypsum Lath 175-220 80-100 7/16"1:2-1/2 (161-203) (7-9) (11.1)

Sanded Metal Lath 90-125 40-55 9/16"*1:2-1/2 (83-115) (4-5) (14.3)*

Sanded Brick & Clay Tile 175-220 80-100 9/16"1:3 Concrete Block (161-203) (7-9) (14.3)

*Measured from face of lath.NOTE: Sanded 1:2-1/2 means 1 part plaster to 2-1/2parts sand by weight.

WEIGHT COMPARISON OF BASECOAT PLASTERS

Sanded GypsoliteDry Set Mortar Weight 1.3 Regular

Weight lbs. per cu. ft.(kg/m3) 120 (1922) 50 (801)

Lbs./yd.2(kg/m2) 3/8"(9.5 mm) thick 34 (18) 14 (8)Lbs./yd.2(kg/m2) 1/2"(12.7 mm) thick 45 (24) 19 (10)Lbs./yd.2(kg/m2) 5/8"(15.9 mm) thick 56 (30) 24 (13)Lbs./yd.2(kg/m2) 3/4"(19.0 mm) thick 67 (36) 29 (16)

Wet Mortar WeightWeight lbs. per cu. ft. (kg/m3) 140 (2243) 69 (1105)

GYPSOLITE ESTIMATED COVERAGE

Coverage,Sq. Yds. Sq. Ft. Thicknessper Ton (Sq. M.) In.

Plaster Base (Sq. M/Metric Ton) per Bag (mm)

Gypsum Lath 140-155 50-55 7/16"(129-143) (4-5) (11.1)

Metal Lath 65-80 25-30 9/16"*(60-74) (2-3) (14.3)*

*Measured from face of lath.

DESCRIPTION

TECHNICAL DATA

TECHNICAL DATA

Gold Bond BRAND Two-WayHardwall Plaster is abasecoat plaster whichrequires the job siteaddition of an aggregateand water to provideworking qualities and isdesigned for interior useover all accepted plasterbases. It may be applied byhand or used throughpump/spray plasteringmachines.

ADVANTAGESControlled UniformityTwo-Way Hardwall Plaster is

set-stabilized and adjustedfor market requirementsand seasonal changes.When mixed with sand orother aggregate it hasuniform working qualitiesand excellent spread.

StrengthTwo-Way Hardwall Plaster

properly proportioned withaggregate forms a hard,durable base for the finishcoat. Its high tensile andcompressive strength resultsin increased resistance tominor structuralmovements, impacts andabrasions.

Fire ResistanceTwo-Way Hardwall Plaster is

essentially mineral incomposition and will notsupport combustion.

Specification Reference ASTM Designation C 28,

“Gypsum Plasters”.Bag Weight 100 lbs. (45.4 kg)

Gold Bond BRAND Gypsolite is a lightweight gypsumbasecoat plaster mixed atthe mill with correctly sizedand proportioned perliteaggregate, requiring onlythe addition of water on thejob. It is manufactured tobe trowel-applied overgypsum or metal lath.

ADVANTAGESUniform Strength andHardnessUniformity is ensured through

exact proportioning andthorough mixing of gradedperlite and gypsum plasterat the mill. Gypsoliteprovides a uniform base forthe finish coat.

LightweightGypsolite weighs less than

half as much as sandedgypsum plaster, thusreducing the dead-load onframing.

High Insulating ValueGypsolite has a “k” factor of

1.5 which provides about 3 1/2 times the insulatingvalue of sanded plaster.

LIMITATIONSWhen used over metal lath, a

sand float finish should bespecified. A smooth-trowelfinish is not recommendedsince the combination of arelatively soft (perliteaggregated) basecoat and ahard (smooth-trowellime/gauging) finish has thepotential for cracking andspalling of the finish coat.

Fire ResistanceGypsolite has excellent fire-

resistive qualities andgenerally provides fireratings higher than sandedplaster.

Specification ReferenceASTM Designation C 28 for

“Gypsum Plasters”.Bag Weight80 lbs. (36.3 kg)25 lbs. (11 kg)

Water Ratio1.2 gallons of water per 25

lbs. of plaster.

Page 38: NGCConstGuide.pdf

36 NATIONAL GYPSUM CONVENTIONAL PLASTER SYSTEMS

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF BASECOAT PLASTERS (TYPICAL TEST RESULTS PER ASTM C 472)

Two-Way Hardwall

Plaster Gypsolite Gypsum Plaster to Gypsum Plaster Gypsum PlasterProperties Regular Sand by Weight and Vermiculite and Perlite

Regular Masonry Regular MasonryMix Mill Mix 1:1 1:2 1:3 100 lbs. (45.4 kg) 100 lbs. (45.4 kg) 100 lbs. (45.4 kg) 100 lbs.(45.4 kg)

2 cu. ft. (.06 m3) 3 cu. ft. (.08 m3) 2 cu. ft. (.06 m3) 3 cu. ft. (.08 m3)

Approximate Compressive 900 1600 1150 750 500 300 900 650Strength lbs. per sq. in. (kPa) (6201) (11024) (7923) (5168) (3445) (2067) (6201) (4479)

Approximate Tensile 160 250 190 120 130 90 160 100Strength lbs. per sq. in. (kPa) (1102) (1722) (1309) (827) (896) (620) (1102) (689)

Gold Bond BRAND Gauging Plaster, quick set or slow set type, isdesigned for use with finish lime. It is specially ground,calcined gypsum, which readily mixes with water and limeputty. Proper proportioning is essential, since gauging addsstrength and hardness to the finish surface by reinforcing theplastic non-setting lime against shrinkage and cracking. Afinish coat of gypsum gauging plaster and finish lime, jobmixed 2 parts hydrated lime to 1 part plaster by weight, isdesigned primarily for interior smooth trowel application overa gypsum plaster basecoat. Smooth finish plasters should beapplied at a thickness of not more than 1/16". Texture finishesshould be applied at a thickness of not more than 1/8".

Complies with ASTM Designation C 28.Bag WeightQuick Set – 100 lbs. (45.4 kg) (50 lb. (22.7 kg) bags available in

limited areas)Slow Set – 100 lbs. (45.4 kg) (50 lb. (22.7 kg) bags available in

limited areas)

Gold Bond BRAND Moulding Plaster is a very white, finely ground gypsum, primarily used for all kinds of ornamental plaster work.Because of its low expansion, excellent strength and hardness, it is specially adaptable for casting in rubber, gelatin and othertypes of moulds. For casting purposes, only water is added. Forrun-in-place ornamental work, such as cornices, the mouldingplaster is used with lime putty, mixed 2 parts lime to 1 partmoulding plaster by weight.

Complies with ASTM Designation C 59.Bag Weight100 lbs. (45.4 kg) (50 lbs. (22.7 kg) available in limited areas)Note: Application of plaster shall be in accordance with ASTM C 842.Water Ratio6.5 gallons of water per 100 lb. bag.

Finish Plasters

GOLD BOND BRANDGYPSUM GAUGING PLASTER (SUPER-WHITE)

GYPSUM GAUGING PLASTER

GOLD BOND BRANDGYPSUM MOULDING PLASTER (SUPER-WHITE)

GYPSUM MOULDING PLASTER

MILL-MIXED FINISH PLASTERS

Method of Application Coverage*

Trowel Finish 1000-1400 sq. yds./Ton (921-1290 m2/Metric Ton)225-315 sq. ft./bag (21-29 m2/Bag)

*With the addition of two tons of hydrated lime.

MILL-MIXED FINISH PLASTERS*

Method of Product Application Coverage*

Kal-Kote Smooth Finish Trowel 650-750 sq. yds./Ton(598-645 m2/Metric Ton)

Kal-Kote Texture Finish Trowel 650-750 sq. yds./Ton(598-645 m2/Metric Ton)

Uni-Kal and X-KALibur Trowel 600-665 sq. yds./Ton

(553-613 m2/Metric Ton)

*See page 46 for additional information.

Method of Application Coverage*

Trowel Finish 1000-1400 sq. yds./Ton (921-1290 m2/Metric Ton)225-315 sq. ft./bag. (21-29 m2/Bag)

*With the addition of two tons of hydrated lime.

PAINTING PLASTERVarious job conditions such as suction differences, wet or only

partially dry walls, and reactions between paint and lime havecaused unsatisfactory paint finishes, particularly on new construction.

Alkali-resistant primers specifically formulated for use over newplaster will permit decorating with oil or latex type paints.

Quality paint products should be used and manufacturers’recommendations followed. Finished plaster should bepainted or covered to conceal possible discoloration. Thepaint system should be suitable for use over plaster surfacesthat contain lime, which has a high pH of 10-13.

It is essential that plaster be sound and completely dry beforepainting. Conventional plaster may require 30 to 60 days tofully dry.

DESCRIPTION

TECHNICAL DATA

For a mill-mixed finish plaster, use Kal-Kote Smooth Finish, Kal-Kote Texture Finish Plaster, Uni-Kal or X-KALiburExtended Set Veneer Plaster. Requires the addition of wateronly. See page 46.

36

Page 39: NGCConstGuide.pdf

37NATIONAL GYPSUM CONVENTIONAL PLASTER SYSTEMS

09

23

00

09 23 00/NGCGypsum Plaster Base/Wood Framing

ATTACHMENT OF GYPSUM PLASTER BASE TO HORIZONTALAND VERTICAL WOOD SUPPORTS

MAXIMUM SPACING OF PLASTER BASE

Thickness Distance Number of Approximateof Plaster Between Attachments Spacing c to c

Base Supports per Bearing of Attachments

3/8" 16" 4 5"(9.5 mm) (406 mm) (127 mm)

1/2" 24" 4 5"(12.7 mm) (609 mm) (127 mm)

NAILS AND STAPLES* MINIMUM GAUGE REQUIREMENTS

Diameter ofFlat Head orBlued Nails Gauge of

Thickness Length Depth of or Crown Shank ofAttach- of Plaster of Support Width of Nails orments Base Leg Penetration Staples* Staples*

Nails 3/8" 1 1/8" 3/4" 19/64" 13(9.5 mm) (28.6 mm) (19.0 mm) (7.5 mm)

Staples* 1" 5/8" 7/16" 16(25.4 mm) (15.9 mm) (11.1 mm)

Nails 1/2" 1 1/4" 3/4" 19/64" 13(12.7 mm) (31.8 mm) (19.0 mm) (7.5 mm)

Staples* 1 1/8" 5/8" 7/16" 16(28.6 mm) (15.9 mm) (11.1 mm)

*Galvanized staples.

2" Solid-Metal LathChannel Stud

L RUNNER AT FLOOR

66 CASING BEAD

L RUNNER AT CEILING

DESCRIPTIONDESCRIPTION

2" SOLID-METAL LATHCHANNEL STUD SYSTEM

TECHNICAL DATA

Gypsum Finish Plaster

Sanded Gypsum Plaster

Metal Lath

L Runner

CR Channel Stud

Note: Application of GypsumPlaster Base shall be inaccordance with ASTM C841.

Apply all Gypum Plaster Basewith long dimensions atright angles to the woodstuds or supports. End jointsshall occur on differentsupports in differentcourses and shall not benearer than one full studspace from edges ofopenings in walls orpartitions.

This partition with C.R.channel as studs gives fireprotection, stability andsound insulation whileoccupying a minimumamount of floor andbuilding space. The systemconsists of three metal units(channel stud, metal lath, L runners) which are usedtogether with DiamondMetal Lath and GypsumPlaster. These componentsform a space-saving, strong,non-load-bearing partitionfor use in interior wallconstruction.

ADVANTAGESSpace SavingOccupies less than half the

space of conventionalwood-stud or masonryconstructed partitions.

Cost SavingSimple erection cuts labor

costs. One mechanic canquickly erect the channelstuds and tie on DiamondMesh Metal Lath.

Fire ProtectionComposed of gypsum plaster

and steel, it makes anexcellent fire barrier.Official tests give thepartition a one- to two-hourfire rating.

Sound InsulationPartition is an effective sound

barrier and has a SoundTransmission Class of 37for 2" thick with sand, 33for 2 1/2" thick with perliteaggregate.

StrengthThe completed partition is a

monolithic slab of gypsumplaster thoroughlyreinforced with expandedmetal lath and securelyanchored to floor andceiling. It is highly resistantto tension, impact, shearand vibration.

AdaptabilityPartitions will accommodate

door bucks of varioustypes, casings, switch boxesand electrical outlets; alsosupport lightweight fixturessuch as kitchen cabinets.

LIMITATIONSRefer to table of Permissible

Partition Heights on page 38.

Gypsum Plaser Base shall beapplied face side out andattached to wood framingwith nails or staples.

Control joints should beinstalled in ceilings withoutperimeter relief with amaximum distancebetween such joints of 30'with a maximum undividedarea of 900 sq. ft. Withperimeter relief, maximumdistance is 50' withmaximum undivided areaof 2500 sq. ft. On side wallscontrol joints should beinstalled every 30'.

Page 40: NGCConstGuide.pdf

38 NATIONAL GYPSUM CONVENTIONAL PLASTER SYSTEMS

SPACING OF VERTICAL SUPPORTS FOR ATTACHMENT

MaximumSpacing Weight Lbs. per

Type of Lath of Supports Sq. Yd. (kg/m2)

Diamond 16" (406 mm) 2.5 (0.6 kg)Mesh Lath 16" (406 mm) 3.4 (1.9 kg)

Flat Rib Lath 16" (406 mm) 2.75 (1.5 kg)24"* (610 mm) 3.4 (1.9 kg)

3/8" (9.5 mm) 24"* (610 mm) 3.4 (1.9 kg)Rib Lath

*This spacing permissible for solid partitions not exceeding 16' (4877 mm) in height.

PERMISSIBLE PARTITION HEIGHTS (BASED ON L/240)

Maximum Face-to-Face Size and WeightUnsupported Plaster of Channels

Height Thickness (per 1000') (305 m)

12' (3658 mm) 2" (51 mm) 3/4" (19.0 mm) 300 lbs. (136 kg)14' (4267 mm) 2 1/4" (57.2 mm) 3/4" (19.0 mm) 300 lbs. (136 kg)16' (4877 mm) 2 1/2" (63.5 mm) 3/4" (19.0 mm) 300 lbs. (136 kg)18' (5486 mm) 2 3/4" (69.9 mm) 1 1/2" (38.1 mm) 475 lbs. (215 kg)

DETAILS

TECHNICAL DATA

L RUNNER

METAL LATH

GYPSUMPLASTER3/4" C.R. CHANNEL STUD

2"

INTERSECTING PARTITION09210A

Scale: 3" = 1'-0"

CORNER DETAIL09210B

Scale: 3" = 1'-0"

TIE WIRE

METAL LATH

L RUNNER

GYPSUM PLASTER

CORNERBEAD3/4" C.R. CHANNEL STUD

2"

CEILING DETAIL09210C

Scale: 3" = 1'-0"

MASKINGTAPE

5/8" 66CASING BEAD

L RUNNER

1/2" 66CASINGBEAD

CAULK

CEILINGLINE

2"

3/4" C.R. CHANNEL STUD GYPSUMPLASTER

METAL LATH

TIE WIRE

MASKINGTAPE

METAL DOOR FRAME09210D

Scale: 3" = 1'-0"

BACK-TO-BACK3/4" C.R. CHANNEL STUDS

STRAP ANCHORSTRUT TOCEILING

DOOR

GYPSUMPLASTER

METAL LATH

L RUNNER

FLOOR LINETIE WIRE

BASE DETAIL09210E

Scale: 3" = 1'-0"

L RUNNER

2"

3/4" C.R. CHANNEL STUD

GYPSUMPLASTER

METAL LATH

Page 41: NGCConstGuide.pdf

39NATIONAL GYPSUM CONVENTIONAL PLASTER SYSTEMS

09

23

00

09 23 00/NGC

DESCRIPTION

Fireproofing Columns and Beamswith Metal Lath

DETAILS

CELLULAR STEEL FLOOR CONCRETE

3 1/8"

2 1/2"

PLASTER

GYPSUM PERLITE PLASTER

METAL LATH BEAM

BEAM FURRING CLIPS

3.4 LB. DIAMOND MESHMETAL LATH

1 1/2"

1 1/2"

BEAM-3 HOUR09210J

Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"

Gypsum plaster, mixed with sand or lightweight aggregate, isapplied over a metal lath base providing an economical fireprotective covering for structural steel columns.

ADVANTAGESLightweightThis system of fireproofing weighs only half as much as tile and

one quarter as much as standard concrete for equivalent fireresistive ratings. This means a reduction of up to 1/3 in dead-load weight, reducing the size and cost of footings,foundations and structural framing.

Fire ResistanceFire resistance ratings up to four hours can be obtained.EconomyLath is low in cost, quick and easy to apply, thereby effecting

savings in material and labor costs.LIMITATIONSIn warehouses or other occupancies where columns might be

damaged, angle iron guards are recommended to protectcolumn corners to the necessary height.

GYPSUM PERLITEPLASTER

STEEL COLUMN

3.4 LB.DIAMOND MESH

METAL LATH

COLUMN - UL X40209210J1

Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'- 0"

2 HOUR - 1"3 HOUR - 1 3/8"4 HOUR - 1 3/4"

MIN. THICKNESS

STEEL CORNERBEAD

TIE WIRE

Page 42: NGCConstGuide.pdf

40 NATIONAL GYPSUM CONVENTIONAL PLASTER SYSTEMS

DETAILS

DESCRIPTION

Suspended Metal Lath Ceilings

TECHNICAL DATA

SIZE AND SPACING OF CHANNEL FOR SUSPENDED CEILINGS

Center to Main ChannelCenter Spacing Size of (weight Maximum

of Hangers Cold Rolled per 1000 ft.) Center to CenterAlong Channel Channel (305 M) Spacing of Channel

up to 3' 1 1/2" 475 lbs. 4'(914 mm) (38.1 mm) (216 kg) (1219 mm)

up to 3'6" 1 1/2" 475 lbs. 3'6"(1067 mm) (38.1 mm) (216 kg) (1067 mm)

up to 4' 1 1/2" 475 lbs. 3'(1219 mm) (38.1 mm) (216 kg) (914 mm)

SIZE AND SPACING OF CHANNEL FOR FURRED AND SUSPENDED CEILINGS

3/4" (19.0 mm) C.R. Channel MaximumCenter to Center Cross Furring 300 lbs. Furring

Spacing of Hangers (136 kg)/1000 ft. (305 M) Spacing

up to 3' (914 mm) 3/8" (9.5 mm) rib lath 24" (610 mm)up to 3' (914 mm) 3.4 lb. (1.5 kg) flat rib lath 19" (483 mm)

up to 3'6" (1067 mm) 3.4 lb. (1.5 kg) mesh lath 16" (406 mm)up to 4' (1219 mm) 2.5 lb. (1.1 kg) mesh lath 12" (305 mm)

MAXIMUM SPACING OF SUPPORTS FOR METAL LATH

Support Weight of LathType of Lath Spacing lbs. per sq. yd. (kg/m2)

Diamond Mesh(flat expanded) 16" (406 mm) 3.4 (1.9)

Flat Rib 16" (406 mm) 2.75 (1.5)19" (483 mm) 3.4 (1.9)

3/8" (9.5 mm) Rib 24" (610 mm) 3.4 (1.9)

3/4" C.R.CHANNEL

HANGER WIRE

1 1/2" C.R.CHANNEL

TIE WIRE

66 CASING BEADFLEXIBLE DUST SEAL

FINISHED WALL LINE

GYPSUM PLASTER

09210KScale: 3" = 1'-0"

SUSPENDED METAL LATH AT WALL (UNRESTRAINED)

HANGER WIRE

3/4" C.R.CHANNEL

1 1/2" C.R.CHANNEL

METAL LATH

GYPSUMPLASTER

NO. 15EXPANSION JOINT

09210MScale: 3" = 1'-0"

SUSPENDED METAL LATH CONTROL JOINT

1 1/2" C.R.CHANNEL

METAL LATH66 CASING BEAD

LIGHTING TROFFER09210O

Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"

Metal lath suspensions arecommonly made belowvirtually all types of construction for fire-ratedand non fire-rated plasterceilings. Framing of 1 1/2"C.R. channels are spacedup to 4' o.c. perpendicularto joists and are cross-furred with 3/4" C.R. channels spaced accordingto specifications for typesand weight of metal lath.Lath is then properlylapped at sides and endsand tied every 6" to the 3/4" channel.

Where it is advisable to installunrestrained ceilings, having perimeters separated from adjacentwalls or partitions, galvanized casing beads

should be installed aroundthe periphery.

Metal Lath is frequently usedfor furred as well as suspended ceilings.

Metal lath is used for furringfrom wood, concrete andsteel joists.

RECOMMENDATIONS1. Control joints should be

installed in ceilings withoutperimeter relief with a max-imum distance betweensuch joints of 30' with amaximum undivided areaof 900 sq. ft. With perime-ter relief, maximum dis-tance is 50' with maximumundivided area of 2500sq.ft.

2. Use three-coat plastering onmetal lath.

Page 43: NGCConstGuide.pdf

41NATIONAL GYPSUM CONVENTIONAL PLASTER SYSTEMS

09 23 00/NGC

09

23

00

METAL LATH

3/4" C.R.CHANNEL

HANGER WIRE

1 1/2" C.R.CHANNEL

TIE WIRE

66 CASING BEADCAULK

FINISHED WALL LINE

09210NScale: 3" = 1'-0"

SUSPENDED METAL LATH AT WALL (UNRESTRAINED)

BAR JOIST

3/4"C.R.

CHANNEL PLASTER METAL LATH

FURRED METAL LATH CEILING09210P

Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"

3/8" RIBMETAL LATH

CONCRETE FLOOR

PURLIN

HANGERCLIP

HANGERWIRE

1 1/2" C.R.CHANNEL

METAL LATH3/4" C.R.CHANNEL

PLASTER

SUSPENDED METAL LATH CEILING09210Q

Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"

BEAM

PURLIN

HANGERWIRE

1 1/2" C.R.CHANNEL

TIE WIRE

3/4" C.R. CHANNELS

METAL LATH

BEAM FURRING CLIPSNO. 11 W AND M GAUGESPRING STEEL

NO. 1 EXPANDEDCORNERBEAD

GYPSUM PLASTER

BEAM PROTECTION09210R

Scale: 3" = 1'-0"

SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 09 23 00GYPSUM PLASTERINGTHE FOLLOWING PARAGRAPHS ARE FOR INSERTION INTO SECTIONS OFGENERIC SPECIFICATIONS OR GENERIC/PROPRIETARY SPECIFICATIONSCOVERING GYPSUM PLASTER PRODUCTS. THE NATIONAL GYPSUMCOMPANY PRODUCT NAME FOLLOWS THE GENERIC DESCRIPTION INPARENTHESES.

PART 1 GENERAL1.02 REFERENCES

A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):1. C 28, Specification for Gypsum Plasters.2. C 59, Specification for Gypsum Casting and Molding

Plaster.3. C 1396, Specification for Gypsum Board (Gypsum Base

for Veneer Plaster).

4. C 841, Specification for Application of Interior Lathingand Furring.

5. C 842, Specification for Application of Interior GypsumPlaster.

PART 2 PRODUCTS2.02 MATERIALS

A. Gypsum Plaster Base:1. Regular: A gypsum core lathing board surfaced with

absorptive paper on front, and long edges and complying with ASTM C 1396 (Kal-Kore BRAND Plaster Base).

a. Thickness: 1/2"b. Width: 4'c. Length: 8' through 16'd. Edges: Tapered

METAL LATH

FINISHED WALL LINE

CAULK66 CASING BEAD

TIE WIRE

HANGER WIRE

3/4" C.R.CHANNEL

GYPSUMPLASTER

1 1/2" C.R.CHANNEL

09210LScale: 3" = 1'-0"

SUSPENDED METAL LATH AT WALL (RESTRAINED)

Page 44: NGCConstGuide.pdf

2. Fire-Resistant: A gypsum core lathing board with additives to enhance the fire resistance of the core andsurfaced with absorptive paper on front, and long edgesand complying with ASTM C 1396, Type X.a. Thickness: 1/2" (Kal-Kore BRAND Fire-Shield C Plaster

Base) or 5/8" (Kal-Kore BRAND Fire-Shield and Fire-Shield C Plaster Base).b. Width: 4'c. Length: 8' through 16'd. Edges: Tapered

3. Regular, Foil-Backed: A gypsum core lathing board surfaced with absorptive paper on front, and long edges;backed with aluminum foil; and complying with ASTM C 1396 (Kal-Kore BRAND Foil-Back Plaster Base).a. Thickness: 1/2"b. Width: 4'c. Length: 8' through 16'd. Edges: Tapered

B. Gypsum Plaster:1. Base Plaster: Gypsum neat plaster complying with ASTM

C 28 (Gold Bond BRAND Two-Way Hardwall GypsumPlaster).

2. Base Plaster: Gypsum plaster with mill-mixed perliteaggregate complying with ASTM C 28 (Gold Bond BRANDGypsolite Plaster).

3. Finish Plaster: Gypsum gauging plaster complying withASTM C 28 (Gold Bond BRAND Super-White GaugingPlaster Quick Set and Gold Bond BRAND Super-WhiteGauging Plaster Slow Set).

4. Finish Plaster: Gypsum moulding plaster complying withASTM C 59 (Gold Bond BRAND Super-White MouldingPlaster).

5. Finish Plaster: Gypsum plaster for smooth finish complying with ASTM C 587 (Kal-Kote BRAND SmoothFinish Plaster).

6. Finish Plaster: Gypsum plaster for textured finish complying with ASTM C 587 (Kal-Kote BRAND TextureFinish Plaster).

7. Finish Plaster: Gypsum plaster for smooth finish complying with ASTM C 587 (Uni-Kal BRAND VeneerPlaster).

8. Finish Plaster: Gypsum plaster for smooth finish with extended set time complying with ASTM C 587 (X-KALibur BRAND Veneer Plaster).

PART 3 EXECUTION3.01 INSTALLATION

A. Metal Lath, Gypsum Plaster Base, and Accessories: In accordance with ASTM C 841.

B. Gypsum Plaster: In accordance with ASTM C 842 and the manufacturer’s recommendations, National Gypsum Company “Gypsum Construction Guide.”

C. Tolerances: For flatness of surface, do not exceed 1/4" in 8' for bow or warp of surface and for plumb and level.

42 NATIONAL GYPSUM CONVENTIONAL PLASTER SYSTEMS

For additional informationPhone 1-800-NATIONAL

(1-800-628-4662)

BASECOAT PLASTER PROCEDURESTwo-Coat WorkApply first coat with firm pressure to form good bond on the

Gypsum Plaster Base or masonry base; then immediatelydouble back (without cross-raking first coat) using material ofsame proportion to build proper basecoat thickness. Straighten to a true surface (without applying water) to receive the second (finish) coat.

Surface should be left sufficiently rough and porous to providesuitable bond of the finish coat.

Three-Coat Work“Scratch” – “brown” – finish is generally used for metal lath or

masonry bases, and is performed in discrete steps.• Scratch (first) coat: Should be applied with sufficient

material and pressure to obtain good bond over solidbases or form full keys through metal lath. Provide suitable material thickness for scratching (raking) toobtain good mechanical keying of the “brown” coat.

• Brown (second) coat: Shall be applied after the scratch(first) coat has set hard and still damp. Apply to givemass and surface as for double-back in two-coat work.

Finish Coat Plaster ProceduresGeneral Requirements (Basecoat Condition)Application over a partially dry basecoat is preferred. If basecoat

is thoroughly dry, wet with even application of water to asemi-dry condition. Avoid excess water. Do not apply finish to basecoats having free water on the surface.

Application – Gauged Lime Putty Trowel FinishSmooth Finishes

• Scratch in tightly over the basecoat, covering the surface completely, then double back immediately with material from the same gauge, filling out to a true, even surface with total thickness of not more than 1/16".

• Allow finish to “draw” (lose moisture to basecoat andambient air) and firm up – then trowel it well to compact and close the surface under the edge of thetrowel. Dash water on the surface for lubrication anddevelopment of soft material along trowel’s edge to fillsurface depressions or other blemishes.

• When finish plaster setting action is under way, a second (final) water troweling can be done with strongpressure to obtain a polished surface if desired.

Texture Finishes• Apply finish as above to a true, even surface with total

thickness not more than 1/8".• Allow finish to “draw” (lose moisture to basecoat and

ambient air). Then begin floating, texturing, or skiptroweling to achieve desired texture. Additions of clean graded silica may be required to achieve desired texture.

DryingConventional plaster systems should be allowed to dry30 days minimum under ambient conditions prior tofinal decoration. Variances in humidity or poor drying conditions may affect the drying process.

StorageGypsum plaster must be kept dry before use. Storage conditions vary with location and seasonal changes, which may affect storage life. These conditions may affect product characteristicssuch as setting time, working qualities, component separation, or lumping, etc. Such aging is normally a function of exposure to humid air, temperature, and physical support in warehousing. Adverse storageconditions or prolonged storage may affect the workingqualities of the product. Rotate inventory frequently forbest results.

RECOMMENDATIONS

®

Page 45: NGCConstGuide.pdf

09 26 13/NGC

®

Veneer PlasterSystems

12TH EDITION

09

26

13

43

Page 46: NGCConstGuide.pdf

44 NATIONAL GYPSUM VENEER PLASTER SYSTEMS

VENEER PLASTER SYSTEMS

DESCRIPTION

Kal-Kore boards are screwed to steel studs or nailed orscrewed to wood studs toform a base.

Veneer plasterexpands architecturaldesign limits as withthis curved vaultedceiling.

Joints are reinforced with Kal-Mesh fiberglass webbing.Steel corner and casing beadsprotect corners.

Kal-Kote is applied in 2 coats, a base and a finish, to form a hard-surfaced, 1/8" total thickness.

Veneer Plaster Systems consistof a 4' wide gypsumplastering base with aspecial, highly absorptivepaper surface that iscovered with thinlytroweled, special purposeplasters. Two basic types of veneer plaster areavailable: Uni-Kal and X-KALibur, which are one-coat plaster systemproducts; and Kal-Kote, atwo-coat plaster system.The gypsum plaster base,Kal-Kore, is erected in thesame manner for bothsystems. Both veneerplaster systems can bespecified for virtually alltypes of partition andceiling constructionsincluding wood or steelframing or furring andmasonry. For bothresidential and commercialbuildings, either type ofveneer plaster systemproduces a wall more nail-pop resistant than drywalland, when properlyinstalled, more crackresistant than conventionallath and plaster.

ADVANTAGES - GENERALThe advantages of veneer

plaster over othercommonly used partitionand ceiling systemsinclude:

1. Rapid installation whichreduces overallconstruction time.

2. Appearance and surface ofconventional plaster atlower cost than regularplastering.

3. High resistance to cracking,nail-popping, impact andabrasion failure.

4. Mill-mixed plastercomponents help ensureuniform installationperformance and finishedjob quality.

ADVANTAGES - ONE-COATSYSTEM (UNI-KAL/X-KALIBUR)1. Requires only one plastering

material on the job.2. Slightly lower in-place cost

than two-coat system.3. Can be applied directly to

concrete block.4. X-KALibur is formulated

to have extended setcharacteristics beyondtraditional Uni-Kal settingtimes.

ADVANTAGES - TWO-COATSYSTEM (KAL-KOTE)1. Kal-Kote System may be

used for plaster-embeddedelectric radiant heatingcable systems.

2. Same applicationtechniques as forconventional plaster.

3. Greater crack resistancethan one-coat systems.

4. Can be applied directly toconcrete block.

LIMITATIONS1. Not recommended for

exterior use or wheresubject to weathering,direct water contact ortemperature exceeding125˚F (52˚C) for extendedperiods of time.

2. Framing spacing is limitedand partition heights arereduced in comparisonwith some standardconstructions.

3. Provides less rigidity thansimilar standard plastersystems.

4. When Uni-Kal/X-KALiburwill be applied, do notinstall Kal-Kore too far inadvance of plastering sinceUni-Kal/X-KALibur bondcan be adversely affected ifface of Kal-Kore hasbecome faded from light. IfKal-Kore has been faded,apply Kal-Kote Base Plasteror a bonding agent toobtain good bond.

5. All are designed for trowelapplication. Gold BondVeneer Plasters are notsuitable for conveyance orapplication byconventional plasteringmachines.

6. Compared to conventionalplasters, Veneer PlasterSystems are more subject tobeading (ridging) andcracking at the joints underrapid drying conditionssuch as those caused bylow humidity, hightemperature and/or highdraft exposure.

7. All provide a base overwhich paints or otherfinishes should be applied.

8. Do not use a polyethylenevapor retarder unlessstructure is ventilatedadequately duringapplication of veneerplasters.

9. A bonding agent must beapplied to monolithicconcrete prior toapplication of eithersystem.

10. Mix only full bags ofplaster for proper set.

11. Do not use self-adhesivemesh tape.

Page 47: NGCConstGuide.pdf

45NATIONAL GYPSUM VENEER PLASTER SYSTEMS

09

26

13

09 26 13/NGCVeneer Plaster System Components

TECHNICAL DATA

Pcs.Size Thickness Edge per Bdl.

4'x8', 16' 3/8" (9.5 mm) Square 2(1219 mm x 2438 mm, or

4877 mm) Tapered

4'x8', 16' 1/2" (12.7 mm) Square 2(1219 mm x 2438 mm, 1/2" (12.7 mm) or

4877 mm) FSK-C Tapered

4'x8', 16' 5/8" (15.9 mm) FSK Square 2(1219 mm x 2438 mm, or

4877 mm) Tapered

4'x8', 12' 1/2" (12.7 mm) Square 2(1219 mm x 2438 mm, 5/8” (15.9 mm) FSK or

3657 mm) Hi-Abuse Tapered

GOLD BOND® BRAND KAL-KORE PLASTER BASE

Kal-Kore is a tapered edge gypsum plaster base having a blueabsorptive face paper surface designed to permit rapid trowelapplication and strong bond of Kal-Kote, Uni-Kal and X-KALibur plasters. Also available foil backed or Fire-Shield(type X). Kal-Kore is manufactured to conform to ASTMSpecification C 1396 and CSA A82.27.

GOLD BOND® BRAND HI-ABUSE KAL-KORE PLASTER BASE

Gold Bond BRAND Hi-Abuse Kal-Kore Fire-Shield Type X Plaster Base boards consist of a fire resistive Type X gypsum core encased in a heavy, blue absorptive face paper designed to permit rapid trowel application and strong bond of Uni-Kal veneer plaster and strong liner paper on the back side. Gold Bond BRAND Hi-Abuse Kal-Kore Fire-Shield Type X Plaster Base features a specially formulated core to provide fire resistance ratings when used in tested systems as well as greater resistance to surface indentation. Long edges of the boards are tapered to allow joints to be reinforced and concealed with Kal-Mesh Tape and Uni-Kal Plaster. Gold Bond BRAND Hi-Abuse Kal-Kore Fire-Shield Type X Plaster Base is manufactured to conform to ASTM Specification C 1396 and Federal Specification SS-L-30D Type VI Grade X (Fire-Shield).

Abrasion-Resistant Uni-Kal Veneer Plaster

Enhanced Core Heavy Liner Paper

Page 48: NGCConstGuide.pdf

46 NATIONAL GYPSUM VENEER PLASTER SYSTEMS

KAL-KOTE BRAND BASEPLASTER

Kal-Kote Base Plaster is aspecially designed highstrength basecoat plasterfor application 1/16"minimum thickness overKal-Kore, masonry ormonolithic concrete thathas been treated with abonding agent.

Strength of Kal-Kote Base issubstantially greater thanthat exhibited by typicalsanded basecoat plaster.

Fire ResistanceFire ratings equivalent to

those of drywall systemscan be obtained byapplying thecorresponding Kal-Koretype and thickness over thesame framing member sizeand spacing, with the samefasteners. The total plasterthickness should be aminimum of 1/8". Theminimum 1/8" thickness isachieved by applying afinish not exceeding 1/16"over 3/32" of Kal-KoteBase Plaster.

Specification ReferenceASTM Designation C 587.Bag Weight80 lbs. (36.3 kg)Water Ratio10-12 quarts per bagCoverage (est.)1/16" on Kal-Kore Base, 425-

475 sq. yds. per ton (150-170 sq. ft. per bag). Onecoat to level over masonry,225-275 sq. yds. per ton(80-100 sq. ft. per bag).

KAL-KOTE BRAND SMOOTHFINISH PLASTER

Kal-Kote Smooth Finish isdesigned to provide awhite smooth trowel finishusing conventionalplastering techniques.Apply not exceeding 1/16"over Kal-Kote Base.

Requires the addition of wateronly. It may also be usedas a finish for conventionalbasecoat plasters. Smallamounts of commercialretarder may be cautiouslyused to slow the settingtime when used overconventional basecoatplasters.

Bag Weight50 lbs. (22.7 kg)Water Ratio18-20 quarts per bag

Coverage (est.)*1/16" coat troweled on Kal-

Kote Base Plaster, 650-700sq. yds. per ton (145-160sq. ft. per bag).

KAL-KOTE BRAND TEXTUREFINISH PLASTER

Kal-Kote Texture Finish isdesigned to provide avariety of decorativesurfaces using commonplastering techniques.Applied as a 1/16" finishcoat over Kal-Kote Base. Itrequires the addition ofwater only.

Bag Weight50 lbs. (22.7 kg)Water Ratio11-12 quarts per bagCoverage (est.)*1/16" coat troweled on Kal-

Kote Base Plaster, 650-700sq. yds. per ton (145-160sq. ft. per bag).

UNI-KAL AND X-KALIBUR BRAND VENEER PLASTER

Uni-Kal and X-KALibur are single component veneer plasters for application over tapered edge 1/2” Regular or 5/8” Fire-Shield Kal-Kore, 5/8” Kal-Kore Hi-Impact or as a finish coat over Kal-Kote base. When applied in a thin coat 3/32" thick and troweled to a smooth finish, they provide a durable, abrasion-resistant surface for further decoration. X-KALibur has a longer extended working time.

Uni-Kal and X-KALibur may be worked to a variety of textured finishes.

Uni-Kal and X-KALiburapplied not exceeding1/16" may be used as afinish coat over a 3/32"coat of Kal-Kote BasePlaster for a total minimumthickness of 1/8".

Strength of Uni-Kal and X-KALibur provides asurface resistant toabrasion, cracking and nail-pops.

Fire ResistanceFire ratings equivalent to

those of drywall systemscan be obtained byapplying the correspondingKal-Kore type and

thickness over the sameframing member size andspacing with the samefasteners and 3/32" of Uni-Kal or X-KALibur.

Specification ReferenceASTM Designation C 587.Bag Weight50 lbs. (22.7 kg)Water Ratio13-15 quarts per bagCoverage (est.)*3/32" on Kal-Kore Base, 600-

665 sq. yds. per ton (135-150 sq. ft. per bag). Onecoat to level over masonry,300-350 sq. yds. per ton(70-80 sq. ft. per bag).

*Coverage estimates areapproximately the same asover Kal-Kore Base Boardfor conventional plasters.

Page 49: NGCConstGuide.pdf

47NATIONAL GYPSUM VENEER PLASTER SYSTEMS

09

26

13

09 26 13/NGCVeneer Plaster Accessories* Used in Both Systems

KAL-KORNER BEAD Formed of galvanized steel to

protect exterior cornerswith veneer plastering.Flange length 1 1/4" .

VENEER J TRIM CASINGBEADUsed as a finished edge at

door and window jambsby slipping over edge ofplaster base.

EXPANDED VENEERCORNERBEADUsed as an alternate to the

Kal-Korner Bead forexterior corners. 1 1/4"flanges.

ARCH CORNERBEAD Can be used straight for

exterior corners or flanges,or may be snipped andbent to form arches.

VENEER L TRIM CASINGBEADUsed as a finished edge at

door and window jambs.

1 1/2" DRYWALL FURRINGCHANNEL CLIPAttaches Screw Furring

Channel to 1 1/2" coldrolled steel channel.

.093 ZINC CONTROL JOINTDesigned as an expansion or

control joint for ceilingand partition areas forboth drywall or veneerplaster systems.

E-Z STRIP® CONTROL JOINTDesigned for drywall or veneer

plaster systems. A vinylextrusion used as anexpansion or control jointfor ceilings or partitions.

KAL-MESH TAPEA coated non-adhesive

fiberglass tape which isstapled to Kal-Kore toreinforce all joints andinterior angles.

*Metal products are not manufactured by National Gypsum Company.

Page 50: NGCConstGuide.pdf

48 NATIONAL GYPSUM VENEER PLASTER SYSTEMS

FASTENERS FOR ATTACHING KAL-KORE

Framing Kal-Kore Fastener Fastener Spacing

Steel 1/2" (12.7 mm) Type S Screws 12" o.c. Max.Studs & 1" (25.4 mm) for single layer (305 mm)Furring 5/8" (15.9 mm) 1 5/8" (41.3 mm) for two-ply

3/8" (9.5 mm) 1 1/4" (31.8 mm) annular or Ceiling 7" o.c. 4d box nails** (178 mm) Max.

Wood 1/2" (12.7 mm) 1 1/4" (31.8 mm) annular or Sidewall 8" o.c. Framing 5d box nails** (203 mm) Max.

5/8" (15.9 mm) 1 3/8" (34.9 mm) annular or6d box nails**

**Alternate: On walls, 1 1/4" (31.8 mm) Type W screws are spaced 12" (305 mm) when framing is 24" o.c. (610 mm) or 16" o.c. (406 mm).

TABLE 1–SPACING OF FRAMING OR FURRING

Type of MaximumFraming or Kal-Kore Spacing

Furring Thickness on center

Wood 3/8" (9.5 mm) *16" (406 mm)1/2" (12.7 mm) **24" (610 mm)5/8" (15.9 mm) 24" (610 mm)

***Metal 3/8" (9.5 mm) N.A.1/2" (12.7 mm) 16" (406 mm)5/8" (15.9 mm) 24" (610 mm)

N.A.–Not Approved.* Bound edge of Kal-Kore must be at right angles to framing for ceiling or walls.

** Bound edge of Kal-Kore must be at right angles to joists. 16" (406 mm) maximum spacing for bound edge of Kal-Kore parallel to joists.

*** On ceilings, furring channel [7/8" (22.2 mm) depth] shall span 48" (1219 mm) maximum. Resilient furring channel [1/2" (12.7 mm) depth] shall span 24" (610 mm) maximum. For greater spans, 1 5/8" (41.3 mm) Steel Studs may be used as Ceiling Furring Channels provided they are secured with flanges up (open side up) at spans not to exceed: 6' (1829 mm) at 12" o.c. (305 mm) spacing, 5'6" (1676 mm) at 16" o.c. (406 mm) spacing and 5' (1524 mm) at 24" o.c. (610 mm) spacing.

Note: Veneer Plaster Systems are to be installed with maximum deflection criteriaof L/240.

Page 51: NGCConstGuide.pdf

49NATIONAL GYPSUM VENEER PLASTER SYSTEMS

09

26

13

09 26 13/NGCDETAILS

KAL-MESH

KAL-KOTEBASE & FINISH

WOOD STUDS

KAL-KORNERBEAD

KAL-KORE

CORNER-WOOD STUDS09215A

Scale: 2 1/4" = 1'-0"

KAL-KORE KAL-KOTEBASE & FINISH

STEEL STUD

KAL-MESH

TRACK

CORNER-STEEL STUDS09215B

Scale: 2 1/4" = 1'-0"

KAL-KORNERBEAD

KAL-KORE JOINT

KAL-MESH

KAL-KOTEBASE & FINISH

JOINT DETAIL09215C

Scale: 2 1/4" = 1'-0"

KAL-KORE WOOD STUD

5/8" GAP

E-Z STRIP VINYLEXPANSION JOINT

1/2"GAP

5/8" FIRE-SHIELDKAL-KORE

2 1/2" STEELSTUDS

5/8" FIRE-SHIELDKAL-KORE STRIPS

ONE HOUR FIRE RATED CONTROL JOINT DETAILBased on Warnock-Hersey Report No. WH-651-0318.1

and Factory Mutual Design No. W1B-1 hr.09215D

Scale: 2 1/4" = 1'-0"

1 5/8" DRYWALL SCREWS24" O.C.

FURRING CHANNEL

KAL-KORE WIRE TIEE-Z STRIPEXPANSION JOINT

KAL-KOTE BASE & FINISH

HANGER WIRE

1-1/2" C.R. CHANNEL

PIECE 16" LONG-NESTED(TWO WIRE TIES EACH SIDE)

1-1/2" C.R. CHANNEL

SUSPENDED VENEER PLASTER CONTROL JOINT09215E

Page 52: NGCConstGuide.pdf

50 NATIONAL GYPSUM VENEER PLASTER SYSTEMS

RECOMMENDATIONS

Kal-Kore Plaster Base

Uni-Kal orX-KALibur Finish

Kal-Kore Plaster Base

Kal-Kote Base

Kal-Kote Smooth Finish

Kal-Kore Plaster Base

Kal-Kote Base

Kal-Kote Texture Finish

VENEER PLASTER FORMETAL AND WOODFRAMING1. Wood Studs or Joists.

Wood members shall meetthe minimum requirementsof local building codes.Framing shall not exceedspacing shown in Table 1on page 46. Most partitionfire ratings require that Kal-Kore be applied vertically.When such ratings are notrequired, horizontalapplication may be used tominimize joints. Forceilings, application at rightangles to framing ispreferred.

2. Metal Studs. Align floorand ceiling tracks to ensureplumb partition. Securetrack with appropriatefasteners at a maximum of24" o.c. Position studs intrack on specified centersby rotating into place for afriction fit. Secure studslocated adjacent to doorand window frames,partition intersections andcorners by self-drillingsheet metal screws throughboth flanges of studs andtracks or by use of steelstud clinching tool. ApplyKal-Kore vertically for mostfire ratings. When ratingsare not required, horizontalapplication may be used tominimize joints.

3. Masonry Wall Furring withScrew Furring Channel.Attach furring channelvertically spaced not toexceed spacing shown inTable 1 on page 44. Fasten

each channel with concretestub nails or appropriatefasteners through channelflanges into the masonry orconcrete. Fasteners shall bespaced on alternate flangesnot over 24" o.c. Apply Kal-Kore vertically orhorizontally in maximumlengths to minimize endjoints.

4. Furred Ceilings with BarJoists. Attach regular furringchannel 16" o.c. to barjoists spaced up to 4' o.c.Resilient Furring Channel(wire-tied only) shall span amaximum of 24". Wire tieFurring Channel to joists oruse 1 1/2" Drywall FurringChannel Clip for 1 1/2"carrying channel. ApplyKal-Kore with paper boundedges at right angles to thefurring channel.

KAL-KORE AND HI-ABUSE®

KAL-KORE APPLICATIONNote: Application shall

conform to ASTM C 844.1. Cut and position Kal-Kore

accurately. Bring all jointedges together but do notforce into place. Positionall end joints over framingmembers. To avoid ridging,minimize gaps betweenadjacent boards.

2. Minimize the number of end joints by usingmaximum practical lengthswith proper positioning.

3. Stagger joints so that theyoccur on different framingmembers and will not bedirectly opposite oneanother on partitions.

Avoid joining Kal-Kore atcorners of doors, windowframes, and other openings,unless control joints arecreated using E-Z StripControl Joints.

4. Fasten Kal-Kore to framingmembers with face out,using the proper type andspacing of fasteners shownunder types of fasteners.

5. Draw Kal-Kore tight toframing. Drive fastenersstraight and dimple thesurface without breakingthe paper face.

KAL-KORNER BEADAPPLICATIONInstall Kal-Korner Bead using

appropriate fastenersspaced 12" apart.

E-Z STRIP CONTROL JOINTAPPLICATIONInstall E-Z Strip Control Joint

at 30' max. spacing onwalls and 50' max. spacingin either direction onceilings. Apply the controljoint with staples spaced 6"along each side of theflanges.

TREATMENT OF KAL-KOREJOINTSPre-treat all joints and

fasteners in Kal-Kote andUni-Kal Plaster Systemswith Kal-Kote Base Plaster,Uni-Kal, X-KALibur or Sta-Smooth Joint Compound.

Low humidity, hightemperatures and rapidlycirculating air can causecracking of plaster and jointbeading when Kal-Kore is

applied to metal framing.To minimize this duringthese conditions, jointsmay be pre-treated usingpaper tape.

Three acceptable methods oftreating Kal-Kore joints are:

DRYWALL PAPER TAPETREATMENT METHOD1. Trowel Kal-Kote Base

Plaster, Uni-Kal or X-KALibur over joint linefilling the channel formedby the tapered edges of theKal-Kore board in an evenfashion.

2. Center drywall paper tapeover the joint line andembed the tape into thesoft plaster using a troweland level the joint. Tapethe full length of the joint.

3. Allow the treated joints toset prior to general plasterapplication.

Page 53: NGCConstGuide.pdf

51NATIONAL GYPSUM VENEER PLASTER SYSTEMS

09

26

13

STA-SMOOTH PAPER TAPETREATMENT METHOD1. Mix Sta-Smooth Compound

per instructions onpackage. Do notcontaminate the compoundwith other materials, dirtywater or previous mixes.Do not retemper.

2. Apply the Sta-SmoothCompound to the joint byhand or machine tool. Thedrywall paper tape must becentered over the joint lineand embedded into the softcompound. Do not over-trowel to a slick surface.Leave the surface rough toprovide mechanical keyingof the plaster.

3. Allow the treated joints toset and dry prior to generalplastering.

KAL-MESH TREATMENTMETHODDo not use self-adhering

mesh.1. Center and secure Kal-

Mesh over all joints andinterior angles with 1/4" or5/16" staples.

2. Position staples a maximumof 24" apart as follows:A. Joints: at alternate edgesfor the run from end to endand directly opposite oneanother at either end.B. Angles: along ceilingedge only for wall-to-ceiling angles. Along oneedge for wall-to-wallangles.

3. After the first staples areplaced at the end of a jointor angle, pull unstapledKal-Mesh as staplingproceeds to ensure that it will lie flat against theKal-Kore.

4. Pre-treat all joints and Kal-Beads with Kal-Kote, Uni-Kal or X-KALibur Plaster.Tightly trowel over jointline in both directions toprevent voids, feathering to a maximum width ofabout 6".

5. Allow the treated joints toset prior to general plasterapplication.

PLASTERINGNote: Application shall

conform to ASTM C 843.The same general job

conditions used in goodconventional plasteringpractice should bemaintained. However,because Veneer Plastercoats are thin, particularaction must be taken to

guard against dryouts(primarily avoiding directexposure to concentratedsources of heat and drafts.)

Special attention should alsobe given to temperatureconditions under which thesystem is installed. Both“in-place” and applicationperformance of individualVeneer System componentswill be greatly enhanced ifall construction areas andmaterials are at a suitabletemperature equilibriumbefore, during and afterinstallations. During coldweather, maintain atemperature 55˚F (13˚C) to70˚F (21˚C) before, duringand after installation of allsystem components untilveneer plaster has dried.

MIXINGEquipment: Mixing should be

done with a high-speedmechanical mixer. Apaddle-type agitator fittedto a 500-600 RPM heavyduty, 1/2" electric drill anda clean, smooth-sideddrum of convenient sizeare recommended forrapid, efficient mixing of allKal-Kote Plaster types.

Water Ratios: Use only clean,fresh water suitable forhuman consumption.Basecoat: 10-12 qts. per 80lb. bag. Smooth Finish: 18-20 qts. per 50 lb. bag.Texture Finish: 11-12 qts.per 50 lb. bag. Uni-Kal andX-KALibur: 13-15 qts. per50 lb. bag.

PROCEDURE1. Put all but 1 to 2 qts. of the

proper water volume in asuitable mixing drum.

Note: Starting with aninsufficient amount ofmixing water will seriouslydegrade mixing andapplication performance.

2. Add plaster and allow tosoak for about 1 minute oradd plaster as mixer isturning, then mix untiluniformly wetted.

3. Add remaining water andmix sufficiently to obtaindesired lump-free materialfluidity.

Note:A. Mixing periods greater

than 5 minutes will not be required if properequipment and procedureare used.

B. Mix no more than two bagsper batch to avoid mixingtoo far in advance ofapplication.

C. Caution is advised againstmixing more than twosuccessive batches withoutthorough equipment clean-up to avoid undue setacceleration.

D. Avoid the practice ofmixing partial bags sincethis leads to difficulty inmaintaining uniformmaterial qualities.

JOB SETTING ADJUSTMENT1. Basecoat and Finish

Plasters: Small amounts ofcommercial retarder orcommercial gypsum typeaccelerator may becautiously used to adjustsetting time when extremeconditions demand. Whencommercial retarder oraccelerator is used, add tomixing water directly, or inpreviously prepared watersolution form to obtain themost uniform effect.

2. Never use gauging ormoulding plasters in placeof commercial acceleratorsince they can adverselyaffect working qualities.

KAL-KOTE APPLICATIONOVER KAL-KOREBasecoat Over Kal-Kore1. Tightly scratch material into

previously treated jointsand cornerbeads, thenimmediately scratch-intightly over the wall and/orceiling area.

2. Double back over the areajust troweled with materialfrom the same batch,bringing total thickness upto 1/16" minimum.

3. When plaster has “takenup,” eliminate excessivetrowel marks and fill allsurface voids andimperfections to obtain areasonably uniform surface.Do not over-trowel to aslick surface. Roughen theunset basecoat plastersurface with a serrateddarby or lightly wire rake toprovide mechanical keying

for the finish plaster when necessary.

Smooth Finish Over Basecoat1. Apply only over properly

prepared Kal-Kote basecoatplaster. Scratch-in tightly,then double back withmaterial from the samebatch immediately tocreate a uniform coat notexceeding 1/16" in averagethickness.

2. Remove trowel marks, “catfaces,” and other majorsurface imperfections by“drawing-up” or “layingdown” the surface withlight trowel pressure whenplaster has stiffened.

Use water sparingly if needed,but do not over-trowel orover-water because thisaggravates any normaltendency for blisteringwhen working over lowsuction bases. Suchblistering will be eliminatedby the final water-trowelingoperations.

3. Water-trowel to densifyand polish the surface tothe desired degree whenplaster has set, eliminatingany blistering if present.Never use a felt “blisterbrush” as a substitute forwater troweling!

4. Uni-Kal and X-KALiburPlaster may be substitutedfor Kal-Kote Smooth Finish.

Texture Finish Over Basecoat1. Apply per (1) under Smooth

Finish.2. When plaster has stiffened,

float its surface to anydesired finish.

Do not float the soft surface of plaster which hasalready set.

Up to equal parts by weight ofclean, graded silica sandmay be added to Uni-Kaland X-KALibur to aidtexturing.

09 26 13/NGC

Page 54: NGCConstGuide.pdf

52 NATIONAL GYPSUM VENEER PLASTER SYSTEMS

Veneer plaster performs wellin high traffic areas such as

stairways and halls.

UNI-KAL OR X-KALIBURAPPLICATION OVER KAL-KORE1. Tightly scratch material into

previously treated jointsand cornerbeads, thenimmediately scratch-intightly over the wall and/orceiling area.

2. Double back over the areajust troweled with materialfrom the same batchbringing total thickness upto 3/32" minimum.

3. Begin finish troweling attime of initial set, usingwater sparingly. Finaltroweling must beaccomplished beforecomplete set takes place, asevidenced by darkening ofthe surface.

Note: Uni-Kal or X-KALiburmay be applied to producea textured finish.A. When Uni-Kal or

X-KALibur is mixed, addup to but not exceeding50 lbs. of silica sand,texturing grade, per50 lb. bag of plaster.

B. The sanded Uni-Kal orX-KALibur mix shouldbe scratched-in tightlyover the plastering base.Immediately doubleback over the area justtroweled with materialfrom the same batch.

C. When plaster is welltaken up, float to thedesired texture finish.

VENEER PLASTERS DIRECT TO BOND-COATEDMONOLITHIC CONCRETEDESCRIPTIONThe Kal-Kote System,

consisting of a basecoatplaster and a finish coatplaster, Uni-Kal or X-KALibur may be applieddirectly to monolithicconcrete treated with abonding agent.

LIMITATIONS1. Surface to be plastered shall

be treated with a bondingagent applied according tomanufacturer’s directions.The performance of thissystem is the soleresponsibility of thebonding agentmanufacturer.

2. Concrete should be agedat least one month prior toplastering.

3. Kal-Kote Smooth orTexture Finishes are notdesigned for directapplication to concrete,but must first have Kal-Kote Base Plaster appliedto fill and level surface.

4. Do not apply system to theinterior side of exteriorwalls below grade. To useabove grade these wallsshall be kept dry and shallhave been properlywaterproofed on theexterior side to preventwater penetration.

APPLICATION PROCEDURESNote: Application shall

conform to ASTM C 843.Kal-Kote Base Application

Over Bonding Agent1. First straighten any major

surface irregularities, suchas holes, ridges, wavysections, etc. Scratchplaster in tightly by troweland fill out to any adjacentlevel area.

2. After the straighteningmaterial has set, trowel in atight scratch coat over theentire area to be plastered;then immediately doubleback with material from thesame batch to minimumthickness of 1/16" or asrequired to achieve a levelsurface. Use a rod orfeather edge if needed.

3. When plaster has “takenup,” eliminate excessivetrowel marks and fill allsurface voids andimperfections to obtain areasonably uniform surface.Do not trowel to a slicksurface. Roughen the unsetbasecoat plaster surfacewith a serrated darby orlightly wire rake to providemechanical keying for thefinish plaster whennecessary.

Smooth or Textured FinishesApply finishes to the Kal-Kote

Plaster as outlined underthe regular Kal-Kote Systemas described on page 49.

Uni-Kal or X-KALiburApplication Over BondingAgent

1. First straighten any majorsurface irregularities suchas holes, ridges, wavysections, etc. Scratchplaster in tightly by troweland fill out to any adjacentlevel area.

2. Allow the straighteningmaterial to set.

3. Tightly scratch material inover the wall and/or ceilingarea. This applicationshould be about 1/16"thick. Double back overthe area just troweled withmaterial from the samebatch, bringing totalthickness up to 3/32"minimum.

4. Begin finish troweling attime of initial set, usingwater sparingly. Finaltroweling must beaccomplished beforecomplete set takes place, asevidenced by darkening ofthe surface.

Page 55: NGCConstGuide.pdf

53NATIONAL GYPSUM VENEER PLASTER SYSTEMS

09

26

13

Veneer plaster walls are particularly suited to accommodatewall situations where light conditions require smooth, evenexpanses of wall.

The Veneer plaster wall system is particularly suited toresidential and commercial construction in areas which needstrength for special architectural details, and unusual design elements.

VENEER PLASTERS DIRECTTO UNIT MASONRY DESCRIPTIONThe Kal-Kote System,

consisting of a basecoatplaster and a finish coatplaster, Uni-Kal or X-KALibur, the one-coatsystem, may be applieddirectly to masonry surfacesproviding the followingrecommendations arefollowed.

RECOMMENDATIONS1. Surface must be free from

dirt, grease, oil, mold,parting agents, or anymaterial which will preventplaster adhesion.

2. When erecting masonry,strike joints flush. Ifmasonry has recessedjoints, fill joints flush tomasonry surface withbasecoat plaster, Uni-Kal orX-KALibur and allow to set.

EXTERIOR CORNERSInstall cornerbead with

adhesive at least 4 andpreferably 16 hours beforeplastering. Apply acontinuous bead ofadhesive approximately1/4" x 1/4" along the insideof both cornerbead flanges.Press the bead firmly overthe corner so that adhesiveis in continuous contactwith masonry surface.Align bead and allow tostand undisturbed at least 4 hours.

KAL-KOTE APPLICATIONNote: Application shall

conform to ASTM C 843.Proceed with the full field of

the wall by scratching-intightly, then double backimmediately with materialfrom the same batch to aminimum thickness of1/16" over the blocksurface, or as required tolevel.

Kal-Kote Finishes should bekept as thin as possible andapplied as described on page 44 and 51.

UNI-KAL OR X-KALIBURAPPLICATIONProceed with full field of the

wall by scratching-intightly, then double backimmediately with samebatch of material to aminimum thickness of3/32" over the blocksurface.

Caution: Since Uni-Kal or X-KALibur is a one-coatmaterial system, exercisecare in leveling the wall tocompensate for the unevensuction.

VENEER SYSTEMS APPLIEDTO MASONRY WITH ZFURRING CHANNELSYSTEMDESCRIPTIONThis system consists of a

Z Furring Channel, rigidinsulation and thecomponents of the Kal-Kote

and Uni-Kal or X-KALiburVeneer Plaster Systems.The Z Furring Channel ismanufactured fromgalvanized steel (.0179"min. base steel) and isproduced with web depthsof 1", 1 1/2" and 2". Thefurring channel which isapplied to a masonry wallholds the insulation inplace and the wide flangeserves as framing for theapplication of the Kal-Koreplastering base.

LIMITATIONS1. Since the interior wall

surface will take thegeneral configuration of themasonry wall, it may benecessary when applyingthe system to unit masonryto use portland cementplaster to bring the wall toa plane surface.

2. This system is mainly fornew masonry construction.On well-cured concrete ormasonry, it may be difficultto properly drive fasteners.

3. Power-driven fastenersshall be used only forattachment to monolithicconcrete surfaces.

4. Kal-Kore should be appliedwithin 24 hours of foamapplication.

09 26 13/NGC

Page 56: NGCConstGuide.pdf

54 NATIONAL GYPSUM VENEER PLASTER SYSTEMS

Design flexibility is achieved with veneer plaster systems.

APPLICATION PROCEDURES1. Begin application of

Z Furring members bypositioning first channelvertically at a corner,locating it on the walladjacent to the wall beinginsulated first.

The insulation thicknessdetermines the distance ofZ Furring web from wallbeing insulated. At theappropriate distance, withwide flange pointingtoward applicator, secure Z Channel with appropriatefasteners, spaced 24" o.c.driven through short flange.(Note: Power-drivenfasteners are notrecommended for use with masonry block.)

Install 24" wide floor-to-ceiling insulation board,pressed snugly against webof first Z. Install next Z withthe wide flangeoverlapping the edge of thefirst insulation board.Fasten Z to wall throughnarrow flange. Continue inthis manner with Z Furringmember 24" o.c. to end ofwall. Locate last Z so thatweb is located a distanceequal to insulationthickness from adjoiningwall. Cut last insulationboard to fit remainingspace.

At exterior corner, attach the Zthrough its wide flange withnarrow flange extendingbeyond the corner. Beginwith a narrow strip of floor-

to-ceiling insulation, widerthan insulation thickness,but not exceeding 3".Continue application offurring and insulationprogressively as describedabove.

At windows, doors and trimareas, use wood nailers,nominal 2" wide xinsulation thickness plus1/32". Use the nailers alsoat wall-floor angles tosupport trim and providebacking for base.

2. Apply Kal-Kore to theflanges of Z Channel with1" Type S screws spaced12" o.c. Normally, verticalapplication of Kal-Kore isrecommended; however,for installations 8' or less inheight, horizontalapplication may bepreferred since the numberof joints would be reduced.

3. Apply Kal-Mesh and Kal-Korner Bead according toprocedures described onpage 50 and 51.

4. Mix and trowel on Kal-KoteBase and Finish Plaster orUni-Kal Plaster asdescribed on pages 46, 51and 52.

PAINTING PLASTERVarious job conditions such as

suction differences, wet oronly partially dry walls, andreactions between paint andlime may cause unsatisfactorypaint finishes, particularlyon new construction.

Alkali-resistant primersspecifically formulated foruse over new plaster willpermit decorating with oilor latex type paints. Qualitypaint products should beused and manufacturers’recommendationsfollowed. Finished plastershould be painted orcovered to concealpossible discoloration. Thepaint system should besuitable for use over plastersurfaces that contain lime,which has a high pH of 10-13.

It is essential that plaster besound and completely drybefore painting. Undergood drying conditions,veneer plaster may bepainted 48 hours afterapplication.

High build, heavy duty andspecial purpose coatingssuch as Epoxy are notrecommended over veneeror job gauged lime puttyfinishes.

In all cases, the paintmanufacturer should beconsulted and approvepaint system suitability foruse with gypsum/limefinish plaster.

STORAGEGypsum plaster must be kept

dry before use. Storageconditions vary withlocation and seasonalchanges, which may affectstorage life. Theseconditions may affectproduct characteristics suchas setting time, workingqualities, componentseparation, or lumping, etc.Such aging is normally afunction of exposure tohumid air, temperature,and physical support inwarehousing. Adversestorage conditions orprolonged storage mayaffect the working qualitiesof the product. Rotateinventory frequently forbest results.

Page 57: NGCConstGuide.pdf

55NATIONAL GYPSUM VENEER PLASTER SYSTEMS

09

26

13

INSTALLATION

KAL-MESH

KAL-KORE

KAL-MESH

KAL-KOTE FINISH(Smooth or Texture)

KAL-KOTE BASE

KAL-KORNERBEAD

FOR USE WITH WOOD STUDSOR METAL STEEL STUDS

1" X 4" T& G FINISH FLOOR OR 5/8" T& G PLYWOOD

1" X 4" BRIDGING

1" TYPE S SCREWS 12" O.C.

KAL-MESH

1/2" FIRE-SHIELD CKAL-KORE KAL-KOTE FINISH

(Smooth or Texture)

KAL-KOTE BASE

R.F. CHANNEL 24" O.C.

2" X 10" WOOD JOISTS 16" O.C.

1" X 6" SUBFLOOR OR 1/2”PLYWOOD

KAL-MESH

KAL-KORNER BEAD

U.L. DESIGN L515

09 26 13/NGC

Page 58: NGCConstGuide.pdf

56 NATIONAL GYPSUM VENEER PLASTER SYSTEMS

SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION 09 26 13VENEER PLASTERTHE FOLLOWING PARAGRAPHS ARE FOR INSERTION INTO SECTIONS OF GENERIC SPECIFICATIONS OR GENERIC/PROPRIETARY SPECIFICATIONS COVERINGVENEER PLASTER PRODUCTS. THE NATIONAL GYPSUM COMPANY PRODUCT NAME FOLLOWS THE GENERIC DESCRIPTION IN PARENTHESES.

PART 1 GENERAL1.02 REFERENCES

A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):1. C 587, Specification for Gypsum Veneer Plaster.2. C 1396, Specification for Gypsum Board (Gypsum

Base for Veneer Plaster).3. C 843, Specification for Application of Gypsum Veneer

Plaster.4. C 844, Specification for Application of Gypsum Base to

Receive Gypsum Veneer Plaster.

PART 2 PRODUCTS2.01 MANUFACTURER

A. National Gypsum Company2.02 MATERIALS

A. Veneer Plaster Base:1. Regular: A gypsum core lathing board surfaced with

absorptive paper on front, and long edges andcomplying with ASTM C 1396 (Gold Bond BRANDKal-Kore Plaster Base).a. Thickness: 3/8" or 1/2"b. Width: 4'c. Length: 8' through 16'd. Edges: Tapered

2. Fire-Resistant: A gypsum core lathing board withadditives to enhance the fire resistance of the core andsurfaced with absorptive paper on front, and long edgesand complying with ASTM C 1396, Type X.a. Thickness: 1/2" (Gold Bond BRAND Kal-Kore Fire-

Shield C Plaster Base) or 5/8" (Gold Bond BRAND Kal-Kore Fire-Shield and Fire Shield C Plaster Base).

b. Width: 4'c. Length: 8' through 16'd. Edges: Tapered

3. Regular, Foil-Backed: A gypsum core lathing boardsurfaced with absorptive paper on front, and long edges;backed with aluminum foil; and complying with ASTMC 1396 (Gold Bond BRAND Kal-Kore Foil-Back PlasterBase).a. Thickness: 1/2"b. Width: 4'c. Length: 8' through 16'd. Edges: Tapered

4. Regular, Abuse-Resistance: A gypsum core lathing boardwith additives to enhance impact resistance andsurfaced with absorptive paper on front and long edgeswith heavy liner paper bonded to the back side; andcomplying with ASTM C 1396 (Gold Bond BRAND Hi-Abuse Kal-Kore Plaster Base).a. Thickness: 1/2"b. Width: 4'c. Length: 8' through 12'd. Edges: Tapered

5. Fire Resistant, Abuse Resistant: A gypsum core lathing boardwith additives to enhance fire and impact resistance andsurfaced with absorptive paper on front and long edges withheavy liner paper bonded to the back side; and complyingwith ASTM C 1396, Type X (Hi-Abuse BRAND Kal-Kore Fire-Shield Plaster Base).

a. Thickness: 5/8"b. Width: 4'c. Length: 8' through 12'd. Edges: Tapered

B. Gypsum Plaster:1. Base Plaster: High strength gypsum plaster complying

with ASTM C 587 (Kal-Kote BRAND Base Coat Plaster).2. Finish Plaster: Gypsum plaster for smooth finish

complying with ASTM C 587 (Kal-Kote BRAND SmoothFinish Plaster).

3. Finish Plaster: Gypsum plaster for textured finishcomplying with ASTM C 587 (Kal-Kote BRAND TextureFinish Plaster).

IF TEXTURED FINISH IS SPECIFIED FOR BELOW, SAND MAY BE REQUIRED.4. One Coat Plaster: Gypsum plaster for single component

application complying with ASTM C 587 (Uni-Kal BRANDVeneer Plaster).

5. One Coat Plaster: Extended set gypsum plaster for singlecomponent application complying with ASTM C 587 (X-KALibur BRAND Veneer Plaster).

PART 3 EXECUTION3.01 INSTALLATION

A. In accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations, National Gypsum Company “Gypsum Construction Guide,” and the following standards:1. Gypsum plaster base and accessories in accordance

with ASTM C 844.2. Gypsum veneer plaster in accordance with ASTM

C 843.B. Tolerances: For flatness of surface, do not exceed 1/4" in

8' for bow or warp of surface and for plumb and level.

Page 59: NGCConstGuide.pdf

09 29 00/NGC

®

Gypsum Board Systems

12TH EDITION

09

29

00

57

Page 60: NGCConstGuide.pdf

58 NATIONAL GYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS

Gold Bond® BRAND Gypsum Board Products

DESCRIPTION

Gold Bond BRAND GypsumBoard with tapered edgepermits smooth jointtreatment; surface takes anydecoration. Basicrecommendations: 1/2" board for single layer;3/8" board for 2-layer; 1/4"board is regular gypsumboard used in remodeling andfor sound control in doublelayer applications. Refer topage 65.

Gold Bond BRAND Fire-ShieldGypsum Board is manufac-tured with a type X core toachieve fire resistance ratingswhen used in recommendedsystems. Refer to page 66.

Gold Bond BRAND Fire-Shield CGypsum Board has a speciallyformulated type X core toachieve superior performancewhen used in specific firerated assemblies. May be usedin designs requiring Fire-ShieldGypsum Board (type X core).Refer to page 66.

Description Core Thickness/Type Width/Edge Lengths

Regular 1/4" (6.3 mm) 4' (1219 mm) 6' (1828 mm)3/8" (9.5 mm) Square thru1/2" (12.7 mm)* or 16' (4876 mm)

Tapered

Type X 5/8" (15.9 mm) FSW* 4' (1219 mm) 6' (1828 mm)Square thru

or 16' (4876 mm)Tapered

Type X 1/2" (12.7 mm) FSW-C 4' (1219 mm) 6' (1828 mm)Square thru

or 16' (4876 mm)Tapered

Type X 5/8" (15.9 mm) FSW-C 4' (1219 mm) 8' (2438 mm)Square thru

or 14' (4267 mm)Tapered

National Gypsum Companyfeatures a wide variety ofgypsum board productsand accessories includingregular gypsum board, Fire-Shield fire resistant board,1/4" High Flex GypsumBoard, 1/2" High StrengthCeiling Gypsum Board, Hi-Impact Gypsum Board,Gridstone Ceiling Boards,Gypsum Sheathing, Fire-Shield Shaftliner, DurasanPrefinished Gypsum Board,Exterior Soffit Board, andJoint Treatment products.

Our concentration isn’t onbuilding products alone,however. At the NationalGypsum Research andTesting Center, we developcomplete construction sys-tems. In such systems,products are evaluatedtogether as complete build-ing assemblies–walls, parti-tions, floors and ceilings.

We have included in this sec-tion details and applicationinstructions for many ofthose assemblies: SteelFrame Partitions, SteelFrame Ceilings/FurringChannels or Studs, Wood

Frame Wall and Ceilings,Gypsum Board Over FoamInsulated Masonry andSolid Laminated Partitions.

Before a National GypsumSystem is released to thebuilding industry, it is thor-oughly tested, and results arecorrelated and charted tomake it easier for the builderor specifier to match a sys-tem to their needs or to thebuilding codes.

The drywall construction sys-tems referred to in this cata-log are designed primarilywith materials manufac-tured by National Gypsum

Company. Substitution ofany product or otherbrands in a tested system is not recommended.

Field installation of tested sys-tems must be identical tolaboratory installation toproduce optimum perfor-mance of these systems.Performance tests are con-ducted in accordance withaccepted national stan-dards under controlled lab-oratory conditions to mini-mize variances and to per-mit comparison of testresults with all types of sys-tems, similar and dissimilar.

1/2" x 8' T

GOLD BOND ® BRAND WALLBOARD

1/2" x 8'

GOLD BOND ® BRAND WALLBOARD

1/2" x 8

GOLD BOND ® BRAND WALLBOARD

1/2" x 8

GOLD BOND ® BRAND WALLBOARD

1/2" x

GOLD BOND ® BRAND WALLBOARD

1/2"

GOLD BOND ® BRAND WALLBOARD

1/2

GOLD BOND ® BRAND WALLBOARD

1/

GOLD BOND ® BRAND WALLBOARD

* Available with Foil Backing. Refer to page 86.Reference www.nationalgypsum.com for fire safety information.

Gold Bond BRAND XP GypsumBoard is designed to provideextra protection against moldand mildew compared to stan-dard gypsum board products.Tapered edge permits smoothjoint treatment. Refer to page70.

Regular 1/2" (12.7 mm) 4' (1219 mm) 8' (2438 mm)Square 10' (3048 mm)

or 12' (3657 mm)Tapered

Note: 5/8" Fire-Shield gypsum board availablein 54" widths.

Note: 1/2" gypsum board available in 54" widths.

Page 61: NGCConstGuide.pdf

59NATIONAL GYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS

09

29

00

Gold Bond BRAND Kal-KorePlaster Base is a tapered edgegypsum board plastering basehaving a blue absorptive facepaper surface designed topermit rapid trowelapplication and strong bondof veneer or conventionalgypsum plaster. Refer topage 45.

Description Core Thickness/Type Width/Edge Lengths

Regular 3/8" (9.5 mm) 4' (1219 mm) 8' (2438 mm)1/2" (12.7 mm) Square thru

or 16' (4876 mm)Tapered

Type X 1/2" (12.7 mm) FSK-C 4' (1219 mm) 8' (2438 mm)5/8" (15.9 mm) FSK Square thru

or 16' (4876 mm)Tapered

1/2" x 8' TE

KAL-KORE ® BRAND PLASTER BASE

1/2" x 8' T

KAL-KORE ® BRAND PLASTER BASE

1/2" x 8' T

KAL-KORE ® BRAND PLASTER BASE

1/2" x 8

KAL-KORE ® BRAND PLASTER BASE

1/2" x 8

KAL-KORE ® BRAND PLASTER BASE

1/2" x

KAL-KORE ® BRAND PLASTER BASE

1/2" x

KAL-KORE ® BRAND PLASTER BASE

1/2"

KAL-KORE ® BRAND PLASTER BASE

Gold Bold BRAND Sta-SmoothGypsum Board, used withProForm BRAND Sta-Smooth JointCompound, forms a drywallsystem offering maximum jointstrength. Two edgeconfigurations provide relief onjoint deformities. The roundedge configuration solves jointdeformity problems caused bytwisted framing, damaged boardedges, poor alignment andextremes in humidity andtemperature. Refer to page 67.

Regular 1/2" (12.7 mm) 4' (1219 mm) 6' (1828 mm)Sta-Smooth thru

16' (4876 mm)

Type X 5/8" (1519 mm) FSW 4’ (1219 mm) 8' (2438 mm)Sta-Smooth thru

16' (4876 mm)

Type X 1/2" (12.7 mm) FSW-C 4' (1219 mm) 6' (1828 mm)Sta-Smooth thru

16' (4876 mm)

1/2" x 12'

STA-SMOOTH ® BRAND WALLBOARD

1/2" x 12

STA-SMOOTH ® BRAND WALLBOARD

1/2" x 12

STA-SMOOTH ® BRAND WALLBOARD

1/2" x 1

STA-SMOOTH ® BRAND WALLBOARD

1/2" x

STA-SMOOTH ® BRAND WALLBOARD

1/2" x

STA-SMOOTH ® BRAND WALLBOARD

1/2"

STA-SMOOTH ® BRAND WALLBOARD

1/2

STA-SMOOTH ® BRAND WALLBOARD

Type X 5/8" (15.9 mm) FSW-3 4' (1219 mm) 8' (2438 mm)Square thru

or 12' (3657 mm)Tapered

Type X 1/2" (12.7 mm) FSMR-C 4' (1219 mm) 8' (2438 mm)Square thru

or 12' (3657 mm)Tapered

Type X 5/8" (15.9 mm) FSMR-C 4' (1219 mm 4' (1219 mm)Square thru

or 12' (3657 mm)Tapered

Gold Bond BRAND XP Fire-ShieldGypsum Board is manufac-tured with a fire resistive type Xgypsum core and is designed toprovide extra protection againstmold and mildew. Refer topage 70.

Gold Bond BRAND XP Fire-Shield CGypsum Board has a speciallyformulated type X gypsum coreto achieve superior fire resis-tance performance and isdesigned to provide extra pro-tection against mold andmildew. Refer to page 70.

Note: 1/2" regular Sta-Smooth gypsum boardavailable in 54" widths.

Note: 1/2" regular Kal-Kore plaster base availablein 54" widths.

09 29 00/NGC

Gold Bond BRAND GypsumSheathing is used as an underlayment onexterior walls. Finishmaterials are applied withfasteners through sheathinginto studs or furring strips.Refer to page 28.

Regular 1/2" (12.7 mm) 4' (1219 mm) 8' (2438 mm)Square 9' (2743 mm)

10' (3048 mm)

Type X 5/8" (15.9 mm) FSW-3 4' (1219 mm) 8' (2438 mm)Square 9' (2743 mm)

10' (3048 mm)

1/2" x 8' TE

GOLD BOND® BRAND JUMBO SHEATHING

1/2" x 8' T

GOLD BOND® BRAND JUMBO SHEATHING

1/2" x 8' T

GOLD BOND® BRAND JUMBO SHEATHING

1/2" x 8

GOLD BOND® BRAND JUMBO SHEATHING

1/2" x 8

GOLD BOND® BRAND JUMBO SHEATHING

1/2" x

GOLD BOND® BRAND JUMBO SHEATHING

1/2"

GOLD BOND® BRAND JUMBO SHEATHING

1/2"

GOLD BOND® BRAND JUMBO SHEATHING

Page 62: NGCConstGuide.pdf

Description Core Thickness/Type Width/Edge Lengths

60 NATIONAL GYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS

Gold Bond BRAND Fire-ShieldShaftliner XP is used as acomponent in shaftwallsystems, area separationwalls and solid laminatedgypsum partitions. Theproduct has moisture/mold/mildew resistant purplepaper on both faces. Refer topage 74, 110, 124, and 140.

Type X 1" (25.4 mm) FSW 2' (610 mm) Custom CutBeveled 7' (2134 mm)Edges thru

14' (4267 mm)

Gold Bond BRAND Fire-ShieldShaftliner is used as acomponent in shaftwallsystems, in area separationwalls and in solid gypsumpartitions. The product hasmoisture resistant green paperon both faces. Refer to pages73, 110, 124 and 140.

Type X 1" (25.4 mm) FSW 2' (610 mm) Custom CutBeveled 7' (2134 mm)Edges thru

14' (4267 mm)

Gold Bond BRAND Exterior SoffitBoard is designed to provide,in a fire resistive gypsumceiling board, the extraresistance to moisture andsagging required to meetprotected outdoor conditions.Refer to page 71.

1/2" x 8' TE

GOLD BOND ® BRAND SOFFIT BOARD

1/2" x 8' T

GOLD BOND ® BRAND SOFFIT BOARD

1/2" x 8' T

GOLD BOND ® BRAND SOFFIT BOARD

1/2" x 8

GOLD BOND ® BRAND SOFFIT BOARD

1/2" x 8

GOLD BOND ® BRAND SOFFIT BOARD

1/2" x

GOLD BOND ® BRAND SOFFIT BOARD

1/2"

GOLD BOND ® BRAND SOFFIT BOARD

1/2"

GOLD BOND ® BRAND SOFFIT BOARD

Regular 1/2" (12.7 mm) 4' (1219 mm) 8' (2438 mm)Sta-Smooth thru

12' (3658 mm)

Type X 5/8" (15.9 mm) FSW 4' (1219 mm) 8' (2438 mm)Sta-Smooth thru

12' (3658 mm)

Gold Bond BRAND High FlexGypsum Board is specificallydesigned for radiusconstruction such as curvedwalls, archways andstairways. It can be used forboth concave and convexsurfaces. 1/4" High Flex istypically applied in doublelayers. Refer to page 75.

Regular 1/4" (6.3 mm) 4' (1219 mm) 8' (2438 mm)Eased thru

10' (3048 mm)

1/4" x 8' EE

HIGH FLEX ® BRAND WALLBOARD

1/4" x 8' E

HIGH FLEX ® BRAND WALLBOARD

1/4" x 8'

HIGH FLEX ® BRAND WALLBOARD

1/4" x 8

HIGH FLEX ® BRAND WALLBOARD

1/4" x 8

HIGH FLEX ® BRAND WALLBOARD

1/4" x

HIGH FLEX ® BRAND WALLBOARD

1/4"

HIGH FLEX ® BRAND WALLBOARD

1/4

HIGH FLEX ® BRAND WALLBOARD

Page 63: NGCConstGuide.pdf

61NATIONAL GYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS

09

29

00

09 29 00/NGC

Description Core Thickness/Type Width/Edge Lengths

Gold Bond BRAND High StrengthCeiling Gypsum Board isdesigned to resist saggingequal to 5/8" gypsum board.Installed perpendicular toframing, span can be up to24" o.c. Can be decoratedwith spray textures and willsupport insulation. Refer topage 77.

Regular 1/2" (12.7 mm) 4' (1219 mm) 6' (1828 mm)Tapered thru

16' (4876 mm)

1/2" x 12' T

HIGH STRENGTH ™ BRAND CEILING BOARD

1/2" x 12'

HIGH STRENGTH ™ BRAND CEILING BOARD

1/2" x 12

HIGH STRENGTH ™ BRAND CEILING BOARD

1/2" x 12

HIGH STRENGTH ™ BRAND CEILING BOARD

1/2" x 1

HIGH STRENGTH ™ BRAND CEILING BOARD

1/2" x

HIGH STRENGTH ™ BRAND CEILING BOARD

1/2"

HIGH STRENGTH ™ BRAND CEILING BOARD

1/2

HIGH STRENGTH ™ BRAND CEILING BOARD

Regular 5/8" (15.9 mm) FSW 4' (1219 mm) 8' (2438 mm)Square thru

or 12' (3657 mm)Tapered

Type X 5/8" (15.9 mm) FSW-5 4' (1219 mm) 8' (2438 mm)thru

Tapered 12' (3657 mm)

Gold Bond BRAND Hi-Abuse XPFire-Shield Gypsum Board isdesigned for use in areas wheresurface durability andindentation resistance are majorconcerns. The product ismanufactured with a mold andfire resistive Type X gypsumcore encased in heavy smoothabrasion resistant, mold/mildewresistant purple paper on theface side and heavymold/mildew resistant linerpaper on the back side. Referto page 78.

Gold Bond BRAND Hi-Impact XPFire-Shield Gypsum Board isdesigned for use in areaswhere impact/penetrationresistance is a major concern.The product is manufacturedwith a mold, moisture and fireresistant Type X gypsum coreencased in heavy smoothabrasion resistant, moisture,mold/mildew resistant purplepaper on the face side andheavy mold/mildew resistantliner paper on the back side. Afiberglass mesh is embedded inthe board to provide additionalimpact/penetration resistance.Refer to page 81.

Gold Bond BRAND SoundbreakGypsum Board is anacoustically enhancedgypsum board used in thecontruction of high rated STCwall assemblies. This 5/8"thick gypsum board consistsof a layer of viscoelasticdamping polymersandwiched between twopieces of enhanced highdensity mold resistantgypsum board, providingconstrained layer damping.Refer to page 84.

Regular 5/8" (15.9 mm) 4' (1219 mm) 8' (2438 mm)Tapered thru

12' (3658 mm)

Page 64: NGCConstGuide.pdf

62 NATIONAL GYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS

Gridstone BRAND Hi-StrengthCeiling Panels have a non-combustible high strength sagresistant gypsum core with a 2-mil textured vinyl laminatesurface suited for interior orexterior application in exposedgrid systems. Refer to page 88.

Regular 5/16" (7.9 mm) 2' (610 mm) 2' (610 mm)2' (610 mm) 4' (1219 mm)

Square

Description Core Thickness/Type Width/Edge Lengths

Gridstone BRAND CleanRoomPanels are designed for areasrequiring high levels of aircleanliness for airborneparticulate. Boards are sealedon face, back and long edgeswith a 2-mil rigid vinyl filmand exposed edges are factorysealed with durable coatingproviding a completely sealedpanel. Refer to page 87.

Type X 1/2" (12.7 mm) FSW-G 2' (610 mm) 2' (610 mm)2' (610 mm) 4' (1219 mm)

Square

Gridstone BRAND Ceiling Panelshave a fire resistant Fire-Shield G, type X core with a2-mil textured vinyl laminatesurface suited for interior or exterior application inexposed grid systems. Refer to page 86.

Type X 1/2" (12.7 mm) FSW-G 2' (610 mm) 2' (610 mm)2' (610 mm) 4' (1219 mm)

Square

Page 65: NGCConstGuide.pdf

63NATIONAL GYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS

09

29

00

09 29 00/NGC

METRIC CAPABILITIESThe Federal Government has

mandated that each federalagency make a transition tothe use of metric units inall federal procurement,grants and business-relatedactivities. NationalGypsum Company, incomplying with this order,provides a full line of gyp-sum board products in“hard” metric dimensionswith regard to width andlength. Standard boardofferings are made in thewidth of 1200 mm and alength of 3600 mm. Jobsize lengths are availableon a special order basisrequiring minimum ordersand extended lead times.Contact your localNational GypsumCompany representative forfurther information.Thickness of gypsum boardwill be “soft” converted tothe metric equivalent.

ENVIRONMENTALCONDITIONSMaintain a room temperature

of not less than 40˚F (4˚C)during application of gyp-sum board except whenadhesive is used for theattachment of gypsumboard. For the bonding ofadhesive, joint treatment,texturing, and decoration,the room temperature shallbe maintained at least at50˚F (10˚C) for 48 hoursprior to application andcontinuously thereafteruntil completely dry.

Note 1: Precaution–When atemporary heat source isused, the temperature shallnot exceed 95˚F (35˚C) inany given room or area.

Note 2: Precaution–Maintainadequate ventilation in theworking area during instal-lation and curing period.

Protect gypsum board productsfrom direct exposure to rain,snow, sunlight, or otherexcessive weather condi-tions.

GUIDELINES FORPREVENTION OF MOLDGROWTH ON GYPSUMBOARDGypsum board does not gen-

erate or support thegrowth of mold when it isproperly transported,stored, handled, installed,and maintained. However,mold spores are presenteverywhere and whenconditions are favorable,mold can grow on practi-cally any surface.Observing these guide-lines will help minimizethe potential for moldgrowth on gypsum board.Gypsum board must bekept dry to prevent thegrowth of mold.

Transportation and ReceivingGypsum board must be pro-

tected during transit with aweather-tight cover ingood condition.

Plastic shipping bags areintended to provided pro-tection during transit onlyand must be promptlyremoved upon arrival ofthe load. Failure toremove the shipping bagcan increase the likeli-hood of developing condi-tions favorable to thegrowth of mold.

Storage and HandlingGypsum board must be

stored in an area that pro-tects it from adverseweather conditions, con-densation, and other formsof moisture.

Job site conditions that canexpose gypsum board towater or moisture must beavoided.

Gypsum board must bedelivered to the job site asnear to the time it will beused as possible.

ApplicationProvisions must be made to

keep gypsum board drythroughout application.

Gypsum board that has visi-ble mold growth must notbe used.

Gypsum board on walls mustbe applied with a mini-mum 1/4" (6.35 mm) gapbetween the gypsumboard and the floor.

Gypsum board must not beapplied over buildingmaterials where condi-tions exist that are favor-able to mold growth.

Maintenance FollowingApplication

Essential elements of soundweather tight buildingenvelope must be properlymaintained, such as theroof, sealants, windows,etc.

Immediate and appropriateremediation measuresmust be taken as soon aswater leaks or condensa-tion sources are identified.

Routine cleaning and mainte-nance operations must beperformed so as to preventsaturation of the gypsumboard.

Additional Sources ofInformation

The following Web sites pro-vide information and rec-ommendations for treatingmold growth; other sitesalso provide similar sug-gestions.

California Indoor Air QualityProgram athttp://www.cal-iaq.org/iaqsheet.html

Federal EmergencyManagement Agency athttp://www.fema.gov/pdf/hazards/fststpbr.html

New York City Departmentof Health athttp://www.ci,nyc.ny.us/html/doh/html/epi/moldrpt1.html

U. S. EnvironmentalProtection Agency athttp://www.epa.gov/iedweb00/pubs/moldresources.html

GA-238, Copyright GypsumAssociation

LIMITATIONS

1. Maximum stud spacing forsingle layer application of1/2" and 5/8" gypsum boardis 24" o.c. If 3/8" gypsumboard is used, it must beapplied in two layers, withthe second layer adhesivelyapplied; 24" o.c. stud spac-ing may be used.

2. Where long, continuous runsof this wall system areemployed, control joints mustbe provided every 30' or less.

3. Where structural movementmay impose direct loads onthese systems, isolationdetails are required.

4. Partitions should not be usedwhere frequently exposed toexcessive moisture unless allsurfaces are waterproofed.

5. To prevent weakening dueto calcining, gypsum boardshould not be exposed totemperatures over 125˚F(52˚C) for extended periodsof time.

6. Gypsum board joints on sin-gle layer, or the face layeron two layer applications,shall not occur within 12" ofthe corners of door framesunless control joints areinstalled at the corners.

7. When gypsum board abutsconcrete floors, cut board toallow for 1/8" to 1/4" clear-ance between board andfloor to prevent potentialwicking.

Page 66: NGCConstGuide.pdf

64 NATIONAL GYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS

DESCRIPTION

Gold Bond® BRAND GypsumBoard comes standard withGridMarX™ guide marks,printed on the paper sur-face. These guide marksalign with standard build-ing dimensions and help toquickly identify fastenerlines for stud and joistframing. Using GridMarX,accurate cuts can be madewithout having to drawlines. GridMarX also assistwith quick identification ofnail/screw pattern.

GridMarX guide marks run themachine direction of theboard at five points in 4"increments. Marks runalong the edge in bothtapers and at 16", 24" and32" in the field of theboard. The marks cover

easily with no bleed-through using standardpaint products.

Vertical Application - In a ver-tical application, GridMarXserve as a guide mark tohelp identify the exactlocation of framing mem-bers behind the gypsumboard, eliminating theneed for field applied vertical lines.

Horizontal Application - In ahorizontal application,GridMarX serve as a reference mark to helpidentify the location offraming members behindthe gypsum board. (If fram-ing member is located 2" tothe right of the GridMarXat the top edge of theboard, it will be located 2"to the right down the faceof the board.)

DETAILS

GRIDMARX —VERTICAL WALL APPLICATION

Studs inexample are

24" o.c.

GridMarXspaced4" apart

GRIDMARX — HORIZONTAL WALLAND CEILING APPLICATION

GridMarXspaced4" apart

Studs in exampleare 16" o.c.

Represents a pipe or wiring

GOLD BOND® BRAND GRIDMARX®

Page 67: NGCConstGuide.pdf

65NATIONAL GYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS

09

29

00

09 29 00/NGC

Fire and sound ratings forbuilding systems utilizinggypsum board are dependenton the core type andthickness of the gypsumboard, its application inconjunction with thecomponent parts, and themanner in which it isapplied.

Tests for fire resistance andsound transmission,performed by independentlaboratories, have resulted inspecific ratings for walls/partitions; floor/ceilingassemblies; shaftwalls,stairwells and areaseparation walls; andcolumns. For maximum fireresistance and sound control,double layer construction isgenerally recommendedsince the additional massfurther retards heat and noisepenetration.

Gypsum board can be installedto both metal and woodframing using nails, screwsor adhesives in combinationwith nails or screws. In manyinstances, the applicationwill dictate which fasteningmethod is appropriate.

Control joints may be necessaryto prevent cracking in thegypsum board facing ofdrywall systems, especiallyin areas where structuralelements such as slabs,columns or exterior wallscan bear directly on non-load-bearing partitions. Torelieve the stresses whichoccur as a result ofmovement induced bychanges in moisture,temperature or both, controljoints are required in bothpartitions and ceilings.

GYPSUM BOARDINSULATING PROPERTIESFor purposes of calculating

“U” values, the “C” factor for1" gypsum board is 1.2;Resistance “R” for 3/8" boardis .32; for 1/2" board .45; for5/8" board .56 and for 1"board .83.

WEIGHTS

1/4" Regular - 1.2 lbs/SF3/8" Regular - 1.2 lbs/SF1/2" Regular - 1.6 lbs/SF

RECOMMENDATIONS

Examine and inspect materialsto which gypsum board is tobe applied. Remedy alldefects prior to installation ofdrywall. Any defects in thefinished installation due tomisaligned framing or othercause will be theresponsibility of the workperformed under that sectionof the specification and suchdefects shall be remediedunder that section of thespecification.

Gypsum board shall be appliedfirst to ceiling at right anglesto framing members, then towalls. Boards of maximumpractical length shall be usedso that an absolute minimumnumber of end joints occur.Board edges shall be broughtinto contact with each otherbut shall not be forced intoplace.

Gypsum board joints atopenings shall be located sothat no end joint will align

with edges of opening unlesscontrol joints will beinstalled at these points. Endjoints shall be staggered, andjoints on opposite sides of apartition shall not occur onthe same stud.

Gypsum board shall be held infirm contact with the framingmember while fasteners arebeing driven. Fastening shallproceed from center portionof the board toward theedges and ends. Fastenersshall be set with the headsslightly below the surface ofthe board in a dimpleformed by the hammer orpower screwdriver. Careshall be taken to avoidbreaking the face paper ofthe gypsum board.Improperly driven nails orscrews shall be removed.

See page 63, EnvironmentalConditions and Limitations.

DESCRIPTION

Gold Bond® BRAND Gypsum Board

Gypsum Board is the name fora family of board productsconsisting of anoncombustible core,primarily of gypsum, with apaper surfacing on the face,back and long edges.*

The popularity of gypsum boardresults from a number offactors. First, it takes virtuallyany decoration – from paintor textures to vinyl andpaper laminates. It also lendsitself to creative shaping ofinterior surfaces, allowingthe maximum in designflexibility. Gypsum board isan economical alternative toother products. Because it islightweight, it is easy tohandle for speedyinstallation. With its naturalproperties, it is durable yeteasy to repair. In addition,gypsum board’s fireresistance and sound controlcapabilities furtherdemonstrate its desirabilityin building systems.

Ever conscious of theenvironmental challengeswe face in today’s world,National Gypsum producesits gypsum board with 100percent recycled paper onboth the face and back.

Gold Bond gypsum board isavailable with a variety ofedge configurations. For easyjoint finishing, the taperededge is preferred to providea monolithic surface. Wherejoints will be exposed,square or beveled edgesshould be considered.National Gypsum alsomanufactures gypsum boardwith proprietary edgeconfigurations made toaccommodate a variety ofwall systems and finishingtechniques.

*GA-216Fire and sound ratings for

building systems utilizinggypsum board aredependent on the core typeand thickness of the gypsum

SPECIFICATIONS

THE FOLLOWING PARAGRAPHS ARE FOR INSERTION INTO SECTIONS OF GENERIC SPECIFICATIONS OR GENERIC/PROPRIETARY SPECIFICATIONS COVERING GYPSUM BOARDPRODUCTS. THE NATIONAL GYPSUM PRODUCT NAME FOLLOWS THE GENERIC DESCRIPTION IN PARENTHESES.

PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALSA. Regular Gypsum Board: A gypsum core board that is fire resistant and surfaced with paper on front/back and long edges and complies with

ASTM C 1396.1. Thickness: 1/4", 3/8", 1/2" (Gold Bond BRAND Gypsum Board) 3. Length: 6' through 16'.2. Width: 4'. 4. Edges: Square, Tapered, or Beveled Tapered (Sta-Smooth Edge).

PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATIONA. General: In accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations, National Gypsum Company “Gypsum Construction Guide.”

TECHNICAL DATA

Note: To achieve tighter bending radii, use Gold Bond 1/4" HighFlex Gypsum Board. See page 75 for additional information and1/4" High Flex minimum bending radii chart.

CURVED SURFACESTo apply gypsum board over a curved surface, place a stop at one end

of the board and then gently and gradually push on the other end,forcing the center against the framing until the curve is complete.Shorter radii than shown in the table may be obtained by moisten-ing the face and back papers of the board with water, stacking on aflat surface, and allowing the water to soak into the core for at leastone hour. When the board is dry it will regain its original hardness.

Gypsum board may be applied to curved surfaces in accordance withthe following:

GYPSUM BOARD BENDING RADII

Thickness Bending Lengthwise Bending Widthwise

1/4" (6.4 mm) 5'-0" (1524 mm) 15'-0" (4572 mm)3/8" (9.4 mm) 7'-6" (2286 mm) 25'-0" (7620 mm)1/2" (12.7 mm) *10'-0" (3048 mm)5/8" (15.9 mm) 15'-0" (4572 mm)

*Bending two layers of 1/4" (6.4 mm) board successively will permit a bendingradius shown for 1/4" (6.4 mm) board.

SURFACE BURNING CHARACTERISTICS(Fire Hazard Classification) Tested in accordance with ASTM E 84

Gypsum Gypsum DurasanBoard Sheathing All Standard Patterns

Flame Spread Index 15 20 25 or less

Smoke Developed 0 0 50 or less

Page 68: NGCConstGuide.pdf

66

DESCRIPTION TECHNICAL DATA

SPECIFICATIONS

THE FOLLOWING PARAGRAPHS ARE FOR INSERTION INTO SECTIONS OFGENERIC SPECIFICATIONS OR GENERIC/PROPRIETARY SPECIFICATIONSCOVERING GYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS. THE NATIONAL GYPSUMPRODUCT NAME FOLLOWS THE GENERIC DESCRIPTION IN PARENTHESES.

PART 2 PRODUCTS2.01 MATERIALS

A. Fire-Resistant Gypsum Board: A gypsum core gypsumboard with additives to enhance fire resistance of the coreand surfaced with paper on front, back, and long edgesand complying with ASTM C 1396, type X.1. Thickness: 1/2" (Gold Bond BRAND Fire-Shield C

Gypsum Board), 5/8" (Gold Bond BRAND Fire-ShieldGypsum Board), or 5/8" (Gold Bond BRAND Fire-Shield C Gypsum Board)

2. Width: 4'3. Length: 6' through 16'

(1/2" Fire-Shield C Gypsum Board,5/8" Fire-Shield Gypsum Board)

Length: 8' through 14'(5/8" Fire-Shield C Gypsum Board)

4. Edges: Square, Tapered, or Beveled Tapered (Sta-Smooth Edge)

PART 3 EXECUTION3.01 INSTALLATION

A. General: In accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations, National Gypsum Company “Gypsum Construction Guide.”

RECOMMENDATIONS

Gold Bond® BRAND Fire-Shield®

Gypsum Board wasdeveloped to work incombination with otherproducts in an assembly toretard heat transfer throughthe assembly. Fire-Shieldgypsum boards are madewith cores formulated tooffer greater fire resistancethan regular gypsum board.Generically, these fireresistant boards that areused to delay heat transferto structural members aredesignated as “type X”products.

The Gypsum core of Fire-Shield Gypsum Board worksas a natural “sprinklersystem.” Gypsum naturally

SYSTEM BURNING CHARACTERISTICS

ASTM E84Flame Spread: 15Smoke Developed: 0

According to ASTM C 1396,the standard for gypsumboard, type X gypsumboard must provide at least:a one-hour fire resistancerating for 5/8" board, or a3/4-hour fire resistancerating for 1/2" boardapplied in a single layernailed on each face ofload-bearing wood framingmembers when tested inaccordance with therequirements of Methods ofFire Test of BuildingConstructions andMaterials (ASTMdesignation E 119).

Examine and inspect materialsto which gypsum board isto be applied. Remedy alldefects prior to installationof drywall. Any defects inthe finished installation dueto misaligned framing orother cause will be theresponsibility of the workperformed under thatsection of the specificationand such defects shall beremedied under thatsection of the specification.

Gypsum board shall beapplied first to ceiling atright angles to framingmembers, then to walls.Boards of maximumpractical length shall beused so that an absoluteminimum number of endjoints occur. Board edgesshall be brought intocontact with each other but shall not be forced into place.

contains about 21 percentwater. When the board isheated, the water in thecore begins to evaporateand is released as steam,retarding heat transfer. Fire-Shield gypsum boardremains noncombustible.However, as shrinkageoccurs because of the lossof water volume, cracksoccur which permitpassage of fire and heat. To lessen this process, Fire-Shield gypsum boardis formulated by addingnoncombustible fibers to the gypsum to helpmaintain the integrity ofthe core as water volume is lost while providinggreater resistance to heattransfer.

For additional fire protection,Gold Bond Fire-Shield Cproducts are formulatedwith a mineral coreadditive which expandswhen subjected to heatwhich aids in holding thegypsum board together.

Fire-Shield gypsum boardsalso can be used ascolumn protection,delaying the rapid transferof heat to reduce thelikelihood that structuralmembers will lose strengthand fail to carry theintended load.

FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGSFire resistance ratings

represent the results of tests on assemblies made up of specific materials in aspecific configuration. When selecting construction designs to meet certain fire resistance requirements, caution mustbe used to insure that each component of the assemblyis the one specified in the test. Further, precaution should be taken that assembly procedures are inaccordance with those of the tested assembly. (For copies of specific tests,call 1-800-NATIONAL.)

Gypsum board joints atopenings shall be locatedso that no end joint willalign with edges ofopening unless controljoints will be installed atthese points. End jointsshall be staggered, andjoints on opposite sides ofa partition shall not occuron the same stud.

Gypsum board shall be heldin firm contact with theframing member whilefasteners are being driven.Fastening shall proceedfrom center portion of theboard toward the edgesand ends. Fasteners shallbe set with the headsslightly below the surfaceof the gypsum board in adimple formed by thehammer or powerscrewdriver. Care shall betaken to avoid breaking theface paper of the gysumboard. Improperly drivennails or screws shall beremoved.

See page 63, EnvironmentalConditions andLimitations.

Gold Bond® BRAND Fire-Shield® Gypsum Board

WEIGHTS1/2" Type C - 1.9 lbs/SF5/8" Type X - 2.2 lbs/SF5/8" Type C - 2.2 lbs/SF

For fire safety information, go towww.nationalgypsum.com.

NATIONAL GYPSUM WALLBOARD PRODUCTS

Page 69: NGCConstGuide.pdf

67NATIONAL GYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS

09

29

00

09 29 00/NGC

DETAILS

DESCRIPTION

TECHNICAL DATA

SURFACE BURNINGCHARACTERISTICS

ASTM E-84Flame Spread: 15Smoke Developed: 0

WEIGHTS

1/2" Regular - 1.6 lbs/SF5/8" Type X - 2.2 lbs/SF5/8" Type C - 2.2 lbs/SF

THE SECRET IS IN THE SHAPE OF THE JOINT AND THESTRENGTH OF THE COMPOUND

Standard tapered-beveled edge configuration.

Round edge configuration.

Easier Scheduling – Tapingwith Sta-Smooth Com -pounds and applying thefirst finishing coat, evenbefore the Sta-Smooth usedfor taping has dried, allowseasier job scheduling forthe drywall contractor andfinisher. This is particularlyadvantageous under slowdrying conditions.

The Sta-Smooth System produces a superior joint because theSta-Smooth Compounds are a hardening-type compound thatis not affected by humidity once it has hardened and dried. Italso maintains its hard core even with moisture added by theuse of the regular joint compounds for the finishing work. Sta-Smooth Compound firmly bonds the tape to the board and the board “V” edges to each other making a strong,rigidized joint.

Consult your local National Gypsum sales representative foredge configuration available in your market.

Gold Bond® BRAND Sta-Smooth® Gypsum Board

Sta-Smooth is a drywall system offering maximumjoint strength and easyapplication. It can be usedin any gypsum drywall system where conventionaltypes of gypsum board arerecommended. This system features Sta-SmoothBrand gypsum board with aunique edge. The two edgeconfigurations relieve jointdeformity problems causedby twisted framing,damaged gypsum boardedges, poor alignment andextremes in humidity andtemperature. Regular Sta-Smooth Boards areavailable in 1/2" thicknesses, 4' wide and incustomary gypsum boardlengths. The Sta-SmoothSystem is also composed ofProForm BRAND Sta-SmoothJoint Compounds, ahardening-type tapingcompound and regularGold Bond tape andfinishing compounds.

ADVANTAGESImproved Durability – The

Sta-Smooth System produces a smooth, flat,durable surface that relievesbeading, ridging and otherjoint deformity problems.

Greater Speed – All flat joints in the Sta-SmoothSystem are filled and tapedwith any Sta-SmoothCompounds all in one easyoperation, the same as conventional gypsum boardapplication methods. Sta-Smooth Compounds or regular compounds can beused to tape inside corners,cornerbeads, and spot fasteners. Regular ProFormfinishing compounds orSta-Smooth compounds areused for the remainingfinishing coats.

Easier Handling – Theimproved edge designs onSta-Smooth Boards makeshandling easier with greatercomfort to the hands.

No Special Equipment – Allconventional fasteners,adhesives, and gypsumboard application tools (T-squares, knives, etc.) can beused to apply Sta-SmoothBoards. Nothing new tobuy.

Alignment – Sta-Smoothboard with its unique edge(either configuration)allows for easy alignmentof the boards in the sameway as conventionaltapered edge board. Thetaper is scientificallydesigned to reducecrowned joints.

Stronger Bond – The bondingarea of the Sta-SmoothJoint Compounds areincreased with the “V”edge boards. The Sta-Smooth Joint Compoundused to bond the joint tapeand fill the joints is a hardening-type, high density material with low shrinkage characteristics.

Strength – The Sta-Smoothjoint shape and the jointcompound are developedto provide greater massand integral bond forincreased strength. Sta-Smooth Joint Compoundsadd considerable strengthwhich is unaffected by the amount of moisturenormally introduced into astructure that could causeridging or beading withconventional joint compounds.

Cost – If application techniques are followed asrecommended, the Sta-Smooth System should costno more and can cost considerably less than conventional gypsumboard drywall jointfinishing. The initialsavings are immediatelydemonstrated with reducedtravel time that results fromthis perfected 2-trip, 3-stepjoint finishing system.Future cost savings will berealized with reduced callbacks.

Better Butt Joints –Recommended with the Sta-Smooth System is animproved technique forproviding a smoother, flatter, stronger butt joint.Although this techniquecould be used in conventional drywall work and produce betterbutt joints, it is furtherimproved by the use of thehigh strength Sta-SmoothCompound.

Page 70: NGCConstGuide.pdf

68 NATIONAL GYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS

SPECIFICATIONSRECOMMENDATIONS

THE FOLLOWING PARAGRAPHS ARE FOR INSERTION INTO SECTIONS OF GENERICSPECIFICATIONS OR GENERIC/PROPRIETARY SPECIFICATIONSCOVERING GYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS. THE NATIONAL GYPSUM PRODUCTNAME FOLLOWS THE GENERIC DESCRIPTION IN PARENTHESES.

PART 2 PRODUCTS2.01 MATERIALS

A. Gypsum Board: A gypsum core wall board surfaced with paper on front, back, and long edges and complying with ASTM C 1396 (Gold Bond BRAND Gypsum Board).1. Thickness: 1/2"2. Width: 4'3. Length: 6' through 16'4. Edge: Beveled Tapered (Sta-Smooth Edge)

B. Fire-Resistant Gypsum Board: A gypsum core wall board withadditives to enhance fire resistance of the core and surfaced with paper on front, back, and long edges and complying with ASTM C 1396, type X.1. Thickness: 1/2" (Gold Bond BRAND Fire-Shield C Gypsum Board), 5/8" (Gold Bond BRAND Fire-Shield Gypsum Board), or 5/8" (Gold Bond BRAND Fire-Shield C Gypsum Board)2. Width: 4'3. Length: 6' through 16'

(1/2" Fire-Shield C Gypsum Board,5/8" Fire-Shield C Gypsum Board)

Length: 8' through 14'(5/8" Fire-Shield C Gypsum Board)

4. Edge: Beveled Tapered (Sta-Smooth Edge)5. Edge: Rounded (Sta-Smooth Edge)

C. Exterior Gypsum Soffit Board: A gypsum core soffit board with additives to enhance the sag resistance of the core; surfaced with water repellent paper on front, back, and long edges; and complying with ASTM C 1396 (Gold Bond BRAND Exterior Soffit Board).

1. Thickness: 1/2"2. Width: 4'3. Length: 8' through 12'4. Edge: Beveled Tapered (Sta-Smooth Edge)

D. Fire-Resistant Exterior Gypsum Soffit Board: A gypsum core soffit board with additives to enhance the fire-resistance

and the sag resistance of the core; surfaced with water repellent paper on front, back, and long edges; and complying with ASTM C 1396, type X (Gold Bond BRAND Fire-Shield Exterior Soffit Board).1. Thickness: 5/8"2. Width: 4'3. Length: 8' through 12'4. Edge: Beveled Tapered (Sta-Smooth Edge)

PART 3 EXECUTION3.01 INSTALLATION

A. General: In accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations, National Gypsum Company “Gypsum Construction Guide.”

Note: Sta-Smooth Gypsum Board may be used with any of theGypsum Drywall Systems described in this GypsumConstruction Guide.

All specifications for the application of gypsum board asdescribed in this literature may also serve for the applicationof Sta-Smooth Boards. Any deviation from thesespecifications is as indicated below.

A. BOARD APPLICATION: Position each Sta-Smooth Board sothat the long edges are in light contact with the edges of theprevious boards. All boards positioned to form butt jointsshould have a gap approximately 1/16" between the boardends. This spacing can be assured by driving 2 extra fastenersat the end of the board to act as temporary spacers beforeabutting the next board. When the boards are fastened inplace, drive the temporary spacers flush with surface. Whengypsum board is applied horizontally, recess all butt joints onthe job by shimming the face of the studs (or joists), on bothsides of the studs (or joists), on which the joint will fall. Theshim can be pressed paper, thickness of building felt or other suitable materials not to exceed 1/16" thickness and as wide asthe stud or joist. It should be 6" longer than the butt joint andapplied to the face of the stud or joist with staples or nailsallowing the shim to extend under the edge of the abuttingboards of gypsum board to assure that the board facingsremain on the same plane.

B. CORNERS AND OPENINGS: All exterior corners and allopenings that require joint treatment should receive protective reinforcement of ProForm Multi-Flex Tape Bead orSteel Cornerbead or Steel Casing Bead as required.

C. TREATMENT OF JOINTS*: All flat Sta-Smooth gypsum boardjoints are taped with ProForm BRAND Sta-Smooth Compounds,making sure that a sufficient amount of compound is forcedinto the “V” joint and spread under the tape to form a solidfoundation for the finishing coats.**

1. As soon as the Sta-Smooth Joint Compound used for taping hashardened, the first finishing coat can be applied even whenthe Sta-Smooth Compound is still wet.

2. When the first finishing coat is completely dry the second finishing coat can be applied. Any of the ProForm JointCompounds may be used for the finishing coats.

3. Sta-Smooth Joint Compounds are recommended for the firstcoat on nail or screw heads. Regular finishing compoundsmay be used for subsequent spotting of the fasteners. Sta-Smooth Compounds are also recommended for the first coaton cornerbead and followed by one or more finishing coatsas required of regular ProForm Joint or Topping Compounds.

4. The inside corners may be treated with any of the ProFormJoint Treatment Compounds recommended for taping. If atwo-trip joint treatment operation is planned, the inside corners are taped with Sta-Smooth Joint Compounds. Thiswill permit finishing one side of the inside corners the firstday. Cornerbead is treated with Sta-Smooth Compounds if atwo-trip operation is employed.

*Alternate Method: When mechanical tools are to be used for taping joints, Sta-Smooth Compounds are used to fill the “V”joint only. Other ProForm Joint Compounds are then used tobed the tape and finish the joints. (See page 69.)

**Sta-Smooth, Sta-Smooth HS and Sta-Smooth Lite JointCompounds are recommended for pre-fill or tape/bed coatoperations in the Sta-Smooth system.

See page 63, Environmental Conditions and Limitations.

Page 71: NGCConstGuide.pdf

69NATIONAL GYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS

09

29

00

09 29 00/NGC

3. Second Finishing Coat

TAPING AND FINISHING WITH MECHANICAL TOOLSTaping – Taping tools such as the “banjo” and “hopper” types are recommended for

taping the flat joints with Sta-Smooth Compounds and the inside corners with ProFormregular joint compounds or with Sta-Smooth Compounds. Automatic taping tools arenot recommended for use with hardening-type compounds. Mechanical tools can beused for taping the inside corners when a ProForm regular joint compound is used.When automatic taping tools are used for taping the flat joints, the “V” formed by theedges of Sta-Smooth board on the flat joints and all spaces between the gypsum boardedges on butt joints are prefilled with Sta-Smooth Compounds and allowed to harden(30 minutes longer than the set time designated on the bag) prior to taping with aregular ProForm joint compound.

Finishing – Mechanical type finishing tools can be used in the normal manner for thefinishing operations of the Sta-Smooth System since conventional ProForm finishingcompounds are used.

MIXING INSTRUCTIONSProForm BRAND Sta-Smooth Compounds are available in 20, 45, 90 and 210 minute set

times. MIX NO MORE COMPOUND THAN CAN BE APPLIED IN THE DESIGNATEDSET TIME. Contact your National Gypsum Company Representative for availability. A plastic container is recommended because of its ease in cleaning between batches.Do not use a wood or aluminum bucket. Add the compound gradually to clean waterwhile stirring. Note: Use only fresh, clean water suitable for human consumption. Mix at the ratio of 13-14 pints of water to the 25 lb. bag. Mix the compound free oflumps with a mechanical mixer or by hand. Mechanical mixing is recommended.Allow to stand 5 minutes as a “wetting” period and remix to further improve theworking qualities. If a slightly thinner compound is desired, add an additional pint ofwater, or less, after the compound is thoroughly mixed.

INSTALLATION

APPLICATION AND FASTENINGSta-Smooth Boards may be nailed, screwed or adhesively applied to wood studs or

furring, or screwed or adhesively applied to steel studs or furring, using conventionaltype and length of fastener. All fasteners shall be applied a minimum of 3/8" (maximum 1/2") from the edges and ends of each board. Then treat the joints in three simple steps.

CONVENTIONAL TAPING AND FINISHING1. Fill Joint And Bed Tape SimultaneouslyAll flat gypsum board joints are to be filled and taped in one operation with ProForm

BRAND Sta-Smooth Compounds, using ProForm Paper Tape in the conventionalmanner. When Sta-Smooth HS tape is used, the self-adhering fiberglass mesh tape isfirmly pressed to the gypsum board, spanning the joints. Sta-Smooth Compounds canthen immediately be applied to the joints. The compound must be forced through thetape to fill the channel formed by the “V” edges of the Sta-Smooth gypsum board. Allinside corners may be taped using regular ProForm compounds. Sta-SmoothCompounds are used for the first coat on nail or screw heads and will decreaseproblems with fastener imperfections. Inside angles, first and second finishing coatsmay be done using regular ProForm joint compounds.

2. First Finishing CoatAs soon as the Sta-Smooth Compound used for taping has hardened, the first finishing

coat may be applied on the flat joints even before it is dry. Any ProFrom joint compound may be used for this operation. A second coat may be applied at this timeto nail or screw heads, one coat on cornerbead if Sta-Smooth Compound was used forthe first coat.

3. Second Finishing CoatAs soon as the compounds used for the previous steps have thoroughly dried, a second

finishing coat is applied to all flat joints using ProForm Joint Compound or ToppingCompound. A third coat is applied over nail or screw heads and on cornerbead asrequired. The unfinished side of the inside corners is also finished at this time.

STA-SMOOTH ROUND EDGE REQUIRES PRE-FILLING PRIOR TO BED & TAPINGApplication Instructions For Round Edge Sta-Smooth Gypsum Board1) Mix Sta-Smooth Joint Compound, Sta-Smooth Lite Joint Compound or Sta-Smooth HS

Joint Compound as per bag instructions. Care should be taken to mix no more compound than can be applied in the designated set time.

2) Pre-fill all joints formed by the abutting round edge Sta-Smooth Gypsum Boards withSta-Smooth Compound, Sta-Smooth Lite Joint Compound or Sta-Smooth HS JointCompounds using a conventional joint finishing knife. Fill joints, level and wipe offexcess compound to the lowest level of the taper, allowing enough room for embedding the tape. Allow prefill material to harden prior to application of tape andbed coat.

3) Finish joints in the normal manner.

Application And Fastening

1. Fill Joint And Bed TapeSimultaneously

2. First Finishing Coat

Page 72: NGCConstGuide.pdf

70 NATIONAL GYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS

RECOMMENDATIONSExposure to excessive or

continuous moisture andextreme temperatures shouldbe avoided. XP Gypsum Boardis not recommended where itwill be exposed to temperaturesexceeding 125˚F (52˚C) forextended periods of time.

Gold Bond® BRAND XP®

Gypsum Board panelsconsist of a fire-resistant,mold and moisture-resistant gypsum coreencased in heavymoisture/mold/mildewresistant, 100% recycledpurple paper on the faceand backsides. XP Gypsum Board wasdesigned to provide extraprotection against moldand mildew compared tostandard gypsum boardproducts. The face paper is folded around the longedges to reinforce andprotect the core, and theends are square-cut andfinished smooth. Longedges of panels aretapered. Tapered edgesallow joints to be treated inthe normal manner. Foroptimum mold andmildew resistance,National Gypsumrecommends ProFormBRAND XP Ready Mix orProForm BRAND Sta-Smooth/Sta-Smooth Litesetting compounds.

Gold Bond BRAND XP Fire-Shield® Gypsum Boardfeatures a type X core toprovide additional fireresistance ratings whenused in tested systems.

Gold Bond BRAND XP Fire-Shield C Gypsum BoardPanels have a speciallyformulated type X core toachieve superiorperformance when used inspecific fire-ratedassemblies where theweight and number ofgypsum board layers are aconcern.

DESCRIPTION

TECHNICAL DATA

Gold Bond® BRAND XP® Gypsum Board

FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGSFire resistance ratings represent

the results of tests on assemblies made up of specific materials in a specific configuration. Whenselecting constructiondesigns to meet certain fireresistance requirements, caution must be used to insure that each componentof the assembly is the onespecified in the test. Further,precaution should be takenthat assembly procedures arein accordance with those of the tested assembly.(For copies of specific tests,

SPECIFICATIONS

call 1-800-NATIONAL. Forfire safety information, seewww.nationalgypsum.com.)

MOLD AND MILDEWRESISTANCEXP Gypsum Board was

designed to provide extraprotection against moldand mildew compared tostandard gypsum boardproducts. When tested byan independent lab perASTM D3273 (“StandardTest Method forResistance to Growth ofMold on the Surface ofInterior Coatings in anEnvironmental Chamber”),XP Gypsum Boardachieved a score of 10,the best possible score forthis test.

The use of XP Gypsum Boardin actual installations maynot produce the sameresults as were achievedin controlled, laboratoryconditions. No materialcan be considered “mold-proof,” nor is it certainthat any material willresist mold or mildewindefinitely. When used inconjunction with gooddesign, handling andconstruction practices, XPGypsum Board canprovide increased moldresistance versus standardgypsum board products.As with any buildingmaterial, exposure duringhandling, storage, andinstallation, and afterinstallation is complete, isthe best way to avoid theformation of mold ormildew.

WEIGHTS1/2” Regular - 1.75 lbs/SF1/2” Type C - 1.95 lbs/SF5/8” Type X - 2.4 lbs/SFSURFACE BURNING

CHARACTERISTICSASTM E 84Flame spread: 15Smoke developed: 0

PART 2 PRODUCTSTHE FOLLOWING PARAGRAPHS ARE

FOR INSERTION INTO SECTIONSOF GENERIC SPECIFICATIONS ORGENERIC/PROPRIETARYSPECIFICATIONS COVERINGGYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS. THENATIONAL GYPSUM PRODUCTNAME FOLLOWS THE GENERICDESCRIPTION IN PARENTHESES.

2.01 MATERIALSA. Mold-Resistant Gypsum

Board: A gypsum core wallpanel with additives toenhance the water resistanceof the core; surfaced withmoisture/mold/mildewresistant paper on front,back and long edges andcomplying with ASTM C 1396 (Gold Bond BRANDXP Gypsum Board).1. Thickness: 1/2”2. Width: 4'3. Length: 8', 10' or 12'4. Edges: Square or

Tapered5. Mold and Mildew

Resistance: Panel scoreof 10 when tested in accordance with ASTMD 3273

B. Fire-Resistant Mold andMildew-Resistant GypsumBoard: A gypsum core wallpanel with additives toenhance the fire resistanceand water resistance of thecore; surfaced withmoisture/mold/mildewresistant paper on front,back and long edges andcomplying with ASTM C 1396, type X.1. Thickness: 1/2” (Gold

Bond BRAND XP Fire-Shield C Gypsum Board),5/8” (Gold Bond BRANDXP Fire-Shield Gypsum Board,) 5/8” (Gold BondBrand XP Fire-Shield CGypsum Board.)

2. Width: 4'3. Length: 8', 10', or 12'4. Edges: Square or

Tapered5. Mold and Mildew

Resistance: Panel scoreof 10 when tested in accordance with ASTMD 3273

PART 3 EXECUTION3.01 INSTALLATION

A. General: In accordance with the manufacturer’srecommendations, NationalGypsum Company “GypsumConstruction Guide.”

MAXIMUM FRAMING SPACING - For Single Layer XP Gypsum Board

Gypsum Board Gypsum Board MaximumThickness Orientation to Framing Framing Spacing

Ceilings: 1/2" (12.7mm) Parallel 16" (406mm) o.c.1/2" (12.7mm) Perpendicular 24" (610mm) o.c.5/8" (15.9mm) Parallel 16" (406mm) o.c.5/8" (15.9mm) Perpendicular 24" (610mm) o.c.

Walls: 1/2" (12.7mm) Perpendicular or Parallel 24” (610mm) o.c.5/8” (15.9mm) Perpendicular or Parallel 24” (610mm) o.c.

NOTE: On ceilings to receive hand or spray applied, water based texture material,XP Gypsum Board products shall be applied perpendicular to framing.

XP Gypsum Board can be used asa tile backer board in dry areasor areas with limited waterexposure such as directlybehind tile in tub and showerareas.

XP Gypsum Board can beinstalled on the interior southface of exterior walls.

XP Gypsum Board should not beused as a backer boarddirectly behind tile in tub andshower areas.

XP Gypsm Board should not beused in areas subject toconstant and/or excessivemoisture and high humiditysuch as gang showers, saunas,steam rooms and swimmingpool enclosures. PermaBaseBRAND cement board isrecommended for these areas.

XP Gypsum Board must bestored off the ground andunder cover. Sufficient risersmust be used to ensuresupport for the entire length ofthe gypsum board to preventsagging.

XP Gypsum Board must be keptdry to minimize the potentialfor mold growth. Adequatecare should be taken whiletransporting, storing, applyingand maintaining gypsumboard. For additionalinformation, refer to theGypsum Associationpublication, “Guidelines forthe Prevention of MoldGrowth on Gypsum Board”(GA-238-03), which isavailable at www.gypsum.orgunder the “Download FreeGypsum AssociationPublications” section.

DECORATIONFor best painting results, all

surfaces, including jointcompound, should be clean,dust-free and not glossy. Toimprove fastener and jointconcealment, a coat of aquality drywall primer isrecommended to equalizethe porosities between thepaper and joint compound.

The selection of a paint to givethe specified or desiredfinished characteristics is theresponsibility of the architector contractor.

XP Gypsum Board that is tohave a wallcovering appliedto it should be prepared andprimed as described forpainting.

Page 73: NGCConstGuide.pdf

71NATIONAL GYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS

09

29

00

09 29 00/NGC

DESCRIPTION

TECHNICAL DATA

Gold Bond® BRAND Exterior Soffit Board

Gold Bond® BRAND ExteriorSoffit Board is designed toprovide, in a fire-resistivegypsum board, the extraresistance to moisture andsagging required to meetoutdoor conditions. Thespecially treated gypsumcore is covered on bothsides with water-repellentpaper formed to the Sta-Smooth edge. Boards are1/2" (regular) and 5/8" (Fire-Shield) x 4' x 8' through 12'lengths.

1. WEIGHTS

1/2" Regular - 1.8 lbs/SF5/8" Type X - 2.2 lbs/SF

2. GENERALUse longest practical board

lengths to minimize thenumber of butt joints.Position end joints atsupports, allowing 1/16" to1/8" between butted ends.When board is appliedwith long edges parallel toframing, framing spacing is16" o.c. max. When boardis applied with long edgesperpendicular to framing,framing spacing may be up to 24" o.c. max. Drivefasteners to provideuniform dimples not over1/32" deep.

3. WOOD FRAMING AND FURRING

Apply Soffit Board with thelong edges at right angles toframing. Use Type “W” 1 1/4" Drywall Screwsspaced 12" o.c. max.Electric screw gun shouldbe equipped withadjustable depth controland a #2 Phillips bit. 1 1/2"galvanized box nails or 1 1/2" aluminum nailsspaced 7" o.c. max., maybe used if desired.

Wood furring 1" x 4" nom. may be used for screwapplication of board wheresupport member spacingdoes not exceed 24" o.c.Furring 2" x 2" nom. mustbe used for nail applicationof board or when supportmember spacing exceeds24" o.c. but is not greaterthan 48" o.c.

Typical uses for shelteredexterior ceiling and soffitareas are covered parkingareas, walkways andmarquees in commercialconstruction and, inresidential construction,carports, breezeways andopen porches.

4. METAL FRAMING AND FURRING

A suspended framework forsupport of the ceiling boardis composed of 1 1/2" cold-rolled steel channels formain runners and either theFurring Channel or theSteel Stud for cross-furring.

Space main runners asfollows: 4' o.c. max. ifFurring Channels are to beused, 6' o.c. max. for 2 1/2"Steel Studs, and 8' o.c. maxfor 3 5/8" Steel Studs. Mainrunners are suspended with8 gauge (min.) galvanizedwire spaced 4' o.c. max.

Secure Furring Channels tomain runners with 1 1/2"Furring Channel Clips,alternating sides at eachintersection, or saddle tiewith double strands of 16gauge galvanized tie wire.

Secure Steel Stud furring tomain runners with doublestrand 16 gauge tie wire16" o.c. max. For addedrigidity, nest an 8" length of track at each tie wirelocation.

Main runners and furring musthave a minimum clearancebetween their ends and anyabutting structural element.A main runner must belocated within 6" of parallelwalls. The ends of theserunners must be supportedby hangers not more than6" from the ends. Theclosest edge of the furringmember must be no morethan 2" from the parallelwall. At any openings forvents, light fixtures, etc.,that interrupt runners orfurring, reinforcement mustbe provided to maintain

support equal to that of theinterrupted members.

Apply Soffit Board with 1"Type “S” Screws, 12" o.c.max.

5. CONTROL JOINTSTo compensate for the effect

of structural movement onlarge ceiling areas, controljoints in the Ceiling/SoffitBoard are recommended.These should be E-Z StripExpansion Joints.

Install E-Z Strip with 1/2" min.staples 6" o.c. Useadditional staples ifnecessary for snug contactwith board. Install joints nomore than 30' apart and, ifpossible, to coincide withexpansion joints in the roofabove. Control joints maybe installed to intersectlight fixture or otheropenings where stresses areusually concentrated.Wings of “L”, “U”, and “I”shaped areas should alwaysbe separated.

6. INTERSECTION WITH OTHER BUILDING ELEMENTS

Allow a minimum 1/4" spacebetween ceiling board andany intersecting structure.Do not caulk this space.Install suitable trimmoulding to conceal thegap or use J Casing Beadand flexible sealant .

7. BOARD EDGE PROTECTION

Install fascia so that its dripline is at least 1/4" belowthe Ceiling Soffit Boardmolding.

8. VENTILATIONProvide at least 1 sq. ft. of

venting to exterior for each150 sq. ft. of Ceiling/SoffitBoard. Vent each enclosedbay. If the space above theceiling board is not open toareas above or belowhabitable rooms, provideventilating area of not lessthan 1/300 of the ceilingarea. Otherwise, vent inaccordance with HUDMinimum PropertyStandard No. 4900.1 or inaccordance with localcodes.

9. JOINT TREATMENTProForm BRAND Sta-Smooth

Joint Compound is requiredfor filling, taping andfinishing. Since Sta-Smoothis a setting material, cut anyhigh points while still wetand wet sand as necessary.

10. PAINTINGThe surface of the Soffit Board

should be painted with twocoats of exterior paint assoon as joint compound isdry, about one week afterjoints are completed.

Page 74: NGCConstGuide.pdf

72 NATIONAL GYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS

SPECIFICATIONS

THE FOLLOWING PARAGRAPHS ARE FOR INSERTION INTO SECTIONSOF GENERIC SPECIFICATIONS OR GENERIC/PROPRIETARYSPECIFICATIONS COVERING GYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS. THENATIONAL GYPSUM PRODUCT NAME FOLLOWS THE GENERICDESCRIPTION IN PARENTHESES.PART 2 PRODUCTS2.01 MATERIALS

A. Exterior Gypsum Soffit Board: A gypsum core soffitboard with additives to enhance the sag resistanceof the core; surfaced with water repellent paper onfront, back, and long edges; and complying withASTM C 1396 (Gold Bond BRAND Exterior SoffitBoard).1. Thickness: 1/2"2. Width: 4'3. Length: 8' through 12'4. Edges: Beveled Tapered (Sta-Smooth Edge)

B. Fire-Resistant Exterior Gypsum Soffit Board: Agypsum core soffit board with additives to enhancethe fire resistance of the core; surfaced with waterrepellent paper on front, back, and long edges; andcomplying with ASTM C 1396, type X (Gold BondBRAND Fire-Shield Exterior Soffit Board).1. Thickness: 5/8"2. Width: 4'3. Length: 8' through 12'4. Edges: Beveled Tapered (Sta-Smooth Edge)

PART 3 EXECUTION3.01 INSTALLATION

A. General: In accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations, National Gypsum Company “Gypsum Construction Guide.”

1 1/2" C.R. CHANNELHANGERS 48" O.C. MAX.

CEILING/SOFFIT BOARDFURRINGCHANNEL

FURRINGCHANNEL CLIP

RECOMMENDATIONS

INSTALLATION

DETAILS

VENTILATION

VENTILATOR"A"

TO ROOF VENT

VIEW "A"

1/4"

1/4"

EXTERIOR SOFFIT BOARD VENTILATION09250A

Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"

CONTROL JOINT09250B

Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"

FLEXIBLE SEALANT

J CASING BEAD

Installation of Gold Bond Exterior Soffit Board should be inaccordance with page 70 of the National Gypsum Company“Gypsum Construction Guide.”

A qualified structural engineer should evaluate design, includinguplift bracing.

See page 63, Environmental Conditions and Limitations.

Page 75: NGCConstGuide.pdf

73NATIONAL GYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS

09

29

00

09 29 00/NGC

DESCRIPTION

Gold Bond® BRAND 1" Fire-Shield® Shaftliner

TECHNICAL DATA

Gold Bond® BRAND 1" Fire-Shield Shaftliner panelsconsist of a fire-resistanttype X gypsum coreencased in a heavymoisture-resistant green,100% recycled paper onthe face and back sides.The face paper is foldedaround the long edges toreinforce and protect thecore, and the ends aresquare-cut and finishedsmooth. Long edges ofpanels are beveled for easeof installation.

1" Shaftliner panels aredesigned to be used toconstruct lightweight firebarriers for cavity shaftsand area separation wallsin multifamily housing. Thepanels are key componentsin the Cavity ShaftwallSystems and the I-Studand H-Stud AreaSeparation Wall Systems.

SURFACE BURNINGCHARACTERISTICS

ASTM E84Flame Spread: 15Smoke Developed: 0

WEIGHTS1" Shaftliner - 3.75 lbs/SF

FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGSFire resistance ratings repre-

sent the results of tests onassemblies made up ofmaterials authorized byNational Gypsum in specificconfigurations. When selecting construction designs to meet certain fire requirements, caution must be used to ensure that each component of the assembly is the one specified in the test.

Further, precaution should be taken that assembly procedures are in accor-dance with those of the tested assembly. (For copies of specific tests, call 1-800-NATIONAL.)

THE FOLLOWING PARAGRAPHS AREFOR INSERTION INTO SECTIONSOF GENERIC SPECIFICATIONS ORGENERIC/PROPRIETARYSPECIFICATIONS COVERINGGYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS.THE NATIONAL GYPSUMPRODUCT NAME FOLLOWS THEGENERIC DESCRIPTION INPARENTHESES.

PART 2 PRODUCTS2.01 MATERIALSA. Fire-Resistant Gypsum

Shaftliner Board: A gypsum core shaftwall board with additives toenhance fire resistance ofthe core and surfaced withwater resistant paper onfront, back and long edges; and complying withASTM C 1396, type X (Gold Bond BRAND Fire-Shield Shaftliner).1. Thickness: 1"2. Width: 2'3. Length: 7' through 14'4. Edges: Beveled

SPECIFICATIONS

PART 3 EXECUTION3.01 INSTALLATION

A. General: In accordancewith the manufacturer’srecommendations,National Gypsum Company “GypsumConstruction Guide.”

RECOMMENDATIONS

Installation of 1" Fire-ShieldShaftliner should beconsistent with methodsdescribed in specificapplication details for CavityShaftwall Systems or H-StudArea Separation WallSystems or other fire-rateddesigns shown in NationalGypsum Company “GypsumConstruction Guide.”

Exposure to excessive orcontinuous moisture or standing water and extreme temperatures should be avoided.

To prevent weakening due to calcining, 1" Fire-Shield Shaftliner panels, like any gypsum board, should not be exposed to temperatures over 125˚F (52˚C) for extended periods of time.

Not to be used in an unlined air supply duct.

Always store Shaftliner GypsumPanels flat on a level surfaceand support with properlyplaced risers. Care should betaken to avoid impact,unwarranted flexing andsubsequent damage to boardedges, ends and corners.

Page 76: NGCConstGuide.pdf

74 NATIONAL GYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS

DESCRIPTION

Gold Bond® BRAND 1" Fire-Shield® Shaftliner XP®

TECHNICAL DATA

Shaftliner XP™ Gypsum Panelsconsist of a mold and fire-resistant type X gypsumcore encased in a heavymoisture/mold/mildew-resistant, 100% recycledpurple paper on the faceand back sides. ShaftlinerXP was designed toprovide extra protectionagainst mold and mildew.The face paper is foldedaround the long edges toreinforce and protect thecore, and the ends aresquare-cut and finishedsmooth. Long edges ofpanels are beveled for ease of installation.

1" Shaftliner XP Panels aredesigned to be used toconstruct lightweight firebarriers for cavity shaftwalls and area separationwalls in multifamilyhousing. The panels arekey components in CavityShaftwall Systems and H-Stud Area SeparationWall Systems.

SURFACE BURNINGCHARACTERISTICS

ASTM E84Flame Spread: 15Smoke Developed: 0

WEIGHT1" XP - 3.75 lbs/SF

FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGSFire resistance ratings repre-

sent the results of tests onassemblies made up ofmaterials authorized byNational Gypsum in specific configurations. When selecting contruc-tion designs to meet certainfire requirements, caution must be used to ensure thateach component of theassembly is the one specified in the test. Further, precaution should be taken that assembly procedures are in accordance with those of the tested assembly.(For copies of specific tests,call 1-800-NATIONAL)

MOLD AND MILDEWRESISTANCEShaftliner XP was designed to

provide extra protection against mold and mildew.

When tested by anindependent lab per ASTMD3273 (Standard TestMethod for Resistance toGrowth of Mold on theSurface of Interior Coatingsin an EnvironmentalChamber), Shaftliner XPachieved a score of 10, thebest possible score for thistest.

The use of Shaftliner XP inactual installations may notproduce the same results aswere achieved incontrolled, laboratoryconditions. No material canbe considered “mold proof,”nor is it certain that anymaterial will resist moldindefinitely. When used inconjunction with gooddesign, handling andconstruction practices,Shaftliner XP can provideincreased mold resistanceversus standard shaftlinerproducts. As with anybuilding material, avoidingwater exposure duringhandling, storage andinstallation, and afterinstallation is complete, isthe best way to avoid theformation of mold ormildew.

RECOMMENDATIONS

Installation of 1" Shaftliner XPGypsum Panels should beconsistent with methodsdescribed in specificapplication details forCavity Shaftwall Systems, orH-Stud Area Separation WallSystems, or other fire-rateddesigns shown in NationalGypsum Company “GypsumConstruction Guide.”Exposure to excessive or continuous moisture orstanding water and extreme temperatures shouldbe avoided.To prevent weakening dueto calcining, 1" Fire-ShieldShaftliner panels, like anygypsum board, should notbe exposed to temperaturesover 125˚F (52˚C) forextended periods of time.Not to be used in an unlinedair supply duct.Always store Shaftliner XPGypsum Panels flat on alevel surface, and supportwith properly placed risers. to Growth of Mold on theSurface of Interior Coatings.

THE FOLLOWING PARAGRAPHS AREFOR INSERTION INTO SECTIONSOF GENERIC SPECIFICATIONS ORGENERIC/PROPRIETARYSPECIFICATIONS COVERINGGYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS.THE NATIONAL GYPSUMPRODUCT NAME FOLLOWS THEGENERIC DESCRIPTION INPARENTHESES.

PART 2 PRODUCTS2.01 MATERIALSA. Fire and Mold-Resistant

Gypsum Shaftliner Board:A gypsum core shaftwallboard with additives toenhance fire resistance ofthe core and surfaced witha moisture/mold/mildewresistant paper on front,back and long edges; andcomplying with ASTMC1396, Type X (GoldBond BRAND Fire-ShieldShaftliner XP).1. Thickness: 1"2. Width: 2'3. Length: 7' through 14'4. Edges: Beveled5. Mold and Mildew

Resistance: Panel scoreof 10 when tested in accordance withASTM D3273.

SPECIFICATIONS

PART 3 EXECUTION3.01 INSTALLATION

A. General: In accordancewith the manufacturer’srecommendations,National GypsumCompany “GypsumConstruction Guide.”

Care should be taken toavoid impact, unwarrantedflexing and subsequentdamage to board edges,ends and corners.Shaftliner XP may besubstituted for NationalGypsum’s Gold BoldBRAND Fire-Shield Shaftlinerin Cavity Shaftwall, AreaSeparation Wall Systemsand solid laminatedpartitions.

Page 77: NGCConstGuide.pdf

75NATIONAL GYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS

09

29

00

09 29 00/NGC

DESCRIPTION

Gold Bond® BRAND High Flex® Gypsum Board

TECHNICAL DATA

Gold Bond BRAND High FlexGypsum Board consists ofa fire-resistive gypsum coreencased in heavy natural-finish paper on the faceside and strong liner paperon the back side. The facepaper is folded around thelong edges to reinforceand protect the core andthe ends are square-cutand finished smooth. Longedges of boards are slightlytapered, allowing joints tobe reinforced andconcealed with ProFormJoint Tape and JointTreatment Compounds.

1/4" High Flex Gypsum Boardis specifically designed forradius construction such ascurved walls, archwaysand stairways. It can beused for both concave andconvex surfaces. 1/4" HighFlex is typically applied indouble layers.

1/4" High Flex Gypsum Boardis a lightweight, cost-efficient material thatreadily accepts a widerange of decorativefinishes.

1/4" High Flex Gypsum Boardis easily cut for quickinstallation, permittingpainting or otherdecoration and theinstallation of metal orwood trim almostimmediately.

The gypsum core is non-combustible.

With joints reinforced byProForm BRAND JointCompounds, Gold BondGypsum Board forms wallsand ceilings exceptionallyresistant to cracks causedby structural and thermalchanges.

Expansion and contractionunder normal atmosphericchanges is negligible.

RECOMMENDATIONS

Installation of Gold Bond BRANDgypsum board should beconsistent with methodsdescribed in GA216

“RecommendedSpecifications for theApplication of GypsumBoard,” ASTM C 840,“Standard Specifications forApplication and Finishing ofGypsum Board,” andGA214, “RecommendedLevels of Gypsum BoardFinish.”

Exposure to extremetemperatures should beavoided. 1/4" High FlexGypsum Board is notrecommended where it willbe exposed to temperaturesexceeding 125˚F.

Installing 1/4" High FlexGypsum Board over aninsulating blanket, installedcontinuously across the faceof the framing members, isnot recommended. Blanketsshould be recessed andflanges attached to the sidesof the studs or joists.

For best painting results, allsurfaces, including jointcompound, should beclean, dust-free and notglossy. To improve fastenerand joint concealment, acoat of a quality latexprimer is recommended toequalize the absorptionbetween surface paper andjoint compound.

1/4" High Flex Gypsum Boardshould be applied first toceiling at right angles toframing members, then towalls. Boards of maximumpractical length should beused so that an absoluteminimum number of endjoints occur. Board edgesshould be brought intocontact with each other butshould not be forced intoplace.

1/4" High Flex Gypsum Boardis significantly more flexiblein the vertical direction(long edges parallel to theframing) than in thehorizontal direction. (SeeTable 1.)

Gypsum board joints atopenings should be locatedso that no end joint willalign with edges of openingsunless control joints will beinstalled at these points. Endjoints should be staggered,and joints on opposite sidesof a partition should notoccur on the same stud.

1/4" High Flex Gypsum Boardis typically installed indouble layer construction.To prevent flat spots,framing members should be

MINIMUM BENDING RADII FOR 1/4" HIGH FLEX GYPSUM BOARD

Lengthwise Widthwise

Bend Max. Stud Bend Max. StudApplication Radii Spacing Radii Spacing

Inside (Concave) Dry 32" 9" o.c. 20" 9" o.c.

Outside (Convex) Dry 30" 9" o.c. 15" 8" o.c.

Inside (Concave) Wet 20" 9" o.c. 10" 6" o.c.

Outside (Convex) Wet 14" 6" o.c. 7" 5" o.c.

Lengthwise denotes long edges perpendicular to the framingmembers. Widthwise denotes long edges parallel to the framingmembers. The values listed in Table 1 were achieved at 65° F and45% relative humidity. Lower temperatures and lower humiditywill decrease the flexibility.

Wetting the board is only required on extremely tight radii, or whentemperature and humidity conditions are lower than 65° F and45% relative humidity. When wetting the board, apply 10-15ounces of clean water per side with a paint roller or sprayer.Allow to soak 10-15 minutes before bending.

Table 1

spaced closer together thanrequired for typical flat walland ceiling surfaces (seeTable 1). 1/4" High FlexGypsum Board should beheld in firm contact withthe framing member whilefasteners are being driven.

For concave surfaces, a stopshall be applied to one endof the curve to restrain oneend or edge of the boardduring installation. Pressureshall be applied to theunrestrained end or edge ofthe gypsum board forcingthe field of the gypsumboard into firm contactwith the framing. Gypsumboard shall be fastened byworking from the“stopped” end or edge. Thegypsum board shall be heldtightly against the framingwhile fasteners are beingdriven.

For convex surfaces, one endof the gypsum board shallbe attached to the framingwith nails or screws. Thegypsum board shall beprogressively pushed intocontact with the framingmembers, working fromthe fixed end to the freeend. The gypsum boardshall be held tightly againsteach framing memberwhile fasteners are beingdriven.

Fasteners should be set withthe heads slightly belowthe surface of the gypsumboard in a dimple formedby the hammer or powerscrewdriver. Care shouldbe taken to avoid breakingthe face paper of thegypsum board. Improperlydriven nails or screwsshould be removed.

SURFACE BURNINGCHARACTERISTICS

ASTM E 84Flame spread: 15Smoke developed: 0

WEIGHT1/4" High Flex - .95 lbs/SF

Page 78: NGCConstGuide.pdf

76 NATIONAL GYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS

SPECIFICATIONS

THE FOLLOWING PARAGRAPHS AREFOR INSERTION INTO SECTIONSOF GENERIC SPECIFICATIONS ORGENERIC/PROPRIETARYSPECIFICATIONS COVERINGGYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS.THE NATIONAL GYPSUMPRODUCT NAME FOLLOWS THEGENERIC DESCRIPTION INPARENTHESES.

PART 2 PRODUCTS2.01 MATERIALS

A. Flexible Gypsum Board:A gypsum core wallboard with additives toenhance flexibilitysurfaced with paper onfront, back and longedges and complyingwith ASTM C 1396.(High Flex BRANDGypsum Board).

1. Thickness: 1/4" 2. Width: 4' 3. Length: 8' through 12' 4. Edges: Slightly tapered

PART 3 EXECUTION3.01 INSTALLATION

A. General: In accordancewith the manufacturer’s recommendations,National GypsumCompany “Gypsum Construction Guide.”

Page 79: NGCConstGuide.pdf

77NATIONAL GYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS

09

29

00

09 29 00/NGC

DESCRIPTION

Gold Bond® BRAND High Strength Ceiling Board

TECHNICAL DATA

Gold Bond BRAND HighStrength Ceiling Board is aspecialty gypsum board withincreased uniformity andintegrity of its gypsum core,making its sag resistanceequivalent to 5/8" type Xgypsum board.

1/2" High Strength CeilingBoard is specificallydesigned for ceilings whereframing members are spacedup to 24" o.c. and a water-based texture will be used.

1/2" High Strength CeilingBoard is availablenationwide as a stockeditem at all National Gypsumplants.

Excellent working character-istics, improved score andsnap properties reduce theneed for rasping.

Excellent sag resistance.Witnessed test results showoverall sag on testedassembly to be equivalent to5/8" type X gypsum board.Test report available uponrequest.

Eliminates need for two boardsizes on the job. Scrap fromceiling is reduced since thismaterial also can be used onthe walls.

RECOMMENDATIONS

SPECIFICATIONS

THE FOLLOWING PARAGRAPHS AREFOR INSERTION INTO SECTIONSOF GENERIC SPECIFICATIONS ORGENERIC/PROPRIETARYSPECIFICATIONS COVERINGGYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS.THE NATIONAL GYPSUMPRODUCT NAME FOLLOWS THEGENERIC DESCRIPTION INPARENTHESES.

PART 2 PRODUCTS2.01 MATERIALS

A. Gypsum Ceiling Board:A gypsum core ceilingboard with additives toenhance the sagresistance of the coreand surfaced with paperon front, back, and longedges, complying with ASTM C 1396 andFederal specification

In independent tests, HighStrength Ceiling Boardexhibited an average sag ofonly .033 (approx. 1/32")on joists spaced 24" oncenter with a spray textureapplied. This test wasconducted over one monthat temperatures between66˚-79˚F (19˚C-26˚C) andrelative humidities between30%-60%. (Reference: PSIreport #722600-R71 March25, 1991)

Under the strict ASTM C-473Physical Testing forHumidified Deflection,Gold Bond BRAND 1/2"High Strength CeilingBoard exhibited sag-resistant properties equal to5/8" type X gypsum board.

SURFACE BURNINGCHARACTERISTICS

ASTM E 84Flame spread index: 15Smoke developed: 0

WEIGHT1/2" Hi Strength - 1.8 lbs/SF

Installation of Gold Bond BRANDGypsum Board should beconsistent with methodsdescribed in, GA216,“RecommendedSpecifications for theApplication of GypsumBoard,” ASTM C 840,“Standard Specification forApplication and Finishing ofGypsum Board.”

Not recommended in areas ofcontinuous high humiditysuch as saunas, steamrooms, gang shower rooms,and indoor pool enclosures.Prime with sealing latexprimer and allow to drythoroughly. Apply insulationand polyethylene vaporbarrier (if used) beforeinstalling ceiling board.Insulation not to exceed 2.2lbs./square foot (10.7 kg/m2).Adequate ventilationrequired.

1/2" High Strength CeilingBoard must be stored off theground and under cover.Sufficient risers must beused to ensure support forthe entire length of thegypsum board to preventsagging.

Not to be exposed totemperatures exceeding125˚F (52˚C) for extendedperiods of time.

Installing gypsum board overan insulating blanket,installed continuously acrossthe face of the framingmembers, is notrecommended. Blanketsshould be recessed andflanges attached to the sidesof the studs or joists.

DECORATIONFor best painting results, all

surfaces, including jointcompound, should be clean,dust-free and not glossy. Toimprove fastener and jointconcealment, a coat of aquality primer isrecommended to equalizethe porosities betweensurface paper and jointcompound. Drywall primeris a product speciallyformulated for this purpose.

The selection of a paint to givethe specified or desiredfinished characteristics is theresponsibility of thearchitect or contractor.

Gypsum board that is to have awallcovering applied to itshould be prepared andprimed as described forpainting.

Gypsum Association GA-214,Recommended Specificationfor Levels of Gypsum BoardFinish, should be referred toin order to determine thelevel of finishing needed toensure a surface properlyprepared to accept thedesired decoration.

SS-L-30D type III, Grade R, Class 1. (Gold

Bond BRAND High StrengthCeiling Board).1. Thickness: 1/2" 2. Width: 4' 3. Length: 6' through 16' 4. Edge: Tapered

PART 3 EXECUTION3.01 INSTALLATION

A. General: In accordancewith the manufacturer’s recommendations,National GypsumCompany “Gypsum Construction Guide.”

Page 80: NGCConstGuide.pdf

78 NATIONAL GYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS

0.230

0.132

0.000

0.050

0.100

0.150

0.200

0.250

0.300

0.350

0.400

0

50

100

150

200

250

300

120

210

Walls and ceilings in school corridors and cafeterias are idealapplications for Gold Bond® BRAND Hi-Abuse XP® Gypsum Board.

Gold Bond® BRAND Hi-Abuse XP® Gypsum Board panels consist of a mold and fire resistant type x gypsum core encased in heavy mooth abrasion resistant, moisture, mold/mildew-resistant, 100% recycled purple paper on the face side and heavy mold/mildew-resistant liner paper on the back side. Hi-Abuse XP Gypsum Board is designed to provide extra protection against mold and mildew compared to standard gypsum board products. The panels feature a specifically formulated core to provide greater resistance to surface indentation and impact than fiber-reinforced gypsum panels. Long edges of the panels are tapered. Tapered edges allow joints to be treated in the normal manner. For optimum mold and mildew resistance, National Gypsum recommends ProForm BRAND XP Ready Mix, or Sta-Smooth/Sta-Smooth Litesetting compounds.

TECHNICAL DATA

Surface Abrasion TestASTM – D 4977 (Modified)

5/8" 5/8" Gypsum BoardHi-Abuse XP Type X

Mean Depth Abrasion 0.009 in. 0.576 in.

Performance Classification Level 3 Does Not Qualify

Procedure Summary – A sample is laid flat and subjected to 50 abrasion cycles of a wire brushwith additional 25 lbs. weight. The depth of abrasion in three consecutive samples is measured andreported as a mean depth of abrasion in inches. This test measures the ability of a panel to withstandsurface scuffs and abrasions.

Surface Abrasion TestASTM-D 4977 (Modified)

5/8" Hi-Abuse XP

Surface Indentation Resistance Modified ASTM – D 5420 (Gardner Impact)

5/8" 5/8" Gypsum Board Hi-Abuse XP Type X

Mean Depth of indentation 0.132 in. 0.230 in.Performance Classification Level 1 Does Not Qualify

Procedure Summary – A sample is laid flat and impacted by a 5/8" hemispherical rod raised toheight that provides 72 in.-lbs. of impact energy. The depth of the indentation is measured from three board samples and reported as a mean depth of indentation in inches. This test measures theability for a panel to resist dents.

Dept

h of

Inde

ntat

ion

(in.)

5/8" Hi-Abuse XP

Surface Indentation TestASTM-D 5420

Single Drop Soft Body Impact Test Modified ASTM – E 695 (Modified)

5/8" 5/8" Gypsum Board Hi-Abuse XP Type X

Ft.-Lbs. required to penetrate 210 120

Performance Classification Level 2 Level 1

Procedure Summary – This test is conducted with a leather bag loaded with steel pellets to aweight of 60 lbs. The bag is suspended by a rope and dropped at an angular distance untilspecimen is impacted.

Single Drop Soft Body TestASTM -E 695 (Modified)

Impa

ct F

orce

in ft

.lbs.

5/8" Hi-Abuse XP

DESCRIPTION

5/8" Gypsum Board, Type X

Dept

h of

Abr

astio

n (in

.)

5/8" Gypsum Board, Type X5/8" Gypsum Board, Type X

Gold Bond® BRAND Hi-Abuse XP® Gypsum Board

Page 81: NGCConstGuide.pdf

79NATIONAL GYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS

09

29

00

09 29 00/NGC

Installation of Hi-Abuse XPGypsum Board should be consistent with methods described in the standards references noted. For bestperformance, use verticalapplication.

GridMarX®

Hi-Abuse® BRAND XP GypsumBoard comes standard with GridMarX® guide marksprinted on the paper surface.These guide marks align withstandard building dimen-sions and help to quicklyidentify fastener lines for studand joist framing. Using GridMarX, accurate cuts canbe made without having to draw lines. The use of GridMarX also provides quick identification and uniform nail/screw patterns.

GridMarX guide marks run themachine direction of the board at five points in 4"increments. Marks run alongthe edge in both tapers andand at 16", 24" and 32" in the field of the board. The marks cover easily with nobleed-through using stand-ard products.

Vertical Application - In a vertical application, GridMarX serves as a guide mark to help identify the exact location of framingmembers behind the gypsumboard, eliminating the needfor field-applied vertical lines.

Horizontal Application - In a horizontal application,GridMarX serves as a reference mark to helpidentify the location of framing members behind the gypsum board. (If framingmember is located 2" to the right of the GridMarX at thetop edge of the board, it willbe located 2" to the rightdown the face of the board.)

Provides greater resistance to surface abuse, indentationand impact than fiber-rein-forced gypsum panels.

Hi-Abuse XP smooth facepaper is highly resistant toscuffing when sandinggypsum board joints and fasteners providing a superior surface for deco-ration.

Hi-Abuse XP Gypsum Board iseasily scored and snappedfor quick installation. Open-ings and outlet boxes arecut out in same manner asregular gypsum board.

RECOMMENDATIONSSURFACE BURNINGCHARACTERISTICS

ASTM E 84Flame spread (Face): 15Smoke developed: 0

WEIGHT

1/2" Hi-Abuse XP - 2.4 lbs/SF5/8" Type X Hi-Abuse - 2.8 lbs/SF

FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGSFire resistance ratings represent

the results of tests on assem-blies made up of specificmaterials in a specific con-figuration. When selectingconstruction designs to meetcertain fire resistance re-quirements, caution must beused to ensure that each component of the assemblyis the one specified in the test. Further, precautionshould be taken that assem-bly procedures are in accor-dance with those of thetested assembly. (For copiesof specific tests, call1-800-NATIONAL.)

MOLD AND MILDEWRESISTANCEHi-Abuse® BRAND XP Gypsum

Board has been designed toprovide extra protectionagainst mold and mildewcompared to standardgypsum board products.When tested by anindependent lab per ASTMD3273 (“Standard TestMethod for Resistance toGrowth of Mold On theSurface of Interior Coatings inan Environmental Chamber”),Hi-Abuse XP Gypsum Boardachieved a score of 10, thebest possible score for thistest.

The use of Hi-Abuse XPGypsum Board in actualinstallations may not produce the same results as were achieved in controlled,laboratory conditions. Nomaterial can be considered“mold proof,” nor is itcertain any material willresist mold or mildewindefinitely. When used in conjunction with gooddesign, handling andconstruction practices, Hi-Abuse XP Gypsum Boardcan provide increased moldresistance versus standardgypsum board products. Aswith any building material,avoiding water exposureduring handling, storage andinstallation, and afterinstallation is complete, isthe best way to avoid theformation of mold ormildew.

Minimum bending radii for5/8" Hi-Abuse XP Gypsum Board is 20'-0" applied lengthwise perpendicular to framing spaced not greater than 12" on center.

Lightweight, cost-efficientmaterial that readily accepts a wide range of decorativefinishes.

The gypsum core will notsupport combustion ortransmit temperatures great-ly in excess of 212˚F (100˚C)until completely calcined, aslow process.

Expansion and contraction under normal atmosphericchanges are negligible.

Hi-Abuse XP 5/8" Fire-Shieldpanels may be used where Type X gypsum panels arespecified in fire-rated walland floor-ceiling assemblies(i.e. UL, U300, U400, V400and L500 series.)

Exposure to excessive or continuous moisture andextreme temperatures shouldbe avoided. Hi-Abuse XPGypsum Board is not recom-mended where it will beexposed to temperaturesexceeding 125˚F (52˚C) forextended periods of time.

Hi-Abuse XP Gypsum Board shall not be used where there will be direct exposureto water or continuous highhumidity conditions, such asfound in tub and showerenclosures, saunas, steamrooms and gang showers. Ifthe area is to be exposed towater or continuous highhumidity, National Gypsum’s PermaBase®

BRAND Cement Board shouldbe used.

Hi-Abuse XP Gypsum Board must be stored off the ground and under cover. Sufficient risers mustbe used to ensure supportfor the entire length of thegypsum board to preventsagging.

Page 82: NGCConstGuide.pdf

80 NATIONAL GYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS

DECORATIONFor best painting results, all sur-

faces, including joint com-pound, should be clean,dust-free and not glossy. Toimprove fastener and jointconcealment, a coat of a quality drywall primer is re-commended to equalize theporosities between surfaceand joint compound.

The selection of a paint to givethe specified or desired finished characteristics is theresponsibility of the architector contractor.

Hi-Abuse XP Gypsum Board that is to have a wall covering applied to it shouldbe prepared and primed as described for painting.

Gypsum Association GA-214,“Recommended Specifica-tions for Levels of GypsumBoard Finish,” should be re-ferred to in order to deter-mine the level of finishingneeded to ensure a surfaceproperly prepared to acceptthe desired decoration.

PART 2 PRODUCTS2.01 MATERIALSA.Fire, Abuse and Mold

Resistant Gypsum Board: A gypsum core wall panel with additives to enhance fire resistance, surface indentation resistance and impact resistance of the core and surfaced with abra-sion, moisture/mold/mildewresistant paper on front, back and long edges; and complying with ASTM C 1396 Type X (Hi-Abuse BRAND XP Fire-Shield Gypsum Board).1. Thickness: 5/8"2. Width: 4'3. Length: 8' through 12'4. Edges: Tapered5. Surface Abrasion Resis-

tance: Not greater than0.009 depth when testedat 50 cycles in accord-ance with ASTM D 4977,modified.

6. Indentation Resistance:Not greater than 0.132"depth when tested at animpact load of 72 in.-lbs.

SPECIFICATIONS

In accordance with ASTMD 5420.

7. Impact/Penetration Resist-ance: Not less than 210ft.-lbs. required to penetrate when tested in accordance with ASTM E 695, modified.

8. Mold/Mildew Resistance:Panel score of 10 when tested in accordance withASTM D 3273.

PART 3 EXECUTION3.01 INSTALLATIONA. General: In accordance

with the manufacturer’srecommendations, National Gypsum Company“Gypsum Construction Guide.”

Hi-Abuse XP Gypsum Board must be kept dry to mini-mize the potential for moldgrowth. Adequate care should be taken while trans-porting, storing, applying and maintaining gypsumboard. For additionalinformation, refer to theGypsum Association pub-lication, “Guidelines forthe Prevention of MoldGrowth on Gypsum Board”(GA-238-03), whichis available at www.gypsum.org under the“Download Free GypsumAssociation Publications”section.

THE FOLLOWING PARAGRAPHS AREFOR INSERTIONS INTO SECTIONSOF GENERIC SPECIFICATIONS ORGENERIC/PROPRIETARY SPECIFI-CATIONS COVERING GYPSUMBOARD PRODUCTS. THENATIONAL GYPSUM PRODUCTNAME FOLLOWS THE GENERICDESCRIPTION IN PARENTHESES.

Page 83: NGCConstGuide.pdf

NATIONAL GYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS 81

09

29

00

09 29 00/NGC

0.230

0.114

0.000

0.050

0.100

0.150

0.200

0.250

0.300

0.350

0.400

120

> 540 *

0

100

200

300

400

500

600

DESCRIPTION

Gold Bond® BRAND Hi-Impact XP® Gypsum Board panels consist of a mold, moisture and fire resistant type X gypsum core encased in heavy, smooth, abrasion-resistant, mold/mildew-resistant, 100% recycled purple paper on the face side and heavy mold/mildew resistant liner paper on the back side. A fiberglass mesh is embedded in the core, close to the back of the board to provide additional impact/penetration resistance.Hi-Impact XP Gypsum Board features a specially formulated core to provide fire resistance ratings when used in tested systems in addition to providing extra protection against moldand mildew compared to standard gypsum board products. Long edges of panels are tapered. Tapered edges allow joints to be treated in the normal manner. For optimum mold and mildew resistance, National Gypsum recommends ProForm BRAND XP Ready Mix, or Sta-Smooth/Sta-Smooth Litecompounds.

TECHNICAL DATA

Surface Abrasion ASTM – D 4977 (Modified)

5/8" Hi-Impact XP 5/8" Gypsum Boardwith Fiberglass Scrim Type X

Mean Depth Abrasion 0.009 in. 0.576 in.

Performance Classification Level 3 Does Not QualifyProcedure Summary – A sample is laid flat and subjected to 50 abrasion cycles of a wire brushwith additional 25 lbs. weight. The depth of abrasion in three consecutive samples is measured andreported as a mean depth of abrasion in inches. This test measures the ability of a panel to withstandsurface scuffs and abrasions.

Surface AbrasionASTM – D 4977(Modified)

Dept

h of

Abr

asio

n (in

.)

5/8" Hi-Impact XPwith Fiberglass Scrim

Surface Indentation TestASTM – D 5420 (Gardner Impact)

5/8" Hi-Impact XP 5/8" Gypsum Boardwith Fiberglass Scrim Type X

Mean Depth of indentation 0.114 in. 0.230 in.Performance Classification Level 1 Does Not Qualify

Procedure Summary – A sample is laid flat and impacted by a 5/8" hemispherical rod raised toheight that provides 72 in.-lbs. of impact energy. The depth of the indentation is measured from threeboard samples and reported as a mean depth of indentation in inches. This test measures the abilityfor a panel to resist dents.

Dept

h of

Inde

ntat

ion

(in.)

5/8" Hi-Impact XPwith Fiberglass Scrim

Surface Indentation TestASTM – D 5420

Single Drop Soft Body Impact Test ASTM – E 695 (Modified)

5/8" Hi-Impact 5/8" Gypsum Boardwith Fiberglass Scrim Type X

Ft.-Lbs. required to penetrate >540* 120

Performance Classification Level 3 Level 1

Procedure Summary – This test is conducted with a leather bag loaded with steel pellets to aweight of 120 lbs. The bag is suspended by a rope and dropped at an angular distance until specimenis impacted.* In the test the framing collapsed without failure to the Hi-Impact panels.

Single Drop Soft Body TestASTM-E 695 (Modified)

Impa

ct F

orce

in ft

.-lb

s.

5/8" Hi-Impact XPwith Fiberglass Scrim

5/8" Gypsum Board, Type X

5/8" Gypsum Board, Type X5/8" Gypsum Board, Type X

Prison walls have to be strong. And, with GOLD BOND® BRANDHi-Impact XP® Gypsum Board, strong walls can be installed aseasily as regular gypsum board.

Gold Bond® BRAND Hi-Impact XP® Gypsum Board

Page 84: NGCConstGuide.pdf

82 NATIONAL GYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS

Hard Body Impact - ASTM C 1629

5/8" Hi-Impact XP 5/8" Gypsum Boardwith Fiberglass Scrim Type X

Ft.-lbs. to penetrate into cavity >160 35Performance Classification Level 3 Does Not Qualify

Procedure Summary – A 2' x 2' board sample is mounted to a 3-5/8", 20 gauge steel frame andrunners using drywall screws. The sample is impacted with a ram mounted on a pendulum which isfaced with a 2-3/4" steel cylinder dropped from a fixed height. Weights are added to increase theimpacting energy. The maximum impact force that the sample can withstand without penetrationthrough the sample and into the stud cavity is reported in foot-pounds. This test measures the abilityto withstand the impact of a hard object such as a hammer or heel of a boot.

35

>160

0

20

40

60

80

100

120

140

160

180

Impa

ct F

orce

in ft

.-lb

s.

5/8" Hi-Impact XPwith Fiberglass Scrim

Hard Body Impact

Water AbsorptionASTM C 473

5/8" High-Impact XP 5/8" Gypsum Boardwith Fiberglass Scrim Type X

Percentage of Weight Gained 4% 47%

Procedure Summary – Three dry board samples were cut and weighed. Each sample was thensubmerged in a 3-inch water bath for two hours. The samples were removed, wiped and weighedagain. The weight gained is calculated and reported as a percentage. The higher the percentage themore water the panel absorbed.

4%

0

5%

10%

15%

20%

25%

30%

35%

40%

45%

50%

47%

% o

f Wei

ght G

ain

5/8" Hi-Impact XPwith Fiberglass Scrim

Water AbsorptionASTM C 473

Less is Better

at 16", 24" and 32" in the field of the board. The marks cover easily with no bleed-through using standard products.

Vertical Application - In a vertical application, GridMarX serves as a guidemark to help identify theexact location of framingmembers behind the gypsumboard, eliminating the needfor field-applied vertical lines.

Horizontal Application - In a horizontal application, GridMarX serves as a reference mark to helpidentify the location of framing members behind the gypsum board. (If framingmember is located 2" to the right of the GridMarX at thetop edge of the board, it willbe located 2" to the rightdown the face of the board.)

Hi-Impact XP Gypsum Board canbe used as a tile backer boardin dry areas and areas with limited water exposures suchas toilet/sink areas and areasabove tile in tubs and showers

Hi-Impact XP Gypsum Boardshould not be used as a backerboard directly behind tile intub and shower areas.

Hi-Impact XP should not be usedin areas subject to constantand/or excessive moisture andhigh humidity such as gangshowers, saunas, steam roomsand swimming pool enclo-sures. PermaBase BRANDcement board is recommendedfor these areas.

Hi-Impact XP Gypsum Board canbe used on the interior sideof exterior walls in hot, hu-mid climates such as theSouthern Atlantic and GulfCoast areas.

Hi-Impact XP Gypsum Board features a type X core toprovide additional fireresistance when used in tested systems.

Hi-Impact XP Gypsum Board iseasily cut for quick installa-tion, permitting painting orother decoration and theinstallation of most metalor wood trim almost immediately.

Minimum bending radii for 5/8"Hi-Impact XP Gypsum Board is20'-0" applied lengthwise perpendicular to framingspaced not greater than 12"on center.

The gypsum core will notsupport combustion or trans-mit temperatures greatly inexcess of 212˚F (100˚C)until completely calcined,a slow process.

SURFACE BURNINGCHARACTERISTICS

ASTM E 84(Face)Flame spread: 15Smoke developed: 0

WEIGHT5/8" Hi-Impact XP - 2.8 lbs/SF

specified in the test. Furtherprecaution should be taken specified in the test. Further precaution should be taken that assembly procedures are in accordance with those of the tested assembly. (For copies of specific tests, call 1-800-NATIONAL.)

FIRE ENDURANCE1-Hour Rating: Hi-Impact XP

Gypsum Board screw attached vertically to both sides of 20 gauge 3-5/8" studs spaced16" o.c. with 1-1/4"long, type S screws spaced 8"o.c. along edges and 12" o.c. in the field of the board. Gypsum board joints staggered. UL U465

2-Hour Rating: Constructedwith a base layer of Hi-Impact XP Gypsum Boardwith an additional layerof 5/8" Fire-Shield GypsumBoard Type X screw attach-ed vertically to both sides of20 gauge 3-5/8" studs spaced 16" o.c. with jointsstaggered between face andbase layer. Base layer attached with 1-1/4" longtype S screws spaced 8"o.c. along edges and 12"o.c. in the field of the board.Outer layer attached with 2-1/2" long type S screwsspaced 8" o.c. in the fieldand along vertical edges andto the floor and ceiling runners. UL U411

For additional UL Design Listings, please referencethe UL Directory.

Installation of 5/8" Hi-Impact XP Fire-Shield Type X Gypsum Board should be consistent with methods described in Applicable Standards with one exception - for best results,cutting and scoring of Hi-Impact XP should be fromthe back side of the board.

GridMarX®

Hi-Impact XP Gypsum Board comes standard with GridMarX® guide marks printed on the paper surface. These guide marks align with standard building dimensions and help to quickly identify fastener lines for stud and joist framing. Using GridMarX,accurate cuts can be made without having to draw lines. The use of GridMarX also provides quick identification and uniform nail/screw patterns.

GridMarX guide marks run themachine direction of the board at five points in 4"increments. Marks run alongthe edge in both tapers andat 16", 24" and 32" in the field of the board. The marks

laboratory conditions. Nomaterial can be considered “mold proof,” nor is it certainany material will resist moldor mildew indefinitely. Whenused in conjunction withgood design, handling andconstruction practices, Hi-Impact XP Gypsum Boardcan provide increased moldresistance versus standardgypsum board products. Aswith any building material,avoiding water exposureduring handling, storage andinstallation, and afterinstallation is complete, is thebest way to avoid theformation of mold or mildew.

FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGSFire resistance ratings represent

the results of tests on assem-blies made up of specificconfiguration. When selecting constructiondesigns to meet certain fire resistance requirements, caution must be used to ensure that each component of the assembly is the one

RECOMMENDATIONS

MOLD AND MILDEWRESISTANCEHi-Impact® XP Gypsum Board has

been designed to provide extraprotection against mold andmildew compared to standardgypsum board products. Whentested by an independent labper ASTM D3273 (“StandardTest Method for Resistance toGrowth of Mold On theSurface of Interior Coatings inan Environmental Chamber”),Hi-Impact XP Gypsum Boardachieved a score of 10, the bestpossible score for this test.

The use of Hi-Impact XPGypsum Board in actualinstallations may not produce the same results as were achieved in controlled,

5/8" Gypsum Board, Type X

5/8" Gypsum Board, Type X

Page 85: NGCConstGuide.pdf

NATIONAL GYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS

09 29 00/NGC

83

09

29

00

Exposure to excessive orcontinuous moisture andextreme temperatures shouldbe avoided.

Listed impact/penetrationratings apply to walls con-structed with Hi-Impact XPGypsum Board applied with long edges parallel to and centered over minimum 20gauge framing membersspaced a maximum of 16"o.c.

Hi-Impact XP Gypsum Boardmust be stored off the ground and under cover.Sufficient risers must beused to ensure support forthe entire length of thegypsum board to preventsagging.

Hi-Impact XP Gypsum Board must be kept dry to mini-mize the potential for moldgrowth. Adequate care should be taken while trans-porting, storing, applying and maintaining gypsumboard. For additionalinformation, refer to theGypsum Association pub-lication, “Guidelines forthe Prevention of MoldGrowth on Gypsum Board” (GA-238-03), whichis available at www.gypsum.org under the“Download Free GypsumAssociation Publications”section.

DECORATIONFor best painting results, all

surfaces, including jointcompound, should be clean,dust-free and not glossy. Toimprove fastener and jointconcealment, a coat of highquality latex primer is recommended to equalizethe absorption between sur-face paper and joint com-pound. Drywall primer is specially formulated for thispurpose.

The selection of a paint to givethe specified or desiredfinished characteristics is theresponsibility of the architector contractor.

Hi-Impact XP Gypsum Board that is to have a wall covering applied to it shouldbe prepared and primed as described for painting.

Gypsum Association GA-214,“Recommended Specifica-tion for Levels of GypsumBoard Finish,” should bereferred to in order to deter-mine the level of finishingneeded to ensure a surfaceproperly prepared to acceptthe desired decoration.

THE FOLLOWING PARAGRAPHS AREFOR INSERTION INTO SECTIONSOF GENERIC SPECIFICATIONS FORGENERIC/PROPRIETARY SPECIFI-CATIONS COVERING GYPSUMBOARD PRODUCTS. THENATIONAL GYPSUM PRODUCTNAME FOLLOWS THE GENERICDESCRIPTION IN PARENTHESES.

PART 2 PRODUCTS2.01 MATERIALSA. Fire, Impact/Penetration and Mold-Resistant GypsumBoard: A gypsum core wallpanel with additives toenhance the fire andresistance, and mold/mildewresistance of the core; surfacedwith abrasion/moisture/mold/mildew resistant paper on thefront, back and long edgeswith a fiberglass meshembedded in the board toenhance impact/penetrationresistance and complying withASTM C 1396, Type X. (Gold Bond BRAND Hi-ImpactXP Fire-Shield Gypsum Board).

1. Thickness: 5/8"2. Width: 4'3. Length: 8' through 12'4. Edges: Tapered

SPECIFICATIONS

5. Surface Abrasion Resis-tance: Not greater than0.009" depth when tested at 50 cycles in accordance with ASTMD 4977, Modified.

6. Indentation Resistance:Not greater than 0.114"depth when tested at an impact load of 72 in.-lbs. in accordance with ASTM D 5420.

7. Impact/PenetrationResistance: Not less than720 ft.-lbs. required to penetrate when tested inaccordance with ASTM E 695, Modified.

8. Mold/Mildew Resistance: Panel scoreof 10 when tested inaccordance with ASTMD 3273.

PART 3 EXECUTION3.01 INSTALLATION

A. General: In accordancewith the manufacturer’srecommendations, National Gypsum Company “Gypsum Construction Guide.”

Page 86: NGCConstGuide.pdf

84 NATIONAL GYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS

DESCRIPTION

GOLD BOND® BRAND SoundBreak™ Gypsum Board

Gold Bond® BRANDSoundBreak™ GypsumBoard is an acousticallyenhanced gypsum boardused in the construction ofhigh rated STC wallassemblies. This 5/8" thickgypsum board consists of alayer of viscoelasticdamping polymersandwiched between twopieces of enhanced highdensity mold resistantgypsum board, providingconstrained layer damping.

For speed of installations,GridMarX® guide marks areprinted on the papersurface.

Long edges of the panels aretapered. Tapered edgesallow joints to bereinforced with ProForm®

BRAND Joint Tape andconcealed with ProForm®

BRAND Ready Mix, EasyFinish® BRAND Ready Mix orProForm® BRAND Sta-Smooth® Joint Compounds.For optimum mold andmildew performance,National Gypsumrecommends ProForm®

BRAND XP® Ready Mix.Use of SoundBreak Gypsum

Board results in wallpartitions with high ratedSTC values that are thinnerthan traditionally built highrated STC wall partitions,providing increased usablefloor space.

Superior sound damping, cost-efficient material that iseasily finished anddecorated in the samemanner as regular gypsumboard.

All SoundBreak GypsumBoard designs were testedby an independent third-party acoustical laboratoryusing the full scale ASTME90 test procedure.

SoundBreak Gypsum Board isinstalled like traditionalgypsum board offering amore reliable and lesscomplicated solution thanalternative methodsrequiring clips and/orchannels.

SoundBreak Gypsum Boardcan be cut by scoringdeeply from both sides ofthe board before snapping,or with the use of a handor reciprocating saw.

When tested by anindependent lab per ASTMD3273 (“Standard TestMethod for Resistance toGrowth of Mold on theSurface of Interior Coatingsin an EnvironmentalChamber”), SoundBreakGypsum Board achieved ascore of 10, the bestpossible score for this test.

**MOLD AND MILDEWRESISTANCE

SoundBreak Gypsum Boardwas designed to provideextra protection againstmold and mildewcompared to standardgypsum board products.

SURFACE BURNING CHARACTERISTICS

ASTM E 84Flame spread: 15Smoke developed: 0

WEIGHTSoundBreak - 2.7 lbs/SF

FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGSAs an option, SoundBreak

Gypsum Board may beused as an additional layeron one or both sides of fire-rated wall assemblies (i.e.,U300, W300, U400, W400and V400 series designs).SoundBreak Gypsum Boardcannot be used as asubstitute for 5/8" Type Xgypsum board in a fire-related assembly.

SoundBreak Gypsum Boardshall be attached inaccordance withmanufacturer’srecommendations. WhenSoundBreak Gypsum Boardis installed between theframing and the UL/ULCClassified gypsum board,the UL/ULC Classifiedgypsum board layer(s)required for the designis/are to be installed asindicated in the design asto fastener type andspacing, except that therequired fastener lengthshall be increased by aminimum of 5/8" (16 mm).

For U300, W300, U400,W400 and V400 seriesdesigns, outer layer treatedwith joint compound andpaper tape as specified inthe design.

For additional information goto UL/ULC OnlineCertifications Directories,Product Category CodeCLBV.R25426 – Wall andPartition Facings andAccessories.

TECHNICAL DATA

Mold and MoistureResistant FacePaper

ViscoelasticPolymer

Mold andMoisture Resistant

Back PaperEnhancedHigh Density

Mold Resistant Core

For additional information go towww.SoundBreak.info.

Page 87: NGCConstGuide.pdf

85NATIONAL GYPSUM WALLBOARD PRODUCTS

09

29

00

09 29 00/NGC

Installation of SoundBreakGypsum Board should beconsistent with methodsdescribed in the standardsand references noted.

Stagger SoundBreak GypsumBoard joints from one side ofthe wall to another.

Allow a 1/4" gap along allperimeter edges andcompletely seal 1/4" gap withacoustical sealant or caulk.

Refrain from wall penetrationswhen possible.

Limit necessary wallpenetrations to one per studcavity.

Seal all penetrations withacoustical sealant and/orputty pads.

The use of SoundBreak GypsumBoard in actual installationsmay not produce the sameresults as were achieved incontrolled, laboratoryconditions.

Use an acoustical sealant that isapplied per ASTM C919,such as Grabber AcousticalSealant GSC, STI SpecSealSmoke N Sound Caulk, BOSS824 Acoustical Sound Sealantor equivalent.

Use a putty pad that has beentested per ASTM E90, such asSTI SpecSeal SSP Putty Padsor BOSS 818 Fire-Rated PuttyPads or equivalent.

Exposure to excessive orcontinuous moisture andextreme temperatures shouldbe avoided. SoundBreakGypsum Board is notrecommended where it willbe exposed to temperaturesexceeding 125˚ (52˚C) forextended periods of time.

SoundBreak Gypsum Board isfor use in wall assemblies.

Installing SoundBreak GypsumBoard panels over aninsulating blanket, installedcontinuously across the faceof the framing members, isnot recommended. Blanketsshould be recessed andflanges attached to the sidesof the studs.

RECOMMENDATIONS

SPECIFICATIONSSoundBreak Gypsum Boardmust be stored off the groundand under cover. Sufficientrisers must be used to ensuresupport for the entire lengthof the gypsum board toprevent sagging.

SoundBreak Gypsum Boardmust be kept dry to minimizethe potential for moldgrowth. Adequate careshould be taken whiletransporting, storing, applyingand maintaining SoundBreakGypsum Board. Foradditional information, referto the Gypsum Associationpublication, “Guidelines forthe Prevention of MoldGrowth on Gypsum Board”(GA-238-03), which isavailable atwww.gypsum.org under the“Download Free GypsumAssociation Publications”section.

DECORATIONFor best painting results, all

surfaces, including jointcompound, should be clean,dust-free and not glossy. Toimprove fastener and jointconcealment, a coat ofquality drywall primer isrecommended to equalizethe porosities betweensurface paper and jointcompound.

The selection of a paint to givethe specified or desiredfinished characteristics is theresponsibility of the architector contractor.

SoundBreak Gypsum Board thatis to have a wall coveringapplied should be preparedand primed as described forpainting.

Gypsum Association GA-214,Recommended Specificationfor Levels of Gypsum BoardFinish, should be referred toin order to determine thelevel of finishing required toensure a properly preparedsurface that accepts thedesired decoration.

PART 2 PRODUCTSTHE FOLLOWING PARAGRAPHS ARE

FOR INSERTION INTO SECTIONS OFGENERIC SPECIFICATIONS ORGENERIC/PROPRIETARYSPECIFICATIONS COVERINGGYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS. THENATIONAL GYPSUM PRODUCTNAME FOLLOWS THE GENERICDESCRIPTION IN PARENTHESES.

2.01 MATERIALSA. Acoustically Enhanced Mold

and Mildew ResistantGypsum Board: A gypsumcore wall panel with aconstrained viscoelasticpolymer center layer; surfacedwith moisture/mold/mildewresistant paper on front, backand long edges andcomplying with ASTM C1396 (Gold Bond® BRANDSoundBreak Gypsum Board)1. Thickness: 5/8"2. Width: 4' 3. Length: 8' , 9' , 10' or 12' 4. Edges: Tapered5. Mold and Mildew

Resistance: Panel Scoreof 10 when tested in Accordance with ASTMD 3273

PART 3 EXECUTION3.01 INSTALLATIONA. General: In accordance

with the manufacturer’srecommendations,National Gypsum Company “Gypsum Construction Guide.”

Page 88: NGCConstGuide.pdf

86 NATIONAL GYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS

Gridstone® BRAND Ceiling Panels

DESCRIPTION TECHNICAL DATA

Gridstone® BRAND prefinished ceiling panels have a non-combustible, Fire-Shield G gypsum core. The 2-mil white, stipple-textured vinyl laminate combines high light reflectance with easy cleanability.

Gridstone panels can be used for interior and exterior ceiling applications.

Gridstone Ceiling Panels install easily in standard 2' x 2' and 2' x 4' exposed grid systems. Ceiling panelshave a rigid gypsum core which provides extra resistance to sagging and warping.

A noncombustible gypsum core ensures fire safety with1 1/2- and 2-hour fire rating achievable depending on installation.

The sturdy white vinyl laminate eliminates additional finishing.

As little as 1" of material can be cut from Gridstone panels with practically none of the crumbling common with mineral fiberpanels.

For exterior application, protect grid panels from direct exposure to weather, water and continuous high humidity. Under no circumstances should water be in contact with the back of the panels.

Overlaid insulation may causeexcessive panel deflection and is not recommended where high humidity is likely to occur.

Extreme lighting conditions may distort texture appearance.

The use of strong organic solvents (such as ketones), harsh abrasive cleansers or steel wool are not recommended. These materials may cause dulling, discoloration, softening and other permanent damage to the vinyl surface.

USDA Acceptance: Gridstone panels are accepted by the USDA for use in food service and food processing areas.

RECOMMENDATIONS

Gridstone ceiling panels are designed to be mounted in standard 15/16" exposed tee grid systems or environmental type grids for severe conditions, with grids either 2' x 2' or 2' x 4'. Grid installation should be conducted according to manufacturer's specifi-cation.

Each panel must be supported on all four (4) edges.

Cross ventilation must be provided in unheated or enclosed space above ceiling panels.

General: Install panels in lay-in suspension systems with edges concealed by flanges of suspension members. Cut boards to fit tightly at borders and penetrations sothat cut edges are concealed by trim pieces and escutcheons.

Cleaning: Common dirt and stains on the vinyl surface can be removed with mild soap or detergent in lukewarm water. Use a light, scrubbing action with a cloth, sponge or soft brush.

If the suitability of any cleaning agent is unknown, check its effect on the Gridstone panel surface in a hidden area or on a scrap piece before attempting to remove a field stain.

Gridstone Ceiling Panels are not recommended for use in areas exposed to extreme or continuous moisture such as found in saunas, steam rooms, gang shower rooms or indoorpool enclosures, per ASTM C840 17.3.1.1.

DECORATIONGridstone Brand Ceiling

Panels are factory-finished decorative products which do not require painting. However, if desired, Gridstone can be painted with the following two products:1. Two coats of an alkyd or

latex enamel.2. Oil primer with finish

coat of oil or latex paint.3. Two coats of latex paint.

Vinyl laminate on face of 2' x 2' Gridstone panel is directional. Install with all factory edges parallel (same direction).

A. Specification ComplianceGridstone panels conform to ASTM C 1396 Type X Class I.B. Light ReflectanceLRI (75% or greater)C. Sound Attenuation(Per ASTM E1414)

D. AbrasionWet: (Gardner Scrub Tester) 2000 oscillations with no film

break-through and only minor erosions.Dry: (Taber Abrasion Test with CS-17 Wheel) 500 cycles with no

break-through to the substrate.E. Surface Burning Characteristics

(Per ASTM E 84)

F. Weight1/2" FSW-G - 2.18 lbs/SF

G. Fire Rating(Per ASTM E 119)

Type Thickness Construction CAC NGC Report #

Gridstone 1/2" FSW-G Continuous 46dB 6098001(12.7 mm)

Flame SmokeType Spread Developed Class TestGridstone 5 0 A WHI 694-0700.7

NominalType Thickness Size Design* Rating

Gridstone 1/2" FSW-G 2' x 2' UL G222 2 hr.(12.7 mm) (610 mm x 610 mm) FM FC-299

1/2" FSW-G 2' x 4' UL G259 1 1/2 hr.(12.7 mm) (610 mm x 1219 mm) FM FC-300

*See Quick Selector, page 25, for fire rated assembly details.

Page 89: NGCConstGuide.pdf

87NATIONAL GYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS

09

29

00

Reference Gridstone technical data on page 86.

Gridstone CleanRoom Ceiling Panels are designed to be used in a gasket seal suspended grid system using hold down clips.

Recommended use of Gordon DS-20 gasket Seal System or equivalent gasket sealed grid systems designed for clean room applications. Grid installation should be conducted according to manufacturer's specification.

Each panel must be supported on all four (4) edges.

Cross ventilation must be provided in unheated or enclosed space above ceiling panels.

General: Install panels in lay-in suspension systems with edges concealed by flanges of suspension members. Cut panels to fit tightly at borders and penetrations so that cut edges are concealed by trimpieces and escutcheons.

If panel cuts are required, exposed core should be sealed to maintain performance of the system.

Cleaning: Common dirt and stains on the vinyl surface can be removed with mild soap or detergent in lukewarm water. Use a lightscrubbing action with a cloth, sponge or soft brush.

If the suitability of any cleaning agent is unknown, check its effect on the Gridstone CleanRoom panel surface in a hidden area or on a scrap piece before attempting to removea field stain.

Vinyl laminate on face of 2' x 2' Gridstone CleanRoom panel is directional. Install with all factory edges parallel (same direction).

THE FOLLOWING PARAGRAPHSARE FOR INSERTION INTO SECTIONSOF GENERIC SPECIFICATIONS ORGENERIC/PROPRIETARYSPECIFICATIONS COVERING GYPSUMBOARD PRODUCTS. THE NATIONALGYPSUM PRODUCTS NAMEFOLLOWS THE GENERICDESCRIPTION IN PARENTHESES.

PART 22.02 MATERIALS

A. Fire-Resistant Sealed Vinyl Laminated GypsumGrid Board: A gypsum core lay-in ceiling panel with additives to enhancesag and fire resistance of the core. Panels are sealed on face, back and long edges with a 2-mil rigid vinyl film and exposed edges are factorysealed with a durable coating providing a completely sealed panel; and complying with ASTM C 1396, type X; Class 1; E 1264, type XX, Patterns E, G.Federal Standard 209E “Airborne Particulate Cleanliness Classes in Clean Rooms and Clean Zones.” (Gridstone BRANDCleanRoom Ceiling Panels).

1. Thickness: 1/2"2. Width and length:

2' x 2' 2' x 4'

PART 33.03 INSTALLATION

A. Install panels in lay-in suspension systems with edges concealed by flanges of suspension members. Cut panels to fit tightly at borders and penetrations so that cut edges are concealed by trim pieces and escutcheons.

PACKAGING2' x 2' – 4 pcs./bundle, 16 sq.

ft., 80 bundles/UnitCatalog Code – GB5044

2' x 4' – 4 pcs./bundle, 32 sq.ft., 40 bundles/UnitCatalog Code – GB5045

All bundles are double-wrapped with long corner protectors.

PACKAGING2' x 2' – 4 pcs./bundle, 16 sq.

ft., 80 bundles/UnitCatalog Code – GB5040

2' x 4' – 4 pcs./bundle, 32 sq. ft., 40 bundles/UnitCatalog Code – GB5030

All bundles are double-wrapped with long cornerprotectors.

THE FOLLOWING PARAGRAPHS AREFOR INSERTION INTO SECTIONS OFGENERIC SPECIFICATIONS ORGENERIC/PROPRIETARYSPECIFICATIONS COVERINGGYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS. THENATIONAL GYPSUM PRODUCTNAME FOLLOWS THE GENERICDESCRIPTION IN PARENTHESES.PART 22.02 MATERIALS

A. Fire Resistant Vinyl Laminated Gypsum Grid Board: A gypsum core lay-in ceiling board with additives to enhance sag and fire resistance of the core; surfaced with paper on the front and back and finished on the front with a 2 mil, white, stipple textured vinyl laminate; and complying with ASTM C 1396, type X; Class 1; E 1264, type XX, patterns E, G. (Gridstone Brand Ceiling Panel).

1. Thickness: 1/2"2. Width and Length:

2' x 2' 2' x 4'

PART 33.03 INSTALLATION

A. Install boards in lay-in suspension systems with edges concealed by flanges of suspension members. Cut panels to fit tightly at borders and penetrations so that cut edges are concealed by trim pieces and escutcheons.

SPECIFICATIONS

DESCRIPTION SPECIFICATIONS

RECOMMENDATIONS

GRIDSTONE® BRAND CLEANROOM CEILING PANELS

TECHNICAL DATA

Gridstone BRAND CleanRoom Ceiling Panels aresealed on the face, back and long edges with a 2 mil rigid vinyl film. The exposed edges are factory sealed with a durable coating providing a completely sealed panel.

Gridstone CleanRoom panels are for use in systems designed for areas requiring high levels of air cleanlinessfor airborne particulate levels such as clean rooms and clean zones.Designed for clean room use. Approved for use in systems, Class 100,000, Class 10,000, Class 1,000, Class 100 per Federal Standard 209E “Airborne Particulate Cleanliness Classes in Clean Rooms and Clean Zones.”Fire-resistant. A non-combustible gypsum core ensures fire safety with 1 1/2 and 2-hour fire rating achievable depending on installation.Sag-resistant. Gridstone CleanRoom panels’ rigid gypsum core prevents sagging and warping problems and is backed by a 15-year limited warranty.Do not install panels in areas exposed to continuous high humiditysuch as saunas, steam rooms, gang showers, and indoor pools per ASTM C840, 17.3.1.1.Overlaid insulation may cause excessive panels deflection and is not recommended where high humidity is likely to occur.Extreme lighting conditions may distort texture appearance.The use of strong organic solvents (such as ketones), harsh abrasive cleansers or steel wool are not recommended. These materials may cause dulling, discoloration,softening and other permanent damage to the vinyl surface.Gridstone CleanRoom panels are USDA accepted for use in food service and food processing areas.

Page 90: NGCConstGuide.pdf

88 NATIONAL GYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS

Gridstone® BRAND Hi-Strength prefinished ceiling panels have a non-combustible high strength gypsum core formulated with increased uniformity and integrity which increases its sag resistance.

Gridstone Hi-Strength panels can be used for interior and exterior ceiling applications in protected, well-ventilatedspaces that receive intermittent exposure to moisture.Lightweight. Gridstone Hi-Strength 5/16" panels are 40% lighter in weight than standard gypsum ceiling panels.Quick, dry installation.Gridstone Hi-Strength Ceiling panels score and snap clean and install easily in standard exposed grid systems.Pre-decorated. The sturdy white vinyl laminate eliminates additional finishing.Do not install panels in areas exposed to continuous high humidity such as saunas, steam rooms, gang showers, and indoor pools per ASTM C840, 17.3.1.1.For exterior application, protect grid panels from direct exposure to weather, water and continuous high humidity. Under no circumstances should water be in contact with the back of the panels.Overlaid insulation may cause excessive panel deflection and is not recommended. These materials may cause dulling, discoloration, softening and other permanent damage to the vinyl surface.Gridstone Hi-Strength panels are not listed in fire-rated assemblies.

USDA Acceptance: Gridstone Hi-Strength panels are accepted by the USDA for use in food service and foodprocessing areas.

DECORATIONGridstone Hi-Strength Ceiling

panels are factory-finished decorative products which do not require painting. However, if desired, Gridstone can be painted with the following products:

1. Two coats of alkyd or latex enamel.

2. Oil primer with finish coat of oil or latex paint.

3. Two coats of latex paint.

Gridstone Hi-Strength ceiling panels are designed to be mounted in standard 15/16"exposed tee grid systems or environmental type grids for severe conditions, with grids either 2' x 2' or 2' x 4'. Grid installation should be conducted according to manufacturer'sspecification.

Each panel must be supported on all four (4) edges.

Cross ventilation must be provided in unheated or enclosed space above ceiling panels.

General: Install panels in lay-in suspension systems with edges concealed by flanges of suspension members. Cutpanels to fit tightly at borders and penetrations so that cut edges are concealed by trim pieces and escutcheons.

Cleaning: Common dirt and stains on the vinyl surface can be removed with mild soap or detergent in lukewarm water. Use a lightscrubbing action with a cloth, sponge or soft brush.

If the suitability of any cleaning agent is unknown, check its effect on the Gridstone Hi-Strength panelsurface in a hidden area before attempting to removea field stain.

NOTE: Vinyl laminate on face of 2' x 2' Gridstone Hi-Strength panel is directional. Install with all factory edges parallel (same direction).

THE FOLLOWING PARAGRAPHS AREFOR INSERTION INTO SECTIONS OFGENERIC SPECIFICATIONS ORGENERIC/PROPRIETARY SPECIFICATIONSCOVERING GYPSUM BOARDPRODUCTS. THE NATIONAL GYPSUMPRODUCT NAME FOLLOWS THE GENERICDESCRIPTION IN PARENTHESES.

PART 22.02 MATERIALS

A. Vinyl laminated Gypsum Grid board: A gypsum core lay-in ceiling panel with additives to enhance sag resistance of the core; surfaced with paper on the front and back and finished on the front with a 2 mil, white, stipple textured vinyl laminate; and complying with ASTM C 1396, Class 1, E 1264 Type XX, Patterns E, G (Gridstone BRAND Hi-Strength Ceiling Panels)

1. Thickness: 5/16"2. Width and length:

2' x 2' 2' x 4'

PART 33.03 INSTALLATION

A. Install panels in lay-in suspension systems with edges concealed by flanges of suspension members. Cut panels to fit tightly at borders and penetrations so that cut edges are concealed by trim pieces and escutcheons.

SURFACE BURNINGCHARACTERISTICS

ASTM E 84Flame Spread: 5Smoke Developed: 0

WEIGHT5/16" Hi-Strength - 1.24 lbs/SF

SOUND ATTENUATIONASTM E 1414 Test MethodCeiling Attenuation Class

(CAC)-41 dB

LIGHT REFLECTANCELR 1 (75% or greater)

Gridstone® BRAND Hi-Strength Ceiling Panels

TECHNICAL DATADESCRIPTION

RECOMMENDATIONS

SPECIFICATIONS

PACKAGING2' x 2' – 6 pcs./bundle, 24 sq.

ft., 80 bundles/UnitCatalog Code – GB5020

2' x 4' – 6 pcs./bundle, 48 sq. ft., 40 bundles/UnitCatalog Code – GB5010

All bundles are double-wrapped with long cornerprotectors.

Page 91: NGCConstGuide.pdf

09 29 00/NGC

89NATIONAL GYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS

09

29

00

Gold Bond® BRAND Foil Back Gypsum Board

DESCRIPTION LIMITATIONS1. Not recommended for

use where exposure to moisture and high outside temperature is extreme and continuous. Under these conditions, a qualified mechanical engineer should determine location of the vapor retarder.

2. Not to be used as a base for ceramic or other tile or as a base layer for prefinished vinyl wall boards in double-layer assemblies. Also, not to be used as a base for adhesively applied vinyl or other highly water-vapor-resistant wall coverings.

3. To prevent objectionable sag in ceilings, weight of overlaid unsupported insulation should not exceed:1.3 lb./sq. ft. for 1/2" thick boards with frame spacing 24" o.c.; 2.2 lb./sq. ft. for boards with frame spacing 16" o.c. Boards 3/8" thick must not be overlaid with unsupported insulation. Unheated attic spaces shouldbe properly ventilated.

4. Foil Back Gypsum Board is not recommended for use in hot, humid, climates such as the Southern Atlantic and Gulf Coast areas.

MATERIALSManufactured boards with

gypsum core, paper-encased with aluminum foil laminated backing.

SIZES AND TYPESThickness Width Length

1/2" 4' 6' to 16'5/8" 4' 6' to 16'

Edges: Square, tapered or Sta-Smooth.

APPLICABLE STANDARDSASTM C 1396

Gold Bond® Foil Back Gypsum Board consist of a fire-resistive gypsum core encased in heavy natural-finish paper on the face side and strong liner paper on the backside to which aluminum foil is laminated. The ends are square cut and finished smooth.

BASIC USESFoil Back Gypsum Board can be

used for exterior walls and ceilings in new construction and remodeling. The aluminum foil, laminated to the back surface, is a vapor retarder to keep interior moisture within the building at a suitable comfort level. Foruse with furred masonry, wood or steel framing, Gold Bond Foil Back Gypsum Board is effective for single-layer applications and as a base layer in double-layer applications where a vapor retarder of 1.0 perm or less is required.

ADVANTAGES1. In tests conducted according

to ASTM Test Procedure E 96 (desiccant method), 1/2" Foil Back Gypsum Board showed a performance of 0.06 perm compared to 34 perm for1/2" regular gypsum board and 28 perm for 1/2" gypsum board with two coats of flat latex paint.

2. In-place cost of Foil Back Gypsum Board installation is lower per thousand sq. ft. than a similar installation for regular gypsum board and polyethylene-film retarder installed separately.

3. Easy-to-handle Foil Back Gypsum Board is adaptable tovirtually all exterior wall and ceiling construction: wood frame, furred masonry.

Boards of maximum practical length should be used so that an absolute minimum number of end joints occur. Board edges should be brought into contact with each other but should not be forced into place.

Gypsum board joints at openings should be located so that no end joint will align with edges of openingsunless control joints will be installed at these points. End joints should be staggered, and joints on opposite sides of a partition should not occur on the same stud.

Gypsum board should be held in firm contact with the framing member while fasteners are being driven. Fastening should proceed from center portion of the gypsum board toward the edges and ends. Fasteners should be set with the heads slightly below the surface of the gypsum board in a dimple formed by the hammer or power screwdriver. Care should be taken to avoid breaking the face paper of the gypsum board. Improperly driven nails or screws shall be removed.

For best painting results, all interior surfaces, including joint compound, should be clean, dust-free and not glossy. To improve fastener and joint concealment, a prime coat of drywall primer is recommended to equalize the porosities between surface paper and joint compound.

See page 63, Environmental Conditions and Limitations.

TECHNICAL DATA

SURFACE BURNINGCHARACTERISTICS

(ASTM E 84)Flame spread: 15Smoke developed: 0

WEIGHT1/2" Regular - 1.6 lbs/SF5/8" Type X - 2.2 lbs/SF

FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGSFoil Back Gypsum Board has

not been used in fire resistance tests. Fire resistance ratings represent the results of tests on assemblies made up of specific materials in a specific configuration. When selecting construction designs tomeet certain fire resistance requirements, caution must be used to ensure that each component of the assembly is the one specified in the test. Further, precaution should be taken that assembly procedures are in accordance with that of the tested assembly. (For copies of specific tests, call 1-800-NATIONAL or 1-800-628-4662.)

RECOMMENDATIONS

Examine and inspect materialsto which gypsum board is to be applied. Remedy all defects prior to installation of gypsum board. Any defects in the finished installation due to misaligned framing or other cause will be the responsibility of the work performed under that section of the specification and such defects shall be remedied under that secton of the specification

Gypsum board should be applied first to ceiling at

right angles to framing members, then to walls.

Page 92: NGCConstGuide.pdf

90 NATIONAL GYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS

GYPSUM SYSTEMSNonload-Bearing Steel Frame Partitions

DESCRIPTION

Steel framed drywall partitionsare comprised of steel floorand ceiling tracks, steelstuds and Gold BondGypsum Board which isattached with self-drillingdrywall screws. Metalproducts are to meet orexceed all applicableASTM standards.

Gypsum board may beapplied horizontally orvertically in single ordouble layers. In doublelayer construction, the face,or finish layer, may beDurasan panels adhesivelyapplied to the base layer.For specific fire and soundratings for this system, seetest data on pages 11through 26.

ADVANTAGES1. Openings provided

throughout the length ofthe steel studs permit theeasy horizontal routing ofwater, gas and electricalconduit. These openingsmay also be used to installC.R. Channel stiffenerswhere increased rigidity isrequired. Interruption of thefloor or ceiling track allowsthe vertical installation oflarger utilities.

2. Fire resistance: 1-, 2-, 3-and 4-hour fire ratings havebeen assigned to thesesystems (see pages 11-26).

3. Sound resistance: where a superior SoundTransmission Class isrequired, it can beachieved through the use of several variations withthis system.

TECHNICAL DATA

PARTITION HEIGHTSLight Gauge Steel Studs are

designed to frame nonload-bearing partitions whichare limited in height bydeflection resulting fromextraneous horizontalforces. For any givenhorizontal load, the amountof deflection increases asthe height of the partitionincreases.

Tables 1 and 2 on the nextpage show maximumpartition heights based onspecific design criteria. Theheight limits shown arebased on the gypsum board

and the steel studs acting asa composite section toprovide a maximumdeflection of L/120, L/240,L/360 (L = partition height ininches) with a horizontalload of 5 psf, 7.5 psf, and10 psf of partition surface.

Increased rigidity may beobtained by placingstiffener channels throughthe steel stud cut-outs, byusing two layer applicationof gypsum board or bydecreasing stud spacing.

Standard 25 and 20 gaugestuds, recommended forinterior partitions, haveheight limits as shown inTables 1 and 2. Gypsumboard must be attached tofull height on both sides ofstuds with Type S BugleHead Drywall Screws(Type S-12 for 20 gaugestuds) spaced not morethan 12" o.c. on all studswhen framing is 24" o.c.and 16" o.c. if framing is16" o.c. or less. Screwlengths must be not lessthan 3/8" greater than thetotal thickness of thegypsum board beingfastened.

Light steel 20 gauge studs aredesigned for exterior,nonload-bearing curtainwall systems, but are alsoused for interior partitionsto provide more ridigity orgreater heights than can beobtained with Standard 25gauge studs.

LIMITATIONS1. Maximum stud spacing for

single layer application of1/2" and 5/8" gypsumboard is 24" o.c. If 3/8"gypsum board is used, itmust be applied in twolayers, with the secondlayer adhesively applied;24" o.c. stud spacing maybe used.

2. Where long, continuousruns of this wall system areemployed, control jointsmust be provided every 30'or less.

3. Where structural movementmay impose direct loads onthese systems, isolationdetails are required.

4. Partitions should not beused where frequentlyexposed to excessivemoisture unless all surfaces

are waterproofed.5. To prevent weakening

due to calcining, gypsumboard should not beexposed to temperaturesover 125˚F for extendedperiods of time.

6. Gypsum board joints onsingle layer, or the facelayer on two layerapplications, shall notoccur within 12" of thecorners of door framesunless control joints areinstalled at the corners.

7. For limitations regardingselection of doors anddoorframes, refer to tableon page 92.

8. Where reference is madeto nominal gauges, 25gauge relates to aminimum base steel of.0179", and 20 gauge to.0329".

Page 93: NGCConstGuide.pdf

91NATIONAL GYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS

09

29

00

09 29 00/NGC

25 GAUGE STUDS/PARTITION LIMITING HEIGHTSStud Stud Deflection Lateral Pressure

5 psf 7.5 psf 10 psfDepth Spacing Limit (240 Pa) (360 Pa) (480 Pa)

1-5/8 in. 12 in. L/120 11-2 (3400) 9-9 (2970) 8-10 (2690)(41.3mm) (305mm) L/240 8-10 (2690)

L/36016 in. L/120 10-7 (3230) 8-10 (2690) 8-4 (2540)

(406mm) L/240 8-4 (2540)L/360

24 in. L/120 9-9 (2970) 8-0 (2440)(610mm) L/240 7-11 (2410)

L/3602-1/2 in. 12 in. L/120 15-1 (4600) 12-4 (3760) 10-9 (3280)(63.5mm) (305mm) L/240 11-11 (3630) 10-5 (3180) 9-6 (2900)

L/360 10-5 (3180) 9-1 (2770)

16 in. L/120 13-3 (4040) 10-10 (3300) 9-5 (2570)(406mm) L/240 11-3 (3430) 9-10 (3000) 8-11 (2720)

L/360 9-10 (3000) 8-7 (2620)

24 in. L/120 11-10 (3610) 9-8 (2950) 8-5 (2570)(610mm) L/240 10-7 (3230) 9-3 (2820) 8-5 (2570)

L/360 9-3 (2820) 8-1 (2460)

3-1/2 in. 12 in. L/120 17-8 (5380) 14-3 (4340) 12-5 (3780)(88.9mm) (305mm) L/240 15-4 (4670) 13-3 (4040) 12-0 (3660)

L/360 13-3 (4040) 11-7 (3530) 10-5 (3180)

* l6 in. L/120 15-4 (4670) 12-5 (3780) 10-9 (3280)(406mm) L/240 14-4 (4370) 12-5 (3780) 10-9 (3280)

L/360 12-4 (3760) 10-10 (3300) 9-9 (2970)

24 in. L/120 13-9 (4190) 11-0 (3350) 9-5 (2870)(610mm) L/240 13-5 (4090) 11-0 (3350) 9-5 (2870)

L/360 11-7 (3530) 10-1 (3070) 9-1 (2770)

4 in. 12 in. L/120 19-6 (5940) 15-9 (4800) 13-8 (4170)(101.6mm) (305mm) L/240 16-5 (5000) 14-4 (4370) 13-0 (3960)

L/360 14-4 (4370) 12-6 (3810) 11-4 (3450)

16 in. L/120 17-2 (5230) 13-10 (4220) 11-11(3630)(406mm) L/240 15-4 (4670) 13-4 (4060) 11-11(3630)

L/360 13-4 (4060) 11-8 (3560) 10-6 (3200)

24 in. L/120 15-1 (4600) 12-1 (3680) 10-5 (3180)(610mm) L/240 14-2 (4320) 12-1 (3680) 10-5 (3180)

L/360 12-4 (3760) 10-9 (3280) 9-9 (2970)

6 in. 12 in. L/120 22-10 (6960) 18-7 (5660) 16-2 (4930)(152.4mm) (305mm) L/240 22-1 (6730) 18-7 (5660) 16-2 (4930)

L/360 19-4 (5890) 16-9 (5110) 15-0 (4570)

16 in. L/120 19-9 (6020) 16-2 (4930) 14-0 (4270)(406mm) L/240 19-9 (6020) 16-2 (4930) 14-0 (4270)

L/360 17-11 (5460) 15-7 (4750) 3-10 (4220)

24 in. L/120 16-9 (5110) 13-5 (4090) 11-5 (3480)(610mm) L/240 16-9 (5110) 13-5 (4090) 11-5 (3480)

L/360 16-9 (5110) 13-5 (4090) 11-5 (3480)

Table 1

Note: Limiting height tables adapted with permission from ASTM C 754. Copyright ASTM.Tables based on tests conducted with gypsum board attached with screws 12" o.c. to framing.

*Applicable for 3 5/8" stud depth.

20 GAUGE STUDS/PARTITION LIMITING HEIGHTSStud Stud Deflection Lateral Pressure

5 psf 7.5 psf 10 psfDepth Spacing Limit (240 Pa) (360 Pa) (480 Pa)

1-5/8 in. 12 in. L/120 13-0 (3960) 11-4 (3450) 10-4 (3150)(41.3mm) (305mm) L/240 10-4 (3150) 9-0 (2740)

L/360 9-0 (2740)16 in. L/120 12-1 (3680) 10-7 (3230) 9-8 (2950)

(406mm) L/240 9-8 (2950) 8-5 (2570)L/360 8-5 (2570)

24 in. L/120 11-0 (3350) 9-7 (2920) 8-9 (2670)(610mm) L/240 8-9 (2670) 7-8 (2340)

L/360 7-8 (2340)2-1/2 in. 12 in. L/120 17-9 (5410) 15-6 (4720) 13-11 (4240)(63.5mm) (305mm) L/240 13-11 (4240) 12-1 (3680) 10-11 (3300)

L/360 12-1 (3680) 10-6(3200) 9-5 (2870)

16 in. L/120 16-5 (5000) 14-4 (4370) 12-10 (3910)(406mm) L/240 12-10 (3910) 11-2 (3400) 10-0 (3050)

L/360 11-2 (3400) 9-8 (2950) 8-8 (2640)

24 in. L/120 14-10 (4520) 13-0 (3960) 11-7 (3530)(610mm) L/240 11-7 (3530) 10-0 (3050) 8-11 (2720)

L/360 10-0 (3050) 8-7 (2620) 7-8 (2340)

3-1/2 in. 12 in. L/120 22-6 (6860) 19-8 (5990) 17-10 (5440)(88.9mm) (305mm) L/240 17-10 (5440) 15-6 (4720) 14-1 (4290)

L/360 15-6 (4720) 13-7 (4140) 12-4 (3760)

* 16 in. L/120 20-8 (6300) 18-1 (5510) 16-5 (5000)(406mm) L/240 16-5 (5000) 14-3 (4340) 12-11 (3940)

L/360 14-3 (4340) 12-6 (3810) 11-4 (3450)

24 in. L/120 18-6 (5640) 16-2 (5840) 14-9 (4500)(610mm) L/240 14-9 (4500) 12-9 (3890) 11-7 (3530)

L/360 12-9 (3890) 11-2 (3400) 10-1 (3070)

4 in. 12 in. L/120 25-1 (7650) 21-11 (6680) 19-11(6070)(101.6mm) (305mm) L/240 19-11 (6070) 17-4 (5280) 15-8 (4780)

L/360 17-4 (5280) 15-0 (4570) 13-7 (4140)

16 in. L/120 23-1 (7040) 20-2 (6150) 18-4 (5590)(406mm) L/240 18-4 (5590) 15-11 (4850) 14-5 (4390)

L/360 15-11 (4850) 13-9 (4190) 12-6 (3810)

24 in. L/120 20-9 (6320) 18-1 (5510) 16-5 (5000)(610mm) L/240 16-5 (5000) 14-3 (4340) 12-10 (3910)

L/360 14-3 (4340) 12-4 (3760) 11-2 (3400)

6 in. 12 in. L/120 33-9 (10290) 29-6 (8990) 26-9 (8150)(152.4mm) (305mm) L/240 26-9 (8150) 23-5 (7140) 21-3 (6480)

L/360 23-5 (7140) 20-6 (6250) 18-7 (5660)

16 in. L/120 30-10 (9400) 27-0 (8230) 24-6 (7470)(406mm) L/240 24-6 (7470) 21-4 (6500) 19-5 (5920)

L/360 21-4 (6500) 18-9 (5720) 17-0 (5180)

24 in. L/120 27-2 (8280) 23-10 (7260) 19-1 (5820)(610mm) L/240 21-7 (6580) 18-10 (5740) 17-3 (5260)

L/360 18-10 (5740) 16-7 (5050) 15-0 (4570)

Table 2

Page 94: NGCConstGuide.pdf

92 NATIONAL GYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS

SINGLE LAYER CONSTRUCTION

FASTEN JAMB STUDS TO TRACK TOP AND BOTTOM

TRACK - CUT ANDBENT DOWN

STEEL DOORFRAME

C.R. CHANNEL STIFFENERSFRICTION FIT(OPTIONAL)

JAMBANCHORS

FRAMING REQUIREMENTS AT DOORS

(Type of Door Frame) (Special Details) Partition Height Limits*Jamb Steel Studs Knock Knock Bracing Requires Stud Size

Door Min. Down Down Fixed Over Mechanical 1 5/8" 2 1/2" 3 5/8" 4" 6"Weight Base Steel, In. Alum. Steel Steel Headers Closure (41.3mm) (63.5mm) (92.1mm) (102mm) (152mm)

0.0179 x x x NA** 10'(3048mm) 14'(4267mm) 15'(4572mm) 14'(4267mm)0.0179 x x x x 10'(3048mm) 12'(3657mm) 16'(4876mm) 17'(5181mm) 16'(4876mm)

0.0329 x x x x – 16'(4876mm) 21'(6400mm) 22'(6705mm) 22'(6705mm)

0.0179 x x x – 10'(3048mm) 14'(4267mm) 15'(4572mm) 14'(4267mm)0.0179 x x x 10'(3048mm) 12'(3657mm) 14'(4267mm) 15'(4572mm) 14'(4267mm)0.0179 x x x 12'(3657mm) 14'(4267mm) 16'(4876mm) 17'(5181mm) 16'(4876mm)

0.0329 x 10'(3048mm) 14'(4267mm) 15'(4572mm) 15'(4572mm)0.0329 x x x 12'(3657mm) 16'(4876mm) 17'(5181mm) 17'(5181mm)0.0329 x x x 12'(3657mm) 16'(4876mm) 17'(5181mm) 17'(5181mm)

0.0329 dbl. web to web x 16'(4876mm) 21'(6400mm) 22'(6705mm) 22'(6705mm)0.0329 dbl. web to web x x 16'(4876mm) 21'(6400mm) 22'(6705mm) 22'(6705mm)

0.0179 x x x 12'(3657mm) 14'(4267mm) 15'(4572mm) 14'(4267mm)

0.0329 x x x x 12'(3657mm) 16'(4876mm) 17'(5181mm) 17'(5181mm)

0.0329 dbl. web to web x x 16'(4876mm) 21'(6400mm) 22'(6705mm) 22'(6705mm)

* For a specific partition having a door opening compare above partition height limits with height tables on page 88. The lower height table governs.** NA – Not Allowed.

80 lbs.(36 kg) to120 lbs.(54 kg)

50 lbs.(23 kg) to80 lbs.(36 kg)

Up to50 lbs.(23 kg)

CHASE WALL

20" MAX. WIDTHPER ASTM C754

16' MAX. HEIGHT

48"MAX.

12"

FACE GYPSUM BOARD (APPLIEDIN NORMAL MANNER)

TAPE AND JOINTCOMPOUND

3 DRYWALLSCREWSPER STUD

1/2" GYPSUMBOARD ORSTUD TRACK2 SCREWSPER STUD(ALTERNATE)

STEEL TRACK

Page 95: NGCConstGuide.pdf

93NATIONAL GYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS

09

29

00

09 29 00/NGC

25 & 20 GAUGE STUDS ”C” shaped metal studs fabricatedfrom galvanized steel. 20 gaugestuds are for curtainwall con-struction or more rigid partitions.

25 & 20 GAUGE TRACKFastened at floor and ceiling tosupport the steel studs. Track is channel-shaped and fab-ricated from galvanized steel.

Drywall Metal Framing*

COLD ROLLED CHANNELUsed in suspended ceilings andas stiffeners in stud partitions.

FURRING CHANNELUsed as cross furring membersfor attachment of gypsum boardor lath on ceiling or furredmasonry walls.

RESILIENT FURRING CHANNELUsed as cross furring membersfor attachment of gypsum boardand improves sound isolation onceilings and partitions.

Z FURRING CHANNEL Generally used on the inside ofexterior masonry walls to supportrigid foam insulation and toprovide a fastening surface forgypsum board.

FLOOR & CEILING RUNNER 2" x 2" 20 GAUGEUsed as a utility floor and ceilingrunner. Also used in verticalshaftwall inside cornerapplication.

L RUNNERPerforated – Ceiling or floorsupport for 2" solid lath andplaster partition. Plain – Ceiling support for 2"solid gypsum board partitionusing 1" shaftliner.

*Metal products are not manufactured by National Gypsum Company

Page 96: NGCConstGuide.pdf

94 NATIONAL GYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS

GYPSUM BOARDCORNERBEADUsed to reinforce exteriorgypsum board corners. For usewith all gypsum boardthicknesses, single or doublelayer application.

ARCH CORNERBEAD Can be used straight for exteriorcorners or flanges, or may besnipped and bent to form arches.

E-Z STRIP® EXPANSION JOINTDesigned for drywall or veneerplaster systems. A vinylextrusion used as an expansionor control joint for ceilings orpartitions.

J GYPSUM BOARD CASING (Reveal Trim)Used at door, window, insidecorners when facing must beisolated from abutting elements.Requires no joint treatment finish.

J GYPSUM BOARD CASING Provides a finished edge at doorand window jambs by slippingover edge. Is face nailed andexposed surface finished withjoint treatment.

.093 ZINC CONTROL JOINTDesigned as an expansion orcontrol joint for ceiling andpartition areas for both drywall or veneer plaster systems.

L GYPSUM BOARD CASING Used as a finished edge at doorand window jambs. Is face nailedand exposed surface finishedwith joint treatment.

Accessories*

*Accessories are not manufactured by National Gypsum Company

Page 97: NGCConstGuide.pdf

95NATIONAL GYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS

09

29

00

09 29 00/NGC

DETAILS

STEEL STUD

TAPE AND JOINTCOMPOUND

PARTITION INTERSECTION09250F

Scale: 3" = 1'-0"

GYPSUMBOARD

STEEL STUD

TAPE AND JOINTCOMPOUND

ALTERNATE PARTITIONINTERSECTION

09250GScale: 3" = 1'-0"

CORNER DETAIL09250E

Scale 3" = 1'-0"

3 5/8" STEEL STUDLOCATE AT ABUTTING WALLAND ATTACH THRU GYPSUMBOARD TO STUD INABUTTING WALL

CORNERBEAD – TYPICAL 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD – NUMBER OF LAYERS DETERMINED BY PARTITION TYPE

JOINT WHERE WALL FRAMING CHANGES09250CC

Scale: 3" = 1'-0"

MASONRY WALLSOR COLUMN

STEELSTUD

CAULKING

CASING

KAL-KORE ORGYPSUM BOARD

VENEER PLASTER OR JOINT COMPOUND ADHESIVE

E-Z STRIP VINYLEXPANSION JOINT

STUD SPLICE

16" LENGTH OFTRACK

STUDS BUTTED

4 PAN HEADSCREWS EACHSIDE

Page 98: NGCConstGuide.pdf

96 NATIONAL GYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS

ATTACHMENT TO CONCRETE SLAB09250H

Scale: 3" = 1'-0"

CAULK

DRYWALLCASING

STEEL STUD

CEILING TRACK

DOOR HEAD DETAIL - WOOD09250K

Scale: 3" = 1'-0"

WOOD TRIM

TRACK

STEEL STUD

JAMB STUD

DOOR JAMB DETAIL - WOOD09250N

Scale: 3" = 1'-0"

STEELSTUD

GYPSUMBOARD

WOOD BASE

RESILIENTCOVE BASE

FLOOR TRACKBASE DETAIL

09250QScale: 3" = 1'-0"

FURRING CHANNEL CLIP

FURRINGCHANNEL

STEEL STUD

ATTACHMENT TOSUSPENDED CEILING

09250IScale: 3" = 1'-0"

TAPE ANDJOINT

COMPOUND

TOGGLE BOLTOR MOLLY

1 1/2" C.R.CHANNEL

STEEL STUD TRACK

STEEL STUD

DOOR HEAD DETAIL - METAL09250L

Scale: 3" = 1'-0"

METAL FRAME

TRACK

DOOR JAMB DETAIL - METAL09250O

Scale: 3" = 1'-0"

STEEL STUD

JAMB ANCHOR CLIP

PARTITION END DETAIL09250R

Scale: 3" = 1'-0"

DRYWALL CORNERBEAD

ATTACHMENT TOFURRED CEILING

09250JScale: 3" = 1'-0"

DRYWALLCASING

TYPE SDRYWALLSCREW

FURRING CHANNEL

WALL CONTROL JOINT09250M

Scale: 3" = 1'-0"

SEALANT

E-Z STRIPCONTROL JOINT

BUTT JOINT DETAIL09250S

Scale: 3" = 1'-0"

STEELSTUD

TAPE AND JOINTCOMPOUND

E-Z STRIP VINYLEXPANSION JOINT

1/2"GAP5/8" FIRE-SHIELD

5/8" GAP

2 1/2" STEEL STUDS 5/8" FIRE-SHIELD STRIPS

1 5/8" DRYWALLSCREWS24" O.C.

ONE HOUR FIRE RATED CONTROL JOINT DETAILBased on Warnock Hersey Report No. WHI-651-0318.1

and Factory Mutual Design No. W 1B-1 hr.09250P

Scale: 3" = 1'-0"

Page 99: NGCConstGuide.pdf

97NATIONAL GYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS

09

29

00

09 29 00/NGC

SPECIFICATIONS

THE FOLLOWING PARAGRAPHS ARE FOR INSERTION INTO SECTIONS OFGENERIC SPECIFICATIONS COVERING METAL FRAMING PRODUCTS.

VERIFY DESCRIPTIONS OF METAL FRAMING PRODUCTS WITHMANUFACTURER.

PART 2 PRODUCTS2.02 MATERIALS

A. METAL FRAMING1. Studs: 1 5/8", 1 1/2", 3 5/8", 4" and 6" C shaped studs,

weighing 312 lbs., 370 lbs., 448 lbs., 472 lbs., and 607lbs. per 1000 lin. ft. with min. base steel of 0.0179",galvanized, and complying with ASTM C 645.

2. Track: 1 5/8", 2 1/2", 3 5/8", 4" and 6" U shaped trackwith 1" legs, weighing 244 lbs., 303 lbs., 378 lbs., 404lbs. and 539 lbs. per 1000 lin. ft. with min. base metal of0.0179", galvanized and complying with ASTM C 645.

3. 1 5/8", 2 1/2", 3 5/8", 4" and 6" U shaped track with 11/4" legs, weighing 278 lbs., 337 lbs., 412 lbs., 438 lbs.and 572 lbs. per 1000 lin. ft. with min. base metal of0.0179", galvanized and complying with ASTM C 645.

4. Studs: 2 1/2", 3 5/8", 4" and 6" C shaped studs. Studsweighing 679 lbs., 817 lbs., 867 lbs. and 1105 lbs. per1000 lin. ft. with min. base metal of 0.0329", galvanizedand complying with ASTM C 645.

5. Track: 2 1/2", 3 5/8", 4" and 6" U shaped track with1.177" legs, weighing 604 lbs., 740 lbs., 785 lbs. and1027 lbs. per 1000 lin. ft. with min. base metal of0.0329", galvanized and complying with ASTM C 645.

6. Z Furring Channels: 1", 1 1/2" and 2" Z shaped channels,weighing 201 lbs., 236 lbs. and 268 lbs. per 1000 lin. ft.with min. base steel of 0.0179", galvanized andcomplying with ASTM C 645.

7. Floor & Ceiling Runner: L shaped runner weighing 545lbs. per 1000 lin. ft. with min. base steel of 0.0329",galvanized.

PART 3 EXECUTION3.01 INSTALLATION

A. General: In accordance with ASTM C 754, themanufacturer’s recommendations and National GypsumCompany “Gypsum Construction Guide.”

RECOMMENDATIONS

1. FRAMINGAlign floor and ceiling tracks to ensure plumb partition.

Secure track with suitable fasteners at a maximum of 24"o.c. Position studs in track on 16" or 24" centers byrotating into place for a friction fit. Steel studs shall beinstalled with all flanges pointed in the same direction.Secure studs located adjacent to door and window frames,partition intersections and corners with 3/8" Pan HeadType S Screws driven through both flanges of studs andtracks or by using a stud clincher.

2. SINGLE LAYER OR FIRST PLYCut gypsum board to allow for a 1/8" to 1/4" gap between

gypsum board and floor to prevent potential wicking.Apply gypsum board with the length parallel or at right angles

to the studs. Center abutting ends or edges over the studflanges.

For metal framing, screws shall be Type S, of a length toprovide not less than 3/8" penetration into framing andshall be spaced 24" o.c. max. If no adhesive is used,standard fastener spacings shall prevail.

For non-fire-rated construction, locate all attaching screws12" o.c. when framing is 24" o.c. and 16" o.c. whenframing is 16" o.c. or less. For fire-rated construction,vertical application, space screws 12" o.c. in the field and8" o.c. along the vertical abutting edges unless otherwisespecified. Attach the gypsum board to Steel Studs withType S Drywall Screws using an electric, drywallscrewdriver with a #2 Phillips bit. For vertical gypsumboard application with studs 24" o.c., erect the gypsumboard on one side of the partition, screw attaching to openend of stud flange first at vertical gypsum board joints.Complete the gypsum board application to the entire sideof the partition in this manner. For the opposite side, cutthe first gypsum board 2' wide so that joints will bestaggered. Fasten this and succeeding gypsum boards to allstuds on this side. When partition face is complete, returnto the first side and complete screw attachment of gypsumboard to all intermediate studs.

Make door and window framing openings of such size thatwhen the gypsum board is secured to the studs, it will fitsnugly into the steel frames.

3. FACE LAYERMechanical attachment of face layer for fire or sound rated

constructions shall be made in accordance with thespecifications for the system selected. When the face ply isattached with mechanical fasteners and with no adhesivebetween plies, the maximum spacing and minimumpenetration recommended for screws should be the sameas for single ply application.

Page 100: NGCConstGuide.pdf

98 NATIONAL GYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS

FLUSH-TO-WALL ATTACHMENTS

GYPSUM BOARD FASTENERS

STEEL ANGLEOUTSTANDING LEG1" WIDE MAX.

SHELF BRACKET SHELF BRACKETBETWEEN STUDS

GYPSUM BOARD

SHELFBRACKET

STEEL STUD

2 1/2" #14 WOOD SCREWS

MIN. 12" LONGWOOD FILLERBLOCK CUT FORSNUG FIT INSIDESTUD

4" MIN.

GYPSUM BOARD

SEE CHART BELOWFOR SHELF BRACKETALLOWABLE LOADS

SHELF BRACKET BEARING (1" MIN. BRACKET WIDTH)

STEELSTUD

1 1/2" #10 WOOD SCREWS

6" MIN.

1" X 3" X 12" WOOD BLOCKS LAMINATE ORSCREW ATTACHED TO BACK OF GYPSUMBOARD BETWEEN STUDS

SHELFBRACKETBEARING (1" MIN.BRACKETWIDTH)

EXTRA HEAVY LOADS

2 LAYERS 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD BOTH SIDES (SCREWS 12" O.C. BOTH SIDES)

1/4" DIA. BOLT NUT& WASHER

0.12 L MIN.

S-12 SCREWS. 16" O.C.

L (PARTITIONHEIGHTS)

3 5/8" STEEL STUDS. 24" O.C.

16 GAUGE STEEL STUD OR UCHANNEL TO FLOOR

0.12 L MIN.

ALLOWABLE LOAD 700 ft. lbs. per bracket.

GYPSUM BOARD FASTENERS

Allowable LoadType 1/2" (12.7 mm) 5/8" (15.9 mm)Fastener Size Gypsum Board Gypsum Board

Hollow 1/8" (3.2 mm) dia. SHORT 50 lbs.(23 kg) —Wall 3/16" (4.8 mm) dia. SHORT 65 lbs.(29 kg) —Screw 1/4" (6.4 mm), 5/16" (7.9 mm) 65 lbs.(29 kg) —Anchors 3/8" (9.4 mm) dia. SHORT — 90 lbs.(41 kg)

3/16" (4.8 mm) dia. LONG — 95 lbs.(43 kg)1/4" (6.4 mm), 5/16" (7.9 mm), 3/8" (9.4 mm) dia. LONG

Common 1/8" (3.2 mm) dia. 30 lbs.(14 kg) 90 lbs.(41 kg)Toggle 3/16" (4.76 mm) dia. 60 lbs.(27 kg) 120 lbs.(54 kg)Bolts 1/4" (6.4 mm), 5/16" (7.9 mm), 80 lbs.(36 kg) 120 lbs.(54 kg)

3/8" (9.4 mm) dia.

SHELF BRACKET

Allowable Load

Wood Block 80 ft. lbs. per bracket (108 N-M) – 2' o.c. (610 mm) 40 ft. lbs. per bracket (54 N-M) – 4' o.c. (1219 mm)

Without filler blocks using 50 ft. lbs. per bracket (68 N-M) – 2' o.c. (610 mm)min. #10 sheet metal screws 25 ft. lbs. per bracket (34 N-M) – 4' o.c. (1219 mm)into screw stud

SHELF BRACKET BETWEEN STUDS

Allowable Load With Wood Blocks

Wood Block with 1/2" (12.7 mm) gypsum board 40 ft. lbs. per bracket (54 N-M)Wood Block with 5/8" (15.9 mm) gypsum board 70 ft. lbs. per bracket (95 N-M)

Allowable Load With Sheet Metal (.0239)

.0239 sheet metal substituted 40 ft. lbs. per bracket (54 N-M)for wood with 1/2" (12.7 mm) gypsum board

.0239 sheet metal substituted 50 ft. lbs. per bracket (68 N-M)for wood with 5/8" (15.9 mm) gypsum board

HOLLOW WALL SCREW ANCHOR

COMMON TOGGLE BOLT

INSTALLATION

6" MIN.

Page 101: NGCConstGuide.pdf

99NATIONAL GYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS

09

29

00

09 29 00/NGCSteel Frame Ceilings/Furring Channels or Studs

6" MIN.

TIE WIRES

4 PAN HEAD SCREWSEACH SIDE

16" LENGTHOF TRACK

FURRING CHANNEL SPLICE JOINT

SPLICE JOINT FOR STUDS

DESCRIPTION DETAILS

SPECIFICATIONS

RECOMMENDATIONS

See CSI Metal FramingSpecifications on page 97.

There are three types of steelfurring members for thescrew attachment ofgypsum board ceilings.

1. Furring Channels2. Resilient Furring Channels3. Steel StudsAll three are suitable for

fastening to the lowerchord of steel joists or tocarrying channels insuspended ceilingconstructions. FurringChannels are secured withclips or tie wires. ResilientFurring Channels shall besecured with wire ties. SteelStuds shall be attachedwith tie wires as shown onpage 99. Gold BondGypsum Board shall beapplied using gypsumdrywall screws spaced notgreater than 12" o.c.

RECOMMENDATIONSThese furring systems, when

employed with normalsteel joist construction andgypsum board, constitutenon-combustibleconstruction and, inaddition, fire resistanceratings are achieved asindicated on page 25.

LIMITATIONSLighting and other fixtures

shall be supported byframing; do not use gypsumboard to support them.

For large expanses of theseceiling systems withperimeter relief, controljoints must be located amaximum of 50' o.c. ineither direction; withoutperimeter relief, 30' o.c.maximum in eitherdirection.

DIRECT ATTACHMENT1. Space and position furring

channels in accordancewith manufacturerrecommendation. Wire tieResilient Furring Channels,Steel Studs or FurringChannels as shown onpage 100.

2. Apply gypsum board withits long dimension at rightangles to the channels.Locate gypsum board buttjoints over the center of thefurring channels. Attachgypsum board with 1" self-drilling drywall screws 12"o.c. located not less than3/8" nor more than 1/2"from edges.

SUSPENDED1. Install 1 1/2" channels 4'

o.c. with No. 8 ga. hangerwire spaced a maximum of4' o.c. along carryingchannels. Attach FurringChannels spaced not morethan 24" o.c. perpendicularto 1 1/2" C.R. Channelswith double strand ofsaddle tied No. 16 ga.galvanized tie wire, or 11/2" Furring Channel Clips.

2. Apply gypsum board withits long dimension at rightangles to the FurringChannels. Locate gypsumboard butt joints over thecenter of Furring Channels.Attach gypsum board with1" self-drilling drywallscrews 12" o.c. in the fieldof the board 8" or 12" o.c.at butt joints, located notless than 3/8" or more than1/2" from edges.

Page 102: NGCConstGuide.pdf

100 NATIONAL GYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS

INSTALLATION

FURRINGCHANNEL

TIE WIRE

HANGER SPACING4'0" C-TO-C MAX 1 1/2" CHANNELS

4'0" C-TO-C MAX

FURRING CHANNEL

GYPSUM BOARDMAX FURRING CHANNELSPACING 24" C-TO-C

HANGER WIRE, FURRING CHANNEL CLIP, OR WIRE TIE

1 1/2" CHANNEL PEICE 16"LONG-NESTED (TWO WIRETIES EACH SIDE)

1 1/2" CHANNEL

FURRING CHANNEL

KAL-KORE OR GYPSUMBOARD

KAL-KORE OR GYPSUMBOARD

FURRING CHANNEL CLIP OR WIRE TIE

3" MAX

VINYL“E-Z STRIP”

JOINT

HANGER WIRE

LOOSE WIRE TIES

SHORT PIECE OF FURRING CHANNEL

INVERTED FOR SPLICE1 1/2" CHANNEL

FURRINGCHANNEL

VINYL “E-Z STRIP” JOINTVENEER PLASTER OR JOINT

COMPOUND

VENEER PLASTER OR JOINTCOMPOUND

SADDLE TIE WITH DOUBLE STRANDNO. 16 GA. GALV. TIE WIRE

STEEL STUD

BAR JOIST

SHORT LENGTHOF TRACK

GYPSUM BOARD(FASTEN WITH TYPE SDRYWALL SCREWS 12" O.C. MAX.)

FURRING CHANNELS

FURRING CHANNEL DETAILS

CONTROL JOINT PARALLEL TO FURRING CHANNELS

CONTROL JOINT PERPENDICULAR TO FURRING CHANNELS

FURRING CHANNEL

MAIN RUNNER

SADDLE TIE

STEEL STUDS IN CEILING SYSTEM

RESILIENT FURRINGCHANNEL

Page 103: NGCConstGuide.pdf

101NATIONAL GYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS

09

29

00

09 29 00/NGCWood Frame Walls and Ceilings/Single Layer Construction

DESCRIPTION

STANDARD APPLICATIONStandard application (single

nailing) Regular Gold BondGypsum Board is usuallyapplied directly to woodframing members. Ceilingsare applied first, thensidewalls. Boards should beaccurately cut and jointsabutted but not forcedtogether. Horizontalapplication, long edges atright angles to nailingmembers, is preferred for itminimizes joints andstrengthens the wall orceiling. Nails shall bespaced not to exceed 7" onceilings, or 8" on sidewalls,a minimum of 3/8" and amaximum of 1/2" fromedges and ends of gypsumboard. Gypsum board nailsor annular ring nails, suchas the GWB-54 illustratedabove, are recommended.For a description of thevarious types of Gold BondGypsum Boards, refer topages 58 through 89.

DOUBLE NAILINGDouble nailing is an alternate

method of attachmentdevised to minimize nail-pops. This system requiresdoubling up on the fieldnails. The total quantity ofnails used does not double,however, since maximumnail spacing is increased to12" o.c. and conventionalnailing is used on theperimeter. Application isaccomplished by first singlenailing the field of theboard, starting at the centerand working toward endsand edges. Another nail isthen driven in closeproximity (2" to 2 1/2") toeach of the first nails. Thefirst series of nails are thenstruck again to ensure theboard is drawn tightly tothe nailing member.

FLOATING ANGLEMETHODFloating angle method of

gypsum board applicationeliminates the use of theperimeter nails at interiorcorners and where ceilingsand walls meet. Thismethod reduces the stressand strain on the board ifframing settles.Reference ASTM C 840,Section 9.

ADHESIVE NAIL-ONMETHODApply drywall adhesive to

face of studs or joists incontinuous beads.Reference ASTM C 840Section 10.

FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGSWhere fire ratings are

required, refer to pages 12, 13, 22, and 23. Forcomplete constructiondetails consult the specifictest report.

SCREW APPLICATIONScrew application is often

preferred as the screwholds the gypsum boardtight against the framingwhen applied asrecommended. Type W 1 1/4" Drywall Screws aredriven with an electricscrew gun equipped withadjustable screw depthcontrol and a #2 Phillipsbit. If framing is spaced upto 16" o.c., screws arespaced 12" o.c. max onceilings and 16" o.c. maxon walls. If framing isspaced 24" o.c., screwspacing must not exceed 12" o.c. Minimum screwpenetration shall be 5/8" forwood studs.

RECOMMENDATIONSCut gypsum board to allow for

a 1/8" to 1/4" gap betweengypsum board and floor toprevent potential wicking.

1/2" or 5/8" gypsum boardsingle layer application isrecommended for interiorfinishing of all buildingswith wood frameconstruction. The use of

5/8" gypsum board or 1/2"High Strength CeilingBoard on ceilings willminimize sagging. Duringcold weather the use ofpolyethylene film as aceiling vapor retarder is not recommended unlessceiling insulation isinstalled prior toapplication of gypsumboard.

LIMITATIONS1. 1/4" Gold Bond Gypsum

Board should be appliedonly to existing surfacesand should not be applieddirectly to framingmembers, except whenused with other thicknessesin double layer systemstested for specific purposes.Existing walls and ceilingsshould be sound, flat, leveland without void spaces.1/4" thick gypsum boardshould be applied with acombination of mechanicalfasteners, nails or screws,and adhesive that will bondto the substrate surfacecovering. Nails or screwsshould penetrate framingspaced not over 24" o.c.Adhesive should be appliedbetween framing membersto bond the gypsum boardto the substrate.

2. 3/8" Gold Bond GypsumBoard should not be usedon nailing members over16" o.c. When applied toceilings, the gypsum boardmust be applied with thepaper bound edges at rightangles to the nailing mem-bers and shall not be usedto support insulation. 1/2"or 5/8" Gypsum Boardshould not be used onnailing members over 24"o.c. When applied toceilings with the nailingmembers exceeding 16"o.c., the gypsum boardmust be applied with thepaper bound edges at rightangles to the nailingmembers.

3. If gypsum board ceilingboards are nailed to crossfurring, these membersshall have a minimumcross section of 2" x 2"(nominal) with same

spacing limitations asabove. With screws,nominal 1" x 2" furring maybe used. Spacing of theframing members toreceive furring must notexceed 24" o.c.

4. In single ply installation, allends and edges of gypsumboard should occur overframing members or othersolid backing except wheretreated joints occur at rightangles to framing or furringmembers.

5. Hold the gypsum boardfirmly against the framingwhile fastening with nailsor screws. Start at thecenter and work towardeach end and edge,spacing the fasteners asrecommended for eachtype of application.

6. Lighting and other fixturesshall be supported byframing; do not use gypsumboard to support them.

7. Gypsum board ceilings tobe decorated with water-thinned spray texture shallbe 1/2" or 5/8" thick andapplied perpendicular tothe framing. Framing shallnot exceed 16" o.c. for 1/2" regular gypsum board and24" o.c. for 1/2" HighStrength Ceiling Board and5/8" gypsum board.

8. Gypsum board ceilings toreceive a spray texturefinish must be primed witha sealing latex primer andallowed to dry beforespraying. This is tominimize sagging of thegypsum board anddiscoloration problems.

The use of water-based spraytextures may cause un-primed gypsum board tosag when any one or moreof the following conditionsexist:

1. Unventilated buildings.2. Use of vapor retarders

under certain conditions.3. Periods of prolonged high

humidity due to eitherweather conditions orclosed building units (poordrying conditions).

4. Inadequate framing support(can occur where framingchanges direction).

5. Improper type or thicknessof gypsum board.

Page 104: NGCConstGuide.pdf

102 NATIONAL GYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS

INSTALLATION

RECOMMENDATIONS

FLOATING ANGLESNo nails in shaded area.

SCREW APPLICATIONFast, positive, fewer heads to treat.

ADHESIVE/NAIL-ONIdeal for prefinished boards.

DOUBLE NAILINGMinimizes nail-pop.

SINGLE LAYER GYPSUMBOARD APPLICATION (alsoBase Layer of Double Layer)1. NAILSNails shall be GWB-54 or

cooler type located 3/8"min. to 1/2" max. fromedges and ends of board.Nails shall be a max. of 7"o.c. on ceilings and a max.of 8" o.c. on walls, exceptfor “Double Nailing”Procedure.

2. SCREWSDrywall screws for attaching

gypsum board to woodframing shall be 1 1/4",

Type W spaced not toexceed 12" o.c. on ceilings,16" o.c. on sidewalls wherestuds are 16" o.c. and 12"o.c. on sidewalls wherestuds are spaced 24" o.c.Screws for attachinggypsum board to gypsumboard shall be Type Gspaced as required.

3. STAPLESBase layer gypsum board may

be applied with power-driven staples spaced 7"o.c. on ceilings; 8" o.c. onsidewalls. Staples shall beU.S. Standard 16 gaugegalvanized wire staples

with 7/16" wide crownwith legs having divergentpoints. Legs shall be notless than 1" long for 3/8"base board, 1 1/8" long for1/2" base board or 1 1/4"long for 5/8" base board.

4. CORNERBEADSCornerbead shall be nailed

with gypsum board nailsspaced no greater than 9"apart on each flange of thebead with the nailsopposite. In lieu of nailing,cornerbead may be crimpapplied 6" o.c. with aspecial tool.

5. ADHESIVE APPLICATIONTO FRAMING

A. Apply gypsum boardadhesive to the woodframing with a caulkinggun.

FLOATING INTERIORANGLES To minimize fastener popping

in areas adjacent to walland ceiling intersections,the floating angle methodshould be used for eithersingle or double layerapplication of gypsumboard to wood framing.This method is applicablewhere single nailing,double nailing or screwattachment is used.Gypsum board should beapplied to ceiling first.

REPAIRING NAIL-POPS Nail-pops are caused by

lumber shrinkage afterboard application; loosegypsum board; improperlyaligned, twisted or bowedframing; or impropernailing.

Pops appearing before/duringdecoration should berepaired immediately.Those which occur afterone or more month’sheating are usually causedby lumber shrinkage andshould not be repaired untilafter heating season. Torepair, renail about 1 1/2"from the popped nail alongthe framing while applyingsufficient pressure adjacentto the nail to bring board infirm contact with theframing. If the popped nail

was improperly driven,remove it. If properlydriven, reseat just belowthe board face. Removeany loose material overreseated nail before treat-ing nail heads with jointcompound andredecorating.

ADHESIVE NAIL-ONAPPLICATIONThe adhesive nail-on system

for application of gypsumboard to wood framingmembers strengthens thewall and minimizes thepossibility of nail-popping.It reduces the number ofnails in the field, providesfor intimate contact and acontinuous bond betweenthe gypsum board andwood framing. All surfacesthat come in contact withthe adhesive should be dry,free of dirt, grease, oil orother foreign materials.

SCREW APPLICATIONDrywall screws attach gypsum

board to wood or steelframing or to other gypsumboards. They pull the boardtightly to the supports,minimizing surface defectsdue to loose boards. Whenproperly driven, they makea uniform depression freeof ragged edges and fuzz.

Page 105: NGCConstGuide.pdf

09

29

00

103NATIONAL GYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS

09 29 00/NGC

TECHNICAL DATA

FASTENER SELECTOR FOR WOOD FRAMING

Nail Type Length Gypsum Board Type Thickness

GWB-54 [Annular Ring 1/4" 1 1/4" (31.8 mm) Regular or Foil-back 3/8" (9.4 mm), (6.4 mm) head, 098 Dia. shank] 1 3/8" (34.9 mm) gypsum board. 1/2" (12.7 mm)

Gypsum Board Nail (Coated Nail length should Regular, Foil-back or Fire-Shield 1/4" (6.4), 3/8" (9.4 mm)cooler, flat head, diamond point) be sufficient (type X) gypsum board. 1/2" (12.7 mm),

for 7/8" (22.2 mm) penetration 5/8" (15.9 mm),into the framing member. 1" (25.4 mm)

Where a certain degree of fire resistance is required for gypsum board assemblies and construction, nails of sameor larger length, shank diameter, and head bearing area as those described in the fire test report must be used.

Screws Type W 1 1/4" (31.8 mm) Regular or Foil-back. 3/8" (9.4 mm), 1/2" (12.7 mm),5/8" (15.9 mm)

Staples US Std. 16 gauge 1" long (25.4 mm) Only in first 3/8" (9.4 mm)7/16" (11.1) crown with 1 1/8" (28.6 mm) layer of multi- 1/2" (12.7 mm)divergent points 1 1/4" (31.8 mm) layer application. 5/8" (15.9 mm)

PLATE

JOISTCEILING DETAIL

STUD

OUTSIDE CORNER

CORNERBEADPLATE

INSIDE CORNERPLATE

DETAILS

SPECIFICATIONS

See CSI 3-Part format Generic/Proprietary Specifications on page120.

Maximum Framing SpacingFor Single-Layer Gypsum Board

Gypsum Board Gypsum Board MaximumThickness Orientation Framing Spacing

to Framing

Ceilings:3/8" (9.5 mm)A PerpendicularB 16" (406 mm) o.c.1/2" (12.7 mm) ParallelB 16" (406 mm) o.c.1/2" (12.7 mm) PerpendicularB 24" (610 mm) o.c.5/8" (15.9 mm) Parallel 16" (406 mm) o.c.5/8" (15.9 mm) Perpendicular 24" (610 mm) o.c.

Walls:

3/8" (9.5 mm) Perpendicular 16" (406 mm) o.c.or Parallel

1/2" (12.7 mm) Perpendicular 24" (610 mm) o.c.or Parallel

5/8" (15.9 mm) Perpendicular 24" (610 mm) o.c.or Parallel

A Shall not support thermal insulationB On ceilings to receive hand or spray-applied water-based

texture material either 1/2" (12.7 mm) gypsum ceilingboard (ASTM C 1396/C 1396M) shall be appliedperpendicular to framing; other gypsum board products shall be applied perpendicular to framing and board thickness shall be increased from 3/8" (9.5 mm) to 1/2" (12.7 mm) for 16" (406 mm) o.c. framing and from 1/2" (12.7 mm) to 5/8" (15.9 mm) for 24" (610 mm) o.c. framing.

Page 106: NGCConstGuide.pdf

104 NATIONAL GYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS

The Gold Bond double layersystem consists of a facelayer of gypsum board job-laminated to a base layer ofgypsum board, or gypsumsound deadening boardapplied with power drivenscrews or staples, or nailedto the framing in theconventional manner.

DETAILS

SPECIFICATIONS

Wood Frame Walls and Ceilings/Double Layer Construction

DESCRIPTION

See CSI 3-Part formatGeneric/ProprietarySpecifications on page 120.

PLATE

JOISTCEILING DETAIL

STUD

OUTSIDE CORNER

CORNERBEAD PLATE

INSIDE CORNERPLATE

RECOMMENDATIONS

INSTALLATION

DOUBLE LAYER GYPSUM BOARD1. Base layerThe first layer may be

specified the same as singlelayer application exceptthat fasteners shall bedriven flush with the boardsurface and joints will notbe treated. Base layer mustnot be secured to framingwith clips.

2. Adhesive Application ofFace Layer, General

a. All joints shall fall at least10" from parallel joints inthe base layer. Adhesiveshall be: (select one)

b. ProForm all-purpose readymix joint compound or Sta-Smooth setting typecompound applied with anotched spreader to theback side of the finishlayer.

c. Adhesive is applied with acaulking gun. Align boardedges. Reference ASTM C 840, section 9.

3. Adhesive Application,Regular Gypsum Board

The finish layer shall bepositioned on the wall orceiling within 10 minutes(unless otherwise specifiedabove) and held in placewith sufficient temporary(nails) (Type G DrywallScrews) (bracing) to ensureadequate contact andalignment of the gypsumboards. When the bond has developed (usually 24 hours) the temporary(fasteners) (bracing) shall beremoved. Resulting holesshall be filled flush to thesurface with JointCompound and the jointsshall be finished.Cornerbead shall beapplied at all exteriorangles.

4. Adhesive Application,Prefinished Gypsum Board

a. Pre-bow board by storingovernight in such a positionthat the ends of each boardcurve away from the baselayer when put in verticalmounting position.

b. Apply ready-mix or Sta-Smooth joint compound innominal 5" ribbons of four1/4" x 1/4" beads locatedaround the perimeter andcenter of the boards(approximate coverage forready-mix is 9-10 gal./1000sq.ft and Sta-Smooth is 50-60 lbs./1000 sq.ft.). Analternative is 2" diameterdaubs 1/2" thick, 16" o.c.(approximate coverage forready-mix is 5 1/2"-6gal./1000 sq.ft. and Sta-Smooth is 30 - 35 lbs./1000sq.ft.).

c. Temporarily brace, asrequired, to ensure propercontact and edge alignmentof boards.

5. Mechanical Application ofFace Layer

Mechanical attachment offace layer for fire or soundrated constructions shall bemade in accordance withthe specifications for thesystem selected.

For non-rated construction,nails used in wood framingto supplement adhesiveshall be type GWB, of alength to provide 7/8"minimum penetration intoframing and shall bespaced 16" o.c. max.Screws used in woodframing shall be Type W, ofa length to provideminimum 5/8" penetrationinto the framing and shallbe spaced 24" o.c. max. If no adhesive is used,standard fastener spacingsshall prevail.

Cut gypsum board to allow fora 1/8" to 1/4" gap betweengypsum board and floor toprevent potential wicking.

In double layer constructionuse any of the followingappropriate laminatingadhesives: (1) Sta-SmoothCompound or Sta-SmoothLite for fast hardening; (2) All-Purpose JointCompound for spreadingon the back surface of thefinish layer boards: (3)drywall adhesive meetingASTM C 557.

Base layer is applied onceilings, then sidewalls,secured with 1 1/4" TypeW Screws 12" o.c. onceilings, 16" o.c. on walls;nails located 7" o.c. onceilings; 8" o.c. onsidewalls; staples 5" o.c. onceilings and 6" o.c. onsidewalls.

Finish layer is temporarilynailed or braced untiladhesive dries. On walls,prefinished boards, appliedvertically, can be pre-bowed, nailed just top andbottom.

RECOMMENDATIONS1. Double layer gypsum board

application over woodframing is recommendedfor the ultimate in wallsurfacing and in areaswhere increased fireprotection and better soundinsulation are desiredbetween rooms. (For testresults see pages 13-14 ofthis guide.) Custom builthomes, commercialbuildings and party wallsbetween apartments wouldbe considered appropriateareas for double layerapplication.

Page 107: NGCConstGuide.pdf

105NATIONAL GYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS

09 29 00/NGC

2. Laminating is an excellentway to apply Durasan, thevinyl-surfaced gypsumboard. This methodeliminates any visible attachment.

3. Sta-Smooth Compound or Sta-Smooth Lite is recommended for laminating as well as forjoint treatment where fasthardening is required.

LIMITATIONS 1. Joints of succeeding layers

must not fall at the samelocation. For greateststrength, it is recom-mended that the boards ofeach layer be staggered sothat joints of each layer areat least 10" apart.

2. During cold weather, maintain a room temperature of not lessthan 40˚F during mechanical attachment ofgypsum board, andbetween 50˚F and 70˚F for 48 hours before lamination, joint treatment,texturing and decoration,and continuously thereafteruntil completely dry.

CEILING JOISTS

BASE LAYERGYPSUM BOARD

LAMINATINGADHESIVE

2 X 4 WOODFRAMING

WOOD

BASE PROFORM JOINT TREATMENT(ALL JOINTS AND CORNERS)

SOUND TRANSMISSION CLASS 45 FIRE RESISTANCE RATING 1 HR.

CAULKING

JOINT COMPOUND

4D NAILS 12" O.C.2 X 4 PLATE

2 X 4, 16" O.C.

1/4" GYPSUM BOARD

1/2" FIRE-SHIELD C GYPSUM BOARD 2 LAYERS 5/8" FIRE-SHIELD GYPSUM BOARD

CAULKING

3 1/2" MINERAL WOOLOR GLASS FIBER

SOUND TRANSMISSION CLASS 58 FIRE RESISTANCE RATING 2 HRS.

FINISH LAYER TAPERED EDGEGYPSUM BOARD

09

29

00

Page 108: NGCConstGuide.pdf

106 NATIONAL GYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS

Resilient Furring Channel Construction

DESCRIPTION

SPECIFICATIONS

See CSI 3-Part format Generic/Proprietary Specifications on page 120.

DETAIL

5/8" FIRE-SHIELD GYPSUM BOARD

2 X 4 STUD

3 1/2" MINERAL WOOL ORGLASS FIBER FOR STC 50

1/2" RESILIENT FURRING CHANNEL

5/8" FIRE-SHIELD GYPSUM BOARD

TYPICAL SECTION

Resilient Furring Channels arefabricated of galvanizedsteel with expanded metallegs that provide resiliencyto reduce soundtransmission through woodframed wall and ceilingassemblies.

STANDARD APPLICATIONResilient Channels have

punched holes spaced 1"o.c. in the leg flanges tofacilitate fastening toframing members spacedeither 16" or 24" o.c. The12' long channels areapplied perpendicular tothe framing members andspaced not more than 24"o.c. Gypsum board is thenattached to the ResilientChannels with powerdriven, Type S DrywallScrews spaced 12" o.c.

RECOMMENDATIONS1. Construction, as shown in the

detail below, is recommend-ed to achieve sound and fire-rating as shown on pages11-26.

2. A 3" wide strip of 1/2" thickgypsum board should beused at the floor line toassure a solid base forattaching the gypsum boardand the base. An additionalstrip of gypsum board or aResilient Furring Channelshould be used at theceiling line.

3. The point of intersectionbetween the wall and floorshall be caulked prior toapplication of baseboard toobtain the best soundisolation.

4. On wood studs fastenchannel through alternateflanges at each stud using 1 1/4" GWB-54 Nails orType W Drywall Screws.Fasten both flanges atchannel ends.

5. Resilient Furring Channelsshould be fastened to woodjoists with one Type WDrywall Screw at each joistin alternate flanges.Channel ends may fall onor between joists but mustbe fastened to prevent anysliding movement whichcould create squeakingnoises. When channel endsfall between joists, overlapapproximately 1 1/2" andscrew-attach through bothlegs into a wood block heldabove the channels, oroverlap approximately 6"and fasten both channelsnear ends with 3/8" Type SPan Head Screws.

LIMITATIONS1. Spacing of Resilient Furring

Channels should notexceed 24" o.c. nor spanmore than 24".

2. Use only 1/2" or 5/8"gypsum board with thissystem.

RECOMMENDATIONS

INSTALLATION (RESILIENTFURRING CHANNELS ONONE SIDE OF PARTITION)Wood framing shall be

erected in accordance withconventional procedure,studs (16" o.c.) (24" o.c.). A1/2" x 3" shim strip ofgypsum board shall benailed to the base platecontinuously on theresilient side of thepartition. An additionalstrip of gypsum board or aResilient Furring Channelshould be used at theceiling line. ResilientFurring Channels shall belocated horizontally, 24"o.c. max., and be securedthrough alternating flangesat each stud with 1 1/4"GWB-54 Nails or Type WDrywall Screws. Abuttingchannel ends shall belocated over studs, shall begapped and shall befastened through bothflanges.

INSTALLATION (RESILIENTFURRING CHANNELS ONCEILINGS)Wood framing shall be

erected in accordance withconventional procedure,joists (16" o.c.) (24" o.c.)Resilient Furring Channelsshall be installedperpendicular to joists,spaced 24" o.c. and amaximum of 6" from theceiling-wall line with TypeW Screws through alternateflanges at each joist.

Where channel ends overlapat a joist, Type W DrywallScrews must be driventhrough both channelsthrough both flanges intojoist.

Where channel ends overlapbetween joists, woodblocking may be used totake Type W DrywallScrews driven through bothchannels through bothflanges, or Type S PanHead Screws may be usedto fasten channel endstogether.

APPLICATION OF GYPSUMBOARDAttach gypsum board to

Resilient Furring Channelswith 1" Type S DrywallScrews 12" o.c. and toframing through filler stripswith drywall screws 12"o.c. that penetrate framing5/8" minimum.

Note: Screws used to attachgypsum board to resilientfurring channels shall notcontact wood framing.

Page 109: NGCConstGuide.pdf

09

29

00

107NATIONAL GYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS

09 29 00/NGC

INSTALLATION

SPLICE ON JOIST1 1/4" Type W Screws

SPLICE BETWEEN JOISTS3/8" Type S Pan Head Screws

SPLICE BETWEEN JOISTS, ALT.1 1/4" Type W Screws

NOM. 1 X 4 BLOCK

6"

2 x 4 PLATE

2 x 4 STUDS

3 1/2" MINERALWOOL OR

GLASS FIBER

2 x 4 PLATE

DRYWALL SCREWS1" DRYWALL SCREWS

TAPE JOINTTREATMENT

3" x 1/2" THICK STRIPGYPSUM BOARD FILLER

RESILIENTFURRING CHANNEL

24" O.C.

Page 110: NGCConstGuide.pdf

108 NATIONAL GYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS

Gypsum Board Over Masonry

DESCRIPTION

DETAILS

SPECIFICATIONS

Z FURRING

1 1/4"

3/4"

1", 11/2", 2"

See CSI 3-Part format Generic/Proprietary Specifications on page 120.

A. Z FURRING CHANNEL 1. Application of Foam.

Z Furring Channel is usedto secure rigid insulationand gypsum board tomasonry walls. Insulationthickness (1", 1 1/2", 2")determines depth of Zfurring web. The channel isapplied vertically andfastened to the masonrywall through the short (3/4")flange with suitablemasonry fasteners 24" o.c.maximum. Application isprogressive. After fasteningeach Z Furring Channel, a24" wide floor-to-ceiling-high insulation board is fitbetween the wall and thewide (1 1/4") flange.

2. Application of GypsumBoard. Erect Gold BondGypsum Board eithervertically or horizontally tothe Z Furring Channels.Gypsum board edges orends that run parallel to thechannels shall be centeredand abutted over channels.Fasten gypsum board with1" Type S Drywall Screwsspaced 12" o.c. Whengypsum board erection iscomplete, finish all jointsand screw heads inaccordance with ProFormJoint Finishing System.Prefinished gypsum boardmay be laminated verticallyto the channels with screwsat top and bottom.

Limitations Power driven fasteners should

be used to secure furringonly when wall ismonolithic concrete.Regular concrete nails canbe used for fastening to unitmasonry. If block is old,test nailing should be donein advance to determineoptimum size and type of nail.

B. LAMINATION 1. Application of Foam.

Insulation may be urethanefoam or extrudedpolystyrene. Expandedbead polystyrene is notrecommended. Forhorizontal gypsum board

application, install woodfurring strips (nominal 2"wide x 1/32" greater thanthe foam thickness)horizontally along the wall-ceiling and wall-floorangles, where horizontalgypsum board joints willfall, and around door andwindow openings. Forvertical gypsum boardapplication, furring stripsare required at thehorizontal wall-ceiling andwall-floor lines and arounddoor and windowopenings.

Masonry surface must be dry,clean and free of dust, dirt,form release agents, oil,grease or water solublematerials. Treat paintedmasonry as recommendedfor laminating to paintedsurfaces. Apply adhesive tothe foam insulation in 3/8"dia. beads continuouslyaround the perimeter andthrough the field in the longdirection with the beadsspaced 16" o.c. Contactadhesive manufacturer forcompatibility with foam.

Apply the foam boardshorizontally to the wallwith a sliding motion andhand press entire board toensure full contact ofadhesive and wall surface.

2. Application of GypsumBoard. ProForm All-Purpose Joint Compoundsmay be used. (Do not usewater base compounds forlaminating prefinishedboards to foam.)

Permanent nails or screws 12" o.c. are required tofasten gypsum board towood furring. Gypsumboard must be installed aminimum of 1/8" from thefloor. Use temporary nailsor bracing as necessary tohold gypsum board boardsin firm contact to the foamuntil adhesive has dried orset.

Limitations 1. Nails or screws used for

attachment of gypsumboard to furring strips mustnot penetrate through thefurring.

2. Power driven fastenersshould be used to securefurring to monolithicconcrete. Regular concretenails can be used forfastening to unit masonry. Ifblock is old, test nailingshould be done in advanceto determine optimum sizeand type of nail.

3. During cold weather, roomtemperature between 50˚Fand 70˚F must bemaintained uniformlyduring application anduntil adhesive is thoroughlydry or premises areoccupied. Provideadequate ventilation.

4. Gypsum board is notrecommended in areaswhere it will be exposed toexcessive moisture orcontinued high humidity.

5. Since the use of foamplastic insulation isregulated by many buildingcodes, consultation withlocal building authorities isrecommended beforeinstallation.

Since unprotected foaminsulation may represent afire hazard, it should becovered promptly andcompletely with gypsumboard.

Page 111: NGCConstGuide.pdf

09

29

00

109NATIONAL GYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS

09 29 00/NGC

RECOMMENDATIONS

INSTALLATION

Z FURRING CHANNEL HORIZONTAL INSTALLATION WITH DRYWALL ADHESIVE

DAUB METHOD USING JOINT COMPOUND

Z FURRING1. Begin application of

Z furring members bypositioning first piecevertically at a corner.Locate the piece on thewall adjacent to the wallbeing insulated first.

2. Insulation thicknessdetermines distance of Z furring web from wallbeing insulated. At theappropriate distance, andwith wide flange pointingtoward applicator, secure Z furring with appropriatefasteners through shortflange. (Note to Specifier:Power driven fasteners arenot recommended for usewith masonry block.)

3. Install 24" wide floor-to-ceiling insulation board,pressed snugly against webof first Z. Install next Z withwide flange overlappingedge of first insulationboard. Fasten to wallthrough narrow flange.

4. Continue in this manner,with Z furring 24" o.c. toend of wall. Locate last Zso that web is located adistance equal to insulationthickness from adjoiningwall. Cut last insulationboard to fit remainingspace.

5. At exterior corner, attachthe Z through its wideflange, with narrow flangeextending beyond thecorner. Begin with anarrow strip of floor-to-ceiling insulation, widerthan insulation thicknessbut not exceeding 3".Continue application offurring and insulationprogressively as describedabove.

6. At windows, doors and trimareas, use wood nailers(nom. 2" wide x insulationthickness plus 1/32"). Usethe nailers also at wall-floorangles to support trim andprovide backing for base.

7. Apply gypsum board with1" Type S Screws throughflanges of Z furring, 12" o.c.

LAMINATION1. Masonry or monolithic

concrete shall be abovegrade, dry, free of dust,loose particles, oil, greaseor other foreign material.

2. Joint compound used asadhesive shall be mixed toa consistency thick enoughto allow a 2" daub to stickto the underside of a broadknife held parallel to thefloor.

3. Apply 2" to 2 1/2" diameterdaubs of adhesive 1/2"thick, 16" o.c. in bothdirections to the masonrywall. The adhesive layoutmust provide for a row ofdaubs located a maximumof 2" from board ends, andcare must be exercised tocenter daubs on verticaljoints. No more adhesiveshall be applied to the wallthan will be covered withboard in 15 minutes.Approximate coverage forjoint compound (powder)used as an adhesive is 30-35 lbs./1000 sq. ft.

4. Cut gypsum board to allowfor 1/8" to 1/4" clearancebetween board and floor toprevent potential wicking.

5. Install gypsum board byhand pressing each boardtight to the wall makingcertain that all daubs are inpositive contact with theboard.

6. Support boards at eachcorner to keep them fromslipping to the floor by useof a concrete nail driventhrough a small block ofnominal 1" lumber.

7. Butt boards to eachpreviously positionedboard to ensure flush joints.

8. If necessary to hold boardsstraight, plumb and inproper alignment, drivemasonry nails throughsmall wood blocks and intomasonry at high pointsonly. After adhesive is dry(24 - 48 hours) removetemporary nails.

9. Fill all holes and treat jointswith tape and jointcompound.

Page 112: NGCConstGuide.pdf

110 NATIONAL GYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS

DESCRIPTION

Solid Laminated Partitions

DETAILS

TECHNICAL DATA

Maximum Partition LengthCeiling Height Between Restraints

12' (3658 mm) 14' (4267 mm)11' (3353 mm) 20' (6096 mm)10' (3048 mm) Over 20' (6096 mm)

GYPSUM BOARD

BASE

L FLOORRUNNER

FLOOR LINE

VERTICAL SECTION USINGMETAL FLOOR RUNNER

09250TScale: 3" = 1'-0"

1" FIRE-SHIELD SHAFTLINER

JOINTCOMPOUND

ADHESIVE

1" FIRE-SHIELD SHAFTLINER

GYPSUM BOARD CORNERBEAD

12d NAIL/12" O.C.

TAPE AND JOINTCOMPOUND

1" FIRE-SHIELD SHAFTLINER

GYPSUM BOARD

CORNER WALL DETAIL09250U

Scale: 3" = 1'-0"

CAULKING

L RUNNER

CASING BEAD

ANCHORAGE TO CONCRETECEILINGS, WALLS OR COLUMNS

09250VScale: 3" = 1'-0"

1/4"

1" FIRE-SHIELD SHAFTLINER

Laminated Partitions havebeen developed for usewhere sturdy, nonload-bearing walls are desired.The total thickness isnominal 2". 1" Fire-ShieldShaftliner is used betweenface layers of gypsumboard.

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES A. Fire Resistance. Fire

endurance ratings havebeen established by thefollowing tests:FM WP 671 - 1 HOUR:1/2" Regular Gypsum faceboards and ProForm BrandSta-Smooth jointcompound* as laminatingcompound.UL U505 - 2 HOUR:5/8" Type X Fire-Shieldface boards and ProFormBrand Sta-Smooth jointcompound* as laminatingcompound.UL U525 - 2 HOUR:1/2" Fire-Shield Type Cface board and ProFormBrand Sta-Smoothcompound* as laminatingcompound.UL U529 - 2 HOUR:1/2" Fire-Shield Type Cface boards and ProFormBrand Sta-Smooth jointcompound* as laminatingcompound.

B. Sound Isolation. An STCrating of 34 has beenachieved in tests con-ducted in accordance with ASTM E 90.

C. Economical. The laminatedpartition offers a substantialsaving in installation timeand subsequently in laborcosts over other types ofsolid partitions. The 1"gypsum core is quickly andeasily installed and thelarge sheets of gypsumboard provide a dry finishsurface in minimum time.

LIMITATIONS The laminated partition is

adapted to any type ofbuilding for nonload-bearing partitions notexceeding 12' in height.Further limitations to heightare based on the partitionlength in the table below.

*Required for fire rating.

Page 113: NGCConstGuide.pdf

09

29

00

111NATIONAL GYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS

09 29 00/NGC

SPECIFICATIONS

See CSI 3-Part format Generic/Proprietary Specifications on page 120.

GYPSUM BOARD

WOOD CASING

STOP

DOOR

JOINT COMPOUND ADHESIVE

1" FIRE-SHIELD SHAFTLINER

WOOD JAMB DETAIL09250W

Scale: 3" = 1'-0"

GYPSUM BOARD

CLIPS NAILED TO SHAFTLINER(4d nails bent over)

JAMB DETAIL09250X

Scale: 3" = 1'-0"

STRAP AND ANCHORCLIP ASSEMBLY

STEEL JAMB1. Secure floor runner to floor

with approved fasteners 24"o.c. Ceiling runner shall besecured in an appropriatemanner to the ceilingconstruction. The L runnershall be used as both floorand ceiling runners in Fire-Rated construction.

2. The 1" Fire-ShieldShaftliner, cut 1/4" shorterthan wall height, shall beinstalled vertically and shallbe fastened to the floor andceiling runners with two 1 5/8" Type S DrywallScrews, each located 2"from each edge of theShaftliner boards.

3. Sta-Smooth Compoundshall be applied evenlywith a notched spreader(with 1/4" x 1/4" notches, 1 1/2" o.c.) to the back sideof the 4' wide, ceilingheight gypsum board faceboards. Install the boardsvertically to both sides ofthe Shaftliner. Stagger

RECOMMENDATIONS

board joints 12" from theShaftliner joints and 24"from joints on each side ofthe wall.

Face boards are then screwed,12" o.c. to the top andbottom runners with 1 7/8"Type S screws and aresecured to the Shaftlinerwith 1 5/8" Type S DrywallScrews spaced 24" o.c.horizontally and verticallyto include screws along the vertical edges of eachboard.

Gypsum board joints shall bereinforced with paper tapeand finished with jointcompound.

4. Door frames shall bevertical, plumb and true,and shall be securelyanchored to floor andceilings as shown on the plans.

5. Completed partition shall be straight and plumb.

Page 114: NGCConstGuide.pdf

112 NATIONAL GYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS

DESCRIPTION

National Gypsum Companyproduces Joint TreatmentCompounds and a complete line ofreinforcing tapes for theproper finishing of gypsum board joints. To ensurebest results, only NationalGypsum products shouldbe used together in construction systems.Mixing with other brands isnot recommended.

All National Gypsum JointCompounds are formulatedwithout asbestos and therefore comply withConsumer Product SafetyStandards.

JOINT COMPOUNDSJoint treatment compounds

have three basic uses:1. To embed the joint tape

and to finish over the tape,the cornerbead and nail orscrew heads.

2. To texture gypsum boardsurfaces.

3. To laminate gypsum boardto an existing surface suchas old plaster, masonry, ora gypsum board or backerboard base.

ProForm BRAND All PurposeJoint Compound – A pre-mixed compound thatmay be used directly fromthe container. It is designedfor tape application, fastener spotting, and thecomplete joint finishing ofgypsum board. It containssufficient binder to securethe reinforcing tape anddevelops its strength andhardness by drying. Thereare two types: regular is foruse with hand tools, andmachine grade, a thinnerversion, used inmechanical toolapplication. It can also beused to repair cracks inplaster walls and for skimming and texturing.Available in 61.7 lb. pailsor 50 lb. and 61.7 lb. cartons. West Coast only:47 lb. cartons. Southwestonly: 48 lb. cartons.

ProForm BRAND XP JointCompound - A pre-mixedall-purpose jointcompound formulated foradditional mold resistance.Can be used with XPGypsum Board to constructwall or ceiling systemswith enhanced resistanceto mold. Available in 61.7lb. pails and 50 lb. cartons.

ProForm BRAND Multi-UseJoint Compound – A multi-use ready-mix joint compound designed for allphases of drywall finishing:taping, fasteners, finishing,texturing, trims andcornerbead. Available in3.5 gal. or 4.5 gal. cartonsor 4.5 gal. pails. West Coast only: 46 lb. cartons.

ProForm BRAND Lite JointCompound – A lightweightjoint compound designedto be used for finishinggypsum board joints,spotting fasteners, finishingcornerbead and texturing.ProForm Lite is designed tomake your job easier.Approximately 30% lighter

than conventional compounds, Lite pulls andsands easier and reducesshrinkage by up to 20%.Available in 4.5 gal. pailsor 3.5 gal. and 4.5 gal. cartons. West Coast only:3.59 gal. cartons.

ProForm BRAND Ultra JointCompound - A lightweightjoint compound designedto be used for finishinggypsum board, spottingfasteners and finishingcornerbead. ProForm Ultrais approximately 50%lighter than conventionalready mix andapproximately 30% lighterthan other lightweightproducts. Ultra provides asuperior finish with lesspocking and excellentsanding characteristics andis the lowest shrinkageready mix on the market(10-14%). Available in 4.5gal. pails or 3.5 gal. and4.5 gal. cartons.

ProForm® BRAND Joint Treatment

Page 115: NGCConstGuide.pdf

09

29

00

113NATIONAL GYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS

09 29 00/NGC

ProForm BRAND Taping JointCompound - A ready-mixjoint compound designedto enhance bond whenembedding joint tape orwhen applying tape-oncorner bead andaccessories. Tapingcompound is also anexcellent product toenhance bond whenlaminating gypsum board.Available in 46 lb.cartons.

ProForm BRAND ToppingJoint Compound –Designed specially as afinish used over jointcompound. It is notrecommended forembedding paper tape orthe first coat over cornerbeads. It exhibitseasy working and spreading characteristicsand is suitable for floatingor finishing taped joints,spotting nail or screwheads and the finish coatsover cornerbead. Itsexcellent sanding qualitiesmake it preferred as afinishing compound.Topping Compound canalso be used for texturing. Available in 61.7 lb. pailsor 50 lb. and 61.7 lb. cartons. West Coast only:49 lb. cartons.

ProForm BRAND Triple-TCompound (Taping,Topping, Texturing) – Anall-purpose, powder compound used for embedding tape, for finishing and for texturing.Available in 25 lb. bags.

ProForm BRAND TextureGrade Joint Compound –An all-purpose ready-mixed material speciallyformulated for texturingwalls and ceilings. Use tocreate a variety of textures,the most typical are SpraySpatter, SpatterKnockdown, Orange Peeland Skip Trowel. Bondswell with many surfacesincluding gypsum board,gypsum plaster and abovegrade interiorconcrete/masonry.Available in 61.7 lb. pailsor 50 lb. cartons.

Storage, Ready-MixStorage life varies with climactic conditions, up to6 months under good conditions. Store compound away fromextreme cold or heat toavoid accelerated aging.Regularly checkproduction dates androtate inventory on a first-in, first-out plan.

If Ready-Mix freezes, allowmaterial to thaw at roomtemperature for a least 24hours. When thawed, turnthe container upside-downfor at least 15 minutes.Turn pail right side up,remove lid, and immediately remix with anelectric drill. Ready-Mixshould be lump free andready to use within 1minute. Discard all Ready-Mix that does not remix toa lump free consistency.

StackingReady-Mix pails or cartons

should not be stackedmore than two pallets inheight.

ProForm BRAND Sta-SmoothJoint Compound – Aspecial setting (hardening)type compound that is notaffected by humidity onceit has set and dried. It wasdeveloped for use in theSta-Smooth System toreduce joint deformitiessuch as ridging andbeading. Sta-Smoothcompound firmly bondsthe tape to the board andthe Sta-Smooth boardedges to each other. Sta-Smooth compound issuitable for filling voidsleft in above-grade interiorconcrete. Required forfinishing joints on exteriorsoffit board.

Sta-Smooth compounds arerecommended for use inpoor drying conditions.Recoating characteristicssave trips to jobs. Productexhibits low shrinkagemaking it excellent forpre-filling and quickpatches.

LIMITATIONSSta-Smooth should not be

applied over moistsurfaces or surfacessubject to moisture.Remove all grease, dirtand form oils from theconcrete prior toapplication of the Sta-Smooth. Grind allprojections from theconcrete. Available infollowing types: 20, 45,90, 210. (Numbersdesignate setting orhardening times inminutes.) Available in 25 lb. bags.

ProForm BRAND Sta-SmoothLite Joint Compound – Alightweight settingcompound offering theadvantages of a hardeningcompound, but alsosandable. Available in set times of 5, 20, 45, 90, 210 minutes in 18 lb.bags.

ProForm BRAND Sta-SmoothHS Joint Compound (HighStrength) – Developed foruse in the manufacturedhousing industry. Ahardening or settingcompound whichdevelops high earlystrength. Available in settimes of 20, 30, 45, 60and 90 minutes. Availablein 25 lb. bags.

Storage, Setting Compound –Storage life varies withclimactic conditions. Withgood indoor storage - upto 12 months, highhumidity - 6 monthsmaximum.

JOINT TAPESProForm BRAND Joint Tape –

Joint tape conceals andreinforces gypsum boardjoints. The tape is buffedon both sides to ensure thebest working qualities andbond. A center creasingprocess allows easyfolding for use at corners.Available in 75', 250' and500' rolls.

ProForm BRAND Multi-FlexTape Bead – Acombination of joint tapeand metal strips laminatedto form an outside orinside corner for gypsumboard. It is particularlyrecommended for insidecorners on cathedralceilings, kneewalls,stairways, or any outsideor inside corner less orgreater than 90˚F. It isapplied with the metalside to the face of thegypsum board and isembedded into the jointcompound, 100 ft. perroll.

ProForm BRAND FiberglassMesh Tape – A 1.9" wide,self-adhering fiberglasstape for use with Sta-Smooth compounds. 300'per roll. Notrecommended for use withdrying type compounds.

Varying weather conditionscan impact both thequality and appearance oftaped drywall joints.Relative humidity, plustemperature, will affect theworking characteristics ofall joint compounds.

For example, cool wetweather will slow downthe drying process whilehot, dry weather hastensthe drying process.Exposure to winds,breezes or drafts can alsoaffect the performance ofjoint compounds. Typicalproblems from improperdrying can be cracking,excessive shrinkage,ridging and beading,banding or bond failure.

Proper precautions at the jobsite should always betaken to minimize theadverse effects of weatheron drying. Theseprecautions will ultimatelysolve the application timeand expense from callbacks and rework.

Page 116: NGCConstGuide.pdf

114 NATIONAL GYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS

SPECIFICATIONSTECHNICAL DATA

COVERAGE TABLE

Product Container Approx. Coverage*

ProFormAll-Purpose 47 lbs. (21.3 kg) carton

48 lbs. (21.8 kg) carton50 lbs. (22.7 kg) carton61.7 lbs. (28 kg) pail, carton 130-140 lbs./1000

sq. ft. (59-63 kg/93 sq. m.)

ProForm XP 61.7 lb. (28 kg) pail50 lb. (22.7 kg) carton

ProForm Taping 46 lb. (20.8 kg) carton

65-70 lbs./1000 sq. ft.(33kg/93 sq. m.)

ProForm Topping 49 lbs. (22.2 kg) carton50 lbs. (22.7 kg) carton61.7 lbs. (28 kg) pail, carton

ProForm Multi-Use 4.5 gal. (17 L) pail, carton3.5 gal. (13 L) carton

ProForm Lite 4.5 gal. (17 L) pail, carton 3.5 gal. (13 L) carton 8.2 gal./1000 sq. ft.

(33 L/93 sq. m.)

ProForm Ultra 4.5 gal. (17 L) pail, carton3.5 gal. (13 L) carton

Dry Powder 55-65 lbs./1000Triple-T Compound 25 lbs. (11 kg) bag sq. ft. (25-29 kg/

93 sq. m.)

Dry PowderSetting Types 25 lbs. (11 kg) bag 45-55 lbs./1000

Sta-Smooth sq. ft. (20-25 kg/Sta-Smooth HS 93 sq. m.)Sta-Smooth Lite 18 lbs. (8 kg) bag

*Material usage increases with above-average use of cornerbeads.

Joint Compound Drying Time Guide Per GA-236Approximate Drying Times: All Purpose/Lite Ready-Mix Joint Compound

TemperatureR.H. 32˚ 40˚ 50˚ 60˚ 70˚ 80˚ 100˚ 0% 38/H 28/H 19/H 13/H 9/H 6/H 3/H20% 2/D 34/H 23/H 16/H 11/H 8/H 4/H40% 2.5/D 44/H 29/H 20/H 14/H 10/H 5/H50% 3/D 2/D 36/H 24/H 17/H 12/H 6/H60% 3.5/D 2.5/D 42/H 29/H 20/H 13.5/H 8/H70% 4.5/D 3.5/D 2.25/D 38/H 26/H 19.5/H 10/H80% 7/D 4.5/D 3.25/D 2.25/D 38/H 27/H 14/H90% 13/D 9/D 6/D 4.5/D 3/D 49/H 26/H98% 53/D 37/D 26/D 18/D 12/D 9/D 5/D

Note: R.H. = Relative Humidity D = Days (24 hour period) H = Hours

The chart above is a helpful guide in determining approximate drying times for joint compounds under a variety ofhumidity/temperature conditions. Shaded area is below the minimum application temperature requirement of 50˚ Fand is not recommended for the application of joint compound.

THE FOLLOWING PARAGRAPHS ARE FOR INSERTION INTO SECTIONS OFGENERIC SPECIFICATIONS OR GENERIC/PROPRIETARY SPECIFICATIONSCOVERING GYPSUM BOARD ACCESSORIES. THE NATIONAL GYPSUMPRODUCT NAME FOLLOWS THE GENERIC DESCRIPTION IN PARENTHESES.

PART 2 PRODUCTS2.01 ACCESSORIES

A. Joint Treatment:1. Tape: 2 1/16" wide paper reinforcing tape (ProForm BRAND

Joint Tape). 2. Tape: 2" wide paper reinforcing tape with metal strips

laminated along the center crease to form inside andoutside corners (ProForm BRAND Multi-Flex Tape Bead).

3. Tape: 1.9" wide self-adhering fiberglass tape (ProFormBRAND Fiberglass Mesh Tape).

4. Compound: Drying type pre-mixed compound (ProFormBRAND All Purpose Joint Compound, regular grade andmachine grade, ProForm BRAND Topping Joint Compound,ProForm BRAND Lite Joint Compound, ProForm BRAND UltraJoint Compound and ProForm BRAND XP Joint Compound,and ProForm BRAND Taping Joint Compound).

5. Compound: Drying type job mixed compound (ProFormBRAND Triple-T Compound).

6. Compound: Setting type job mixed chemical-hardeningcompound (ProForm BRAND Sta-Smooth Joint Compound, ProForm BRAND Sta-Smooth Lite Joint Compound andProForm BRAND Sta-Smooth HS Joint Compound (HighStrength).

PART 3 EXECUTION3.01 INSTALLATIONA. General: In accordance with the manufacturer’s

recommendations, National Gypsum Company “GypsumConstruction Guide.”

B. Specific: For specific application recommendations using JointTreatment products refer to submittal sheets. Refer to:

ProForm BRAND All Purpose Joint Compound 110778ProForm BRAND XP Joint Compound 110965ProForm BRAND Multi-Use Joint Compound 110685ProForm BRAND Lite Joint Compound 110779ProForm BRAND Topping Joint Compound 110777ProForm BRAND Sta-Smooth Joint Compound 110626ProForm BRAND Sta-Smooth Lite Joint Compound 110627ProForm BRAND Sta-Smooth HS Joint Compound 110628You may obtain copies of these sheets and all product submittal sheets directly by calling 1-800-NATIONAL(1-800-628-4662).

Page 117: NGCConstGuide.pdf

09

29

00

115NATIONAL GYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS

09 29 00/NGC

PROFORM BRAND

PERFECT SPRAY EM - SPATTER +KNOCKDOWN

PROFORM BRAND

PERFECT SPRAYTEXTURE–FINE

PROFORM BRAND

PERFECT SPRAY EM - ORANGE PEEL

ProForm BRANDPerfect SprayA decorative texture product

for fast spray application to interior ceiling surfaces.Its shredded polystyreneaggregate gives this texturingproduct greater whiteness,better hide and bold accent.Recommended for interiorceilings that are formed ofnew or previously paintedgypsum board or monolithicconcrete or plaster.Available coarse, medium,and fine (40 lb. bag).

ProForm BRANDPerfect Spray EM

Perfect Spray EM is a non-aggregated texture product used to create a wide range of wall surfaces.When used in conjunction with texturedceilings Perfect Spray EM can be applied without overspray affecting the ceiling previously sprayed with (aggregated) Perfect Spray. By adjusting mixture consistency and/or varying the atomizing pressure, Perfect Spray EM creates an almost endless variety of textures, the most typical of which are Spray Spatter, Spatter Knockdown and Orange Peel. Surfaces can be finished with a coat of paint. Perfect Spray EM (nonaggregated) is specially formulated for easy mixing and easy pumping and is available in 50 lb. bags.

Perfect Spray EM Texture ApplicationTexturing can be, depending

on desired pattern, a single-or multiple-coat operationusing a spray texture gun fedby a piston or Moyno-typepump. An Orange PeelFinish is achieved with ahigh atomizing pressure andthin mix. A Spatter Finishuses a low atomizingpressure and heavy mix.Other finishes can becreated by combiningmethods in two coatoperations or trowelingspatter patterns before fullydried (Spatter Knockdown).

Caution: Where a vaporretarder has been installedabove a gypsum boardceiling, adequate ventilationmust be provided during thedrying period. Thisprecaution is necessary inorder to minimize thepossibility of gypsum boardsagging due to moistureabsorption.

DESCRIPTION

ProForm® BRAND Texture Products

PROFORM BRAND

PERFECT SPRAYTEXTURE–MEDIUM

PROFORM BRAND

PERFECT SPRAYTEXTURE–COARSE

PROFORM BRAND

PERFECT SPRAY EM - SPATTER

Page 118: NGCConstGuide.pdf

116 NATIONAL GYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS

NOTE: Surfaces must beprimed with a sealingprimer.

APPLICATION GYPSUMBOARDSurfaces, including joint-treated

areas, must be smooth,clean and dry. First apply acoat of sealing primer.Allow primer to drythoroughly, and maintainadequate drying conditionsafter application. Primer is tominimize sagging of gypsumboard and discoloration ordifference in sheen onceiling surface. Add drytexture to water. Use apiston pump or Moyno-typepump with a texture gun.Minimum 3/4" I.D. materialhose. A hopper-type gunwith adequate air supply isalso suitable. Typicalcoverage is 8-10 sq. ft. perlb. for aggregated and 10-30lb. for nonaggregated

textures. Mask appropriateareas before spraying andpromptly remove oversprayfrom unprotected surfacesafterward. Follow theinstructions of the sprayequipment manufacturer foradjusting controls andcleaning. If a second coat isdesired, allow the first coatto dry thoroughly.

NOTE: Gypsum board ceilingsurfaces to be decoratedwith water-thinned spraytexture shall be 1/2" or 5/8"thick and appliedperpendicular to theframing. Framing shall notexceed 16" o.c. for 1/2"Regular Gypsum Board and24" o.c. for 1/2" HighStrength Ceiling Board and5/8" gypsum board.

CONCRETE: Allow concrete to cure for at

least 28 days. Clipprotruding wire ends andspot with rust-inhibitiveprimer. Remove all form oil,grease and dirt, or any looseor water-soluble material.Grind down any formridges, and level anyremaining unevenness withSta-Smooth JointCompound. Apply a coat ofalkali-resistant, sealingprimer over the entiresurface to be textured.

AVAILABILITY: Contact yourarea National Gypsum salesrepresentative for textureproduct availability.

Page 119: NGCConstGuide.pdf

09

29

00

117NATIONAL GYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS

09 29 00/NGCRECOMMENDATIONS

A. For specific recommendations on use andapplication of Drywall Texture products,refer to Gold Bond submittal sheets asfollows:

ProForm BRAND Perfect Spray 110629ProForm BRAND Perfect Spray EM 110630You may obtain copies of these sheetsand all product submittal sheets directlyby calling your local representative or 1-800-NATIONAL (1-800-628-4662).

TECHNICAL DATA

COVERAGE TABLE: SPRAY TEXTURES

ProForm Brand Mixing water Typical coverageTexture Application Aggregate Bag size per bag per bag

Perfect Spray ceilings shredded 40 lbs. 3-4 1/2 gal. 300-400 sq. ft.polystyrene (18 Kg.) (11.4 - 17.0 L) (9.7 - 12.9 sq. m.)

Perfect Spray EM walls none 50 lbs. 4-5 gal. 500-1,500 sq. ft.ceilings (23 Kg.) (15.1 - 18.9 L) (16.2 - 48.4 sq. m)

NOTE: Perfect Spray, Perfect Spray EMBurning Characteristics: Flame Spread–10, Smoke Developed–25.

Materials Estimating & Coverage Guide

Perfect PerfectReady Mix* Sta-Smooth Spray Spray EM Joint Tape

Quantity per 1,000 sq. ft. of wallboard 140 lbs. 55 lbs. 120 lbs. 50-100 lbs. 350 ft.

ESTIMATING TABLE

Sq. Ft. of Wallboard SizeWall/Ceiling 4’x8’ 4’x10’ 4’x12’ Ready Mix*/lbs. Joint Tape/ft. Sta-Smooth/lbs. Nails/ct. Screws/ct.

100 4 3 3 14 35 6 168 90

200 7 5 5 28 70 11 294 150

300 10 8 7 42 105 17 420 240

400 13 10 9 56 140 22 546 300

500 16 13 11 70 175 28 672 300

600 19 15 13 84 210 33 798 456

700 22 18 15 98 245 39 924 528

800 25 20 17 112 280 44 1050 600

900 29 23 19 126 315 50 1218 696

1000 32 25 21 140 350 55 1344 768

1100 35 28 23 154 385 61 1470 840

1200 38 30 25 168 420 66 1596 912

1300 41 33 28 182 455 72 1722 984

1400 44 35 30 196 490 77 1848 1056

1500 47 38 32 210 525 83 1974 1128

*Based on ProForm BRAND All Purpose

ESTIMATING TABLE

Page 120: NGCConstGuide.pdf

118 NATIONAL GYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS

difference between gypsumboard surface paper andthe compound used onfinished joints, angles,fastener heads, andaccessories and over skim coatings.

Joint Photographing: Theshadowing of the finishedjoint areas through thesurface decoration. syn telegraphing.

Skim Coat: A thin coat of jointcompound,or a materialmanufactured especially forthis purpose, applied overthe entire surface to fillimperfections in the jointwork, smooth the papertexture, and provide auniform surface fordecorating. Excesscompound is immediatelysheared off, leaving a filmof skim coating compoundcompletely covering thepaper.

Spotting: To cover fastenerheads with jointcompound.

Texture: A decorativetreatment of gypsum boardsurfaces.

Texturing: Regular or irregularpatterns typically producedby applying a mixture ofjoint compound and water,or proprietary texturematerials including latexbase texture paint, to agypsum board surfacepreviously coated withprimer/sealer.

LEVELS OF FINISHThe following levels of finish

are established as a guidefor specific finaldecoration. The minimumrequirements for each levelshall be as describedherein.

LEVEL 0No taping, finishing, or

accessories required.This level of finish may be

useful in temporaryconstruction or wheneverthe final decoration has notbeen determined.

LEVEL 1All joints and interior angles

shall have tape set in jointcompound. Surface shallbe free of excess jointcompound. Tool marks andridges are acceptable.

Frequently specified inplenum areas aboveceilings, in attics, in areas

where the assembly wouldgenerally be concealed, or in building servicecorridors, and other areasnot normally open topublic view. Accessoriesoptional at specifierdiscretion in corridors and other areas withpedestrian traffic.

Some degree of sound andsmoke control is provided;in some geographic areasthis level is referred to as“fire-taping.” Where a fire-resistance rating is requiredfor the gypsum boardassembly, details ofconstruction shall be inaccordance with reports offire tests of assemblies thathave met the fire-ratingrequirement. Tape andfastener heads need not becovered with jointcompound.

LEVEL 2All joints and interior angles

shall have tape embeddedin joint compound and wiped with a joint knifeleaving a thin coating ofjoint compound over alljoints and interior angles.Fastener heads andaccessories shall becovered with a coat of jointcompound. Surface shallbe free of excess jointcompound. Tool marks andridges are acceptable. Jointcompound applied over thebody of the tape at the timeof tape embedment shall beconsidered a separate coatof joint compound andshall satisfy the conditionsof this level.

Specified where water-resistant gypsum backingboard (ASTM C 1396) isused as a substrate for tile;may be specified ingarages, warehouse storageor other similar areas wheresurface appearance is notof primary concern.

LEVEL 3All joints and interior angles

shall have tape embeddedin joint compound and oneadditional coat of jointcompound applied over alljoints and interior angles.Fastener heads andaccessories shall becovered with two separatecoats of joint compound.All joint compound shallbe smooth and free of toolmarks and ridges. Note: It

is recommended that theprepared surface be coatedwith a drywall primer priorto the application of finalfinishes. See painting/wallcovering specificationin this regard.

Typically specified inappearance areas whichare to receive heavy- ormedium-texture (spray orhand applied) finishesbefore final painting, orwhere heavy-gradewallcoverings are to beapplied as the finaldecoration. This level offinish is not recommendedwhere smooth paintedsurfaces or light to medium wallcoverings are specified.

LEVEL 4All joints and interior angles

shall have tape embeddedin joint compound and twoseparate coats of jointcompound applied over allflat joints and one separatecoat of joint compoundapplied over interiorangles. Fastener heads andaccessories shall becovered with three separatecoats of joint compound.All joint compound shallbe smooth and free of toolmarks and ridges. Note: It is recommended that theprepared surface be coatedwith a drywall primer prior to the application of finalfinishes. See painting/wallcovering specificationin this regard.

This level should be specifiedwhere flat paints, lighttextures, or wallcoveringsare to be applied.

In critical lighting areas, flatpaints applied over lighttextures tend to reducejoint photographing. Gloss, semi-gloss, andenamel paints are notrecommended over thislevel of finish.

The weight, texture, andsheen level of wall-coverings applied over thislevel of finish should becarefully evaluated. Jointsand fasteners must beadequately concealed if thewallcovering material islightweight, containslimited pattern, has a glossfinish, or any combinationof these finishes is present.Unbacked vinyl wall-coverings are notrecommended over thislevel of finish.

The following has beenexcerpted from a consensusdocument prepared by theAssociation of the Wall andCeiling Industries-International (AWCI),Ceilings & Interior SystemsConstruction Association(CISCA), GypsumAssociation (GA), andPainting and DecoratingContractors of America(PDCA) as a guide togypsum board finishing.The members of theseinternational tradeorganizations are dedicatedto providing the bestpossible job for the mostreasonable cost. Byincorporating theappropriate sections of thisrecommended specificationinto the project documents,the architect, generalcontractor, and buildingowner can better anticipatethe final appearance of thedecorated wall and ceilingsystem.

This has also been issued bythe Gypsum Association asdocument GA-214.

SCOPEThis recommended

specification describesvarious levels of finish ofgypsum board surfacesprior to the application of specific types of final decoration. Therecommended level offinish of gypsum board walland ceiling surfaces varieswith the final decoration tobe applied and can also bedependent on their locationin a structure and the typeof illumination striking the surface. Eachrecommended level offinish is described withtypical applications.

TERMINOLOGYThe following definitions

are applicable to thisdocument.

Accessories: Metal or plasticbeads, trim, or mouldingused to protect or concealcorners, edges, orabutments of the gypsumboard construction.

Critical Lighting: Strongsidelighting from windowsor surface-mounted lightfixtures. syn severe lighting.

Drywall Primer: A paintmaterial specificallyformulated to fill the poresand equalize the suction

Levels of Gypsum Board Finish

Page 121: NGCConstGuide.pdf

09

29

00

119NATIONAL GYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS

09 29 00/NGC

ManufacturerRecommendations.

The recommendations ofindividual manufacturers ofgypsum board, joint tapesand compounds,accessories, drywallprimers, wallcoverings,adhesives, texturematerials, and paints mayvary from what isrecommended herein andas such are not a part ofthis recommendedspecification.

DRYWALL PRIMERApplied as a first coat to the

entire prepared gypsumboard surface with brush,roller, or spray, prior todecoration. Where finalappearance is critical, theapplication of high quality,high solids, drywall primerwill minimize mostdecorating problems.

For finish paints: A goodquality, white, latex drywallprimer formulated withhigher binder solids,applied undiluted, istypically specified for newgypsum board surfacesprior to the application oftexture materials and gloss,semi-gloss, and flat latexwall paints.

An alkali and moisture-resistant primer and a tintedenamel undercoat may berequired under enamelpaints. Consult with thefinish paint manufacturerfor specificrecommendations.

For wallcoverings: White, self-sizing, water base,“universal” (all purpose)wallcovering primers haverecently been introducedinto the marketplace for useon new gypsum boardsurfaces. These productsare claimed to minimizedamage if wallcoveringsare subsequently removed,bind poor latex paint, allowhanging over glossysurfaces and existing vinyls,hide wall colors, and to bewater washable.

TEXTURINGTexture material is applied by

brush, roller, spray, ortrowel, or a combination ofthese tools, depending onthe desired result. Texturedwall surfaces are normallyoverpainted with thedesired finish; overpaintingof textured ceiling surfacesmay not be deemednecessary where anadequate amount ofmaterial is applied toprovide sufficient hiding

Sta-Smooth Dry Powder Ready-Mix

NATIONAL GYPSUM JOINT TREATMENT PRODUCTS USED TO ACHIEVE THE LEVELS OF FINISH

SETTING TYPES DRYING TYPES

LEVEL 5All joints and interior angles

shall have tape embeddedin joint compound and twoseparate coats of jointcompound applied over allflat joints and one separatecoat of joint compoundapplied over interiorangles. Fastener heads andaccessories shall becovered with three separatecoats of joint compound. Athin skim coat of jointcompound, or a materialmanufactured especially forthis purpose, shall beapplied to the entiresurface. The surface shallbe smooth and free of toolmarks and ridges. Note: It isrecommended that theprepared surface be coatedwith a drywall primer priorto the application of finishpaint. See paintingspecification in this regard.

This level of finish is highlyrecommended where gloss,semi-gloss enamel ornontextured flat paints arespecified or where severelighting conditions occur.

This highest quality finish isthe most effective methodto provide a uniformsurface and minimize the

possibility of joint photo-graphing and of fastenersshowing through the finaldecoration.

COMMENTSCritical (Severe)

Lighting Areas.Wall and ceiling areas

abutting window mullionsor skylights, long hallways,or atriums with largesurface areas flooded withartificial and/or naturallighting are a few examplesof critical lighting areas.Strong sidelighting fromwindows or surface-mounted light fixtures mayreveal even minor surfaceimperfections. Light strikingthe surface obliquely, at avery slight angle, greatlyexaggerates surfaceirregularities. If criticallighting cannot be avoided,the effects can beminimized by skim coatingthe gypsum board surfaces,by decorating the surfacewith medium to heavytextures, or by the use ofdraperies and blinds whichsoften shadows. In general:gloss, semi-gloss, andenamel finishes highlightsurface defects; textureshide minor imperfections.

High All Topping Strength Lite Regular Triple-T Purpose Compound Lite Multi-Use

Level 1Tape Embedded • • • • • • •

Level 2Tape • • • • • • •Cover • • • • • • • •

Level 3Tape • • • • • • •Cover • • • • • • • •Fill • • • • • •Primer

Level 4Tape • • • • • • •Cover • • • • • • • •Fill • • • • • •Finish • • • • • •Primer

Level 5Tape • • • • • • •Cover • • • • • • • •Fill • • • • • •Finish • • • • • •Skim • • • • • •Primer

Page 122: NGCConstGuide.pdf

120 NATIONAL GYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS

The guidelines for these levelsof finishing were preparedby AWCI, CISCA, GA andPDCA. The specificationdescribes a drywall primeras “a paint materialspecifically formulated tofill the pores and equalizethe suction differencebetween gypsum boardsurface paper and thecompound used on finishedjoints, angles, fastenerheads and accessories overskim coatings.“

A Word AboutDrywall Primer:

properties. A drywall primermay not be required undercertain proprietary texturematerials; consult with themanufacturer of the texturematerials for specificrecommendations.

Tool, Marks and Ridges. Asmooth surface may beachieved by lightly sanding orwiping joint compound with adampened sponge. Care shallbe exercised to ensure that thenap of the gypsum boardfacing paper is not raisedduring sanding operations.For additional information onthe finishing of gypsum boardsurfaces consult ASTMStandard C 840.

SPECIFICATIONS

PART 1 GENERAL1.02 REFERENCES

A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):1. C 840, Specification for Application and Finishing of

Gypsum Board.2. C 1280, Specification for Application of Gypsum

Sheathing Board.3. C 1396, Specification for Gypsum Board4. C 1629, Standard Classification for Abuse-Resistant

Nondecorated Interior Gypsum Panel Products andFiber-Reinforced Cement Panels.

B. Gypsum Association (GA):1. GA-214, Recommended Specifications: Levels of

Gypsum Board Finish.2. GA-216, Application and Finishing of Gypsum Panel

Products.PART 2 PRODUCTS2.02 MATERIALS

A. Regular Gypsum Board: A gypsum core wall boardsurfaced with paper on front, back, and long edges andcomplying with ASTM C 1396 (Gold Bond BRANDGypsum Board).1. Thickness: 1/4", 3/8" or 1/2"2. Width: 4'3. Length: 6' through 16'4. Edges: Square, Tapered, or Beveled Taper (Sta-

Smooth Edge)

B. Mold-Resistant Gypsum Board: A gypsum core wall panelwith additives to enhance the water resistance of the core;surfaced with moisture/mold/mildew-resistant paper onfront, back and long edges and complying with ASTM C 1396 (Gold Bond BRAND XP Gypsum Board).

1. Thickness: 1/2"2. Width: 4'3. Length: 8, 10' or 12'4. Edges: Square or Tapered5. Mold and Mildew Resistance: Panel score of 10,

when tested in accordance with ASTM D 3273C. Fire-Resistant Gypsum Board: A gypsum core wall

board with additives to enhance fire resistance of thecore and surfaced with paper on front, back, and longedges and complying with ASTM C 1396, Type X.1. Thickness: 1/2" (Gold Bond BRAND Fire-Shield C

Gypsum Board), 5/8" (Gold Bond BRAND Fire-ShieldGypsum Board), or 5/8" (Gold Bond BRAND Fire-Shield C Gypsum Board).

2. Width: 4'3. Length: 6' through 16'

(1/2" Fire-Shield C Gypsum Board,5/8" Fire-Shield Gypsum Board)

Length: 8' through 14'(5/8" Fire-Shield C Gypsum Board)

4. Edges: Square, Tapered, or Beveled Taper (Sta-Smooth Edge)

SECTION 09 29 00GYPSUM BOARDTHE FOLLOWING PARAGRAPHS ARE FOR INSERTION INTO SECTIONS OF GENERIC SPECIFICATIONS OR GENERIC/PROPRIETARY SPECIFICATIONS COVERINGGYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS. THE NATIONAL GYPSUM COMPANY PRODUCT NAME FOLLOWS THE GENERIC DESCRIPTION IN PARENTHESES.

Page 123: NGCConstGuide.pdf

09

29

00

121NATIONAL GYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS

09 29 00/NGC

D.Fire-Resistant Mold-Resistant Gypsum Board: A gypsum core wall panel with additives to enhance the fire resistance of the core and the water resistance of the core; surfaced with a moisture/mold/mildew resistant paper on the front, back and long edges and complying with ASTM C 1396, Type X.1. Thickness: 1/2" (Gold Bond BRAND XP Fire-Shield C

Gypsum Board) 5/8" (Gold Bond BRAND XP Fire-Shield Gypsum Board)

2. Width: 4'3. Length: 8', 10' or 12'4. Edges: Square or Tapered5. Mold and Mildew Resistance: panel score of 10,

when tested in accordance with ASTM D 3273E. Fire-Resistant Abuse-Resistant Mold-Resistant Gypsum

Board: A gypsum core wall panel with additives toenhance the fire resistance, surface indentation resistanceand impact resistance of the core and surfaced withabrasion, moisture/mold/mildew- resistant paper on thefront, back and long edges and complying with ASTM C 1396, Type X. (Hi-Abuse BRAND XP Fire-Shield Gypsum Board)1. Thickness: 5/8"2. Width: 4'3. Length: 8' through 12'4. Edges: Tapered5. Surface Abrasion Resistance: Not greater than

0.009" depth when tested at 50 cycles in accordance with ASTM D 4977, Modified.

6. Indentation Resistance: Not greater than 0.132" depthwhen tested at an impact load of 72 in.-lbs. in accordance with ASTM D 5420.

7. Impact/Penetration Resistance: Not less than 210 ft.-lbs. when tested in accordance with ASTM E 695,modified.

8. Mold and Mildew Resistance: Panel score of 10, whentested in accordance with ASTM D 3273.

F. Fire-Resistant Impact/Penetration-Resistant Mold-ResistantGypsum Board: A gypsum core wall panel with additivesto enhance the fire resistance, water resistance, surfaceindentation resistance and impact resistance of the core;surfaced with abrasion, moisture/mold/mildew-resistantpaper on the front, back and long edges with a fiberglassmesh embedded in the board to enhanceimpact/penetration resistance and complying with ASTMC 1396, Type X.(Hi-Impact BRAND XP Fire-Shield Gypsum Board)1. Thickness: 5/8"2. Width: 4'3. Length: 8' through 12'4. Edges: Tapered5. Surface Abrasion Resistance: Not greater than 0.009"

depth when tested at 50 cycles in accordance with ASTM D 4977, Modified.

6. Indentation Resistance: Not greater than 0.114" depthwhen tested at an impact load of 72 in-lbs. in accordance with ASTM D 5420.

7. Impact/Penetration Resistance: Not less than 720ft.-lbs. when tested in accordance with ASTM E 695,modified.

8. Mold and Mildew Resistance: Panel score of 10, whentested in accordance with ASTM D 3273.

G.Gypsum Ceiling Board: A gypsum core ceiling board withadditives to enhance the sag resistance of the core andsurfaced with paper on front, back, and long edges; andcomplying with ASTM C 1396 (High Strength BRANDCeiling Board).1. Thickness: 1/2"2. Width: 4'3. Length: 6' through 16'4. Edges: Square, Tapered, or Beveled Taper (Sta-Smooth

Edge)H. Gypsum Sheathing Board: A gypsum core sheathing

board with additives to enhance the water resistance ofthe core; surfaced with water repellent paper on front,back, and long edges; and complying with ASTM C 1396.1. Regular Board, 4' by 8' or 9' or 10': 1/2" thick with

square edge (Gold Bond BRAND Jumbo GypsumSheathing).

2. Fire-Rated Board (Type X): 5/8" thick by 4' wide by 8'or 9' or 10' long with additives in the core to enhancefire resistance (Gold Bond BRAND Fire-Shield JumboGypsum Sheathing).

I. Fire-Resistant Gypsum Shaftliner Board: A gypsum coreshaftwall board with additives to enhance fire resistanceof the core and surfaced with water repellent paper onfront, back, and long edges and complying with ASTM C 1396, Type X (Gold Bond BRAND Fire-Shield Shaftliner).1. Thickness: 1" 2. Width: 23. Length: 7' through 14'4. Edges: Beveled

J. Fire and Mold-Resistant Gypsum Shaftliner Board: A gypsum core shaftwall board with additives to enhance fire resistance of the core and surfaced with a moisture/mold/mildew resistant paper on front, back, and long edges; and complying with ASTM C 1396, Type X (Gold Bond BRAND Fire-Shield Shaftliner XP).1. Thickness:1"2. Width: 2'3. Length: 7' through 14'4. Edges: Beveled5. Mold and Mildew Resistance: Panel score of 10,

when tested in accordance with ASTM D 3273K. Exterior Gypsum Soffit Board: A gypsum core soffit board

with additives to enhance the sag resistance of the core;surfaced with water repellent paper on front, back, andlong edges; and complying with ASTM C 1396 (Gold Bond BRAND Exterior Soffit Board).1. Thickness: 1/2"2. Width: 4'3. Length: 8' through 12'4. Edges: Beveled Taper (Sta-Smooth Edge)

L. Fire-Resistant Exterior Gypsum Soffit Board: A gypsumcore soffit board with additives to enhance the fireresistance and the sag resistance of the core; surfacedwith water repellent paper on front, back, and long edges;and complying with ASTM C 1396, Type X (Gold BondBRAND Fire-Shield Exterior Soffit Board).1. Thickness: 5/8"2. Width: 4'3. Length: 8' through 12'4. Edges: Beveled Taper (Sta-Smooth Edge)

Page 124: NGCConstGuide.pdf

122 NATIONAL GYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS

M. Flexible Gypsum Board: A gypsum core wall panelwith additives to enhance flexibility surfaced with paper on front, back and long edges and complying with ASTM C 1396 (High Flex BRAND Gypsum Board).1. Thickness: 1/4"2. Width: 4'3. Length: 8' through 12'4. Edges: Slightly Tapered

N. Fire-Resistant Vinyl laminated Gypsum Grid Board: A gypsum core lay-in ceiling panel with additives to enhance the sag and fire resistance of the core; surfaced with paper on the front and back and finishedon the front with a 2-mil, white, stipple textured vinyl laminate; and complying with ASTM C 1396, Type X, Class 1; E 1264 Type XX, patterns E, G (Gridstone BRAND Ceiling Panel).1. Thickness: 1/2"2. Width and Length: 2' x 2' and 2' x 4'3. Edges: Square

O. Fire-Resistant Sealed Vinyl Laminated Gypsum GridBoard: A gypsum core lay-in ceiling panel withadditives to enhance the sag and fire resistance of thecore and sealed on face, back and long edges with a2-mil rigid vinyl film, exposed edges are factory sealedwith a durable coating providing a completely sealedpanel; and complying with ASTM C 1396, Type X,Class 1, E 1264, Type XX, patterns E, G (GridstoneBRAND CleanRoom Ceiling Panel).1. Thickness: 1/2"2. Width and Length: 2' x 2' and 2' x 4'3. Edges: Square

P. Vinyl Laminated Gypsum Grid Board: A gypsum core lay-in ceiling panel with additives to enhance the sag resistance of the core; surfaced with paper on the front and back and finished on the front with a 2-mil, white, stipple textured vinyl laminate; and complying with ASTM C 1396, Class 1, E 1264, Type XX, patterns E, G (Gridstone BRAND Hi-Strength Ceiling Panel).1. Thickness: 5/16"2. Width and Length: 2' x 2' and 2' x 4'3. Edges: Square

Q. Joint Treatment:1. Tape: 2 1/16" wide paper reinforcing tape (ProForm

BRAND Joint Tape).2. Tape: 2" wide paper reinforcing tape with metal

strips laminated along the center crease to forminside and outside corners (ProForm BRAND Multi-Flex Tape Bead).

3. Tape: 2" wide self-adhering fiberglass tape (ProFormBRAND Fiberglass MeshTape).

4. Compound: Drying type pre-mixed compound(ProForm BRAND Multi-Use Joint Compound,ProForm BRAND All Purpose Joint Compound, regulargrade and machine grade, ProForm BRAND Lite JointCompound, ProForm BRAND Ultra Joint Compound,ProForm BRAND XP Joint Compound and ProFormBRAND Taping Joint Compound).

5. Compound: Drying type job mixed vinyl basecompound (ProForm BRAND Triple-T Compound).

6. Compound: Drying type vinyl base toppingcompound, pre-mixed (ProForm BRAND ToppingJoint Compound).

7. Compound: Setting type job mixed chemical-hardening compound (ProForm BRAND Sta-SmoothJoint Compound, ProForm BRAND Sta-Smooth LiteJoint Compound, and ProForm BRAND Sta-SmoothHS Joint Compound).

R. Textured Coatings:1. Ceiling Coating: Compound of minerals and clays

for mixing with a mineral or polystyrene aggregateand water (ProForm Brand Perfect Spray Texture.)

2. Wall Coating: Compound of minerals and clays formixing with water (ProForm BRAND Perfect Spray EMTexture).

PART 3 EXECUTION3.01 INSTALLATION

A. General: In accordance with ASTM C 840 and manufacturer’s recommendations, “National Gypsum Construction Guide.“

®

For additional information

Phone 1-800-NATIONAL(1-800-628-4662)

Page 125: NGCConstGuide.pdf

09 21 16.23/NGC

®

Cavity Shaftwall Systems

12TH EDITION

09

21

16

.23

123

Page 126: NGCConstGuide.pdf

124 CAVITY SHAFTWALL SYSTEMS

J TRACK

I-STUD, C-T or C-H

1" FIRE-SHIELDSHAFTLINER

J TRACK

1/2" FIRE-SHIELD CGYPSUMBOARD

CAVITY SHAFTWALL SYSTEMU497-2 Hour

(fire-tested both sides)

CAVITY SHAFTWALL SYSTEMS

DESCRIPTION TECHNICAL DATA

Min.Stud Size Base Steel A Y I S

2 1/2" (63.5 mm) 0.020" 0.133 1.366 0.151 0.1102 1/2" (63.5 mm) 0.0329" 0.253 1.262 0.288 0.2284" (102 mm) 0.020" 0.163 2.152 0.421 0.1964" (102 mm) 0.0329" 0.307 2.016 0.822 0.4086" (152 mm) 0.0329" 0.342 3.020 1.860 0.616

Above properties are in accordance with AISI “Specifications For the Design ofCold-Formed Steel Structural Members.”

I-STUD SECTION PROPERTIES ABOUT X-X AXISA= Section Area, in.2

Y= Distance from neutral axis to extreme steel fiber, in.I = Moment of Inertia, in.4

S= Section Modulus, in.3

Section properties based on steel without galvanizing.

Gypsum drywall shaftconstruction has becomethe preferred alternative totraditional masonry shafts.One-inch Shaftliner boardwas developed as alightweight, easy-to-installreplacement for masonry inthe interior core ofbuildings for shaftwalls,stairwells, other verticalchases and mechanicalenclosures. Shaftliner board is also used as acomponent of 2" solidpartitions, and areaseparation walls with alayer of 1/2" Regular orFire-Shield Gypsum Boardattached to each side.

Historically, heavy masonryweighing 20 to 45 lbs. persquare foot was used forshaftwall construction.With the use of Shaftliner,shaftwall assemblies weighin at a remarkably low 10to 13 lbs. per square foot.

The benefits of gypsumdrywall shaft systems go farbeyond the difference inweight alone. The corewall of a shaft can beinstalled from the exteriorof the shaft and requires no scaffolding. Erection is speedy and clean.Shaftliner also providesexcellent sound controland can achieve the fireratings necessary for today’sbuilding construction. Bestof all, gypsum shaftwallsystems are moreeconomical than masonryshaft construction.

National Gypsum producesShaftliner board with greenmoisture-resistant paper orpurple moisture/mold/mildew resistant paper onboth sides with a bevelededge configuration allowingfor simple installation intothe Shaftwall Systemframing.

Cavity Shaftwall systems are anonload-bearing drywallpartition made up of twobasic components, gypsumboard and metal framing.Gypsum board includes 1"Fire-Shield Shaftliner or 1"Fire-Shield Shaftliner XPpanels, 1/2" Fire-Shield C

and 5/8" Fire-ShieldGypsum Board face panels.1/2" XP Fire-Shield C or 5/8"XP Fire-Shield GypsumBoard face panels may beutilized for extra protectionagainst mold and mildew.The framing includes I-Studs, C-T Studs and C-Hstuds with integraltabs/flange which hold thepanels in place and J Trackfor runners at top andbottom, as well as verticallyat partition ends and toframe openings.

The Cavity Shaftwall Systemswere developed to encloseelevator shafts and othervertical chases in buildingswhere it is advantageous toerect these walls from oneside only and where fireresistance and resistance toair pressures are required.

National Gypsum CompanyCavity Shaftwall Systemsmay be constructed with C-T, C-H or I-Stud shaftwallframing.

Lightweight. Cavity ShaftwallSystems are very lightweightcompared to conventionalshaftwalls, weighingapproximately 10 lbs. persq. ft. of wall when finishedwith two layers of 1/2" Fire-Shield CGypsum Board.

Economical. Shafts can bequickly enclosed with shaftwall framing andShaftliner under mostconditions in whichinstallers can work, wellbelow temperaturelimitations for finish gypsumboard applications.

Practical. The 1" Shaftliner is faced with light greenmoisture-resistant paper andShaftliner XP is faced withpurple moisture/mold/mildew resistant paper forprotection against weatherduring installation.

I-Stud Code ReportReferences:ICC ES, Inc. Legacy Report 89-35.01ICC ES, Inc. Legacy Report 9525BICBO ES, ER-3579

FUNCTION AND UTILITYLoading Performance.

Although the cavityshaftwall systems are non-load-bearing, this Systemhas been designed andtested to withstand positiveand negative air pressureforces exerted by high-speed, high-rise elevators.

Fire Resistance. The cavityshaftwall systems havebeen fire tested and haveachieved fire resistanceratings of 1 and 2 hours. Allcomponents arenoncombustible. Refer to pages 19 and 20.

25 GA (.020" minimum steelthickness) J Track exceeded2,000,000 lateral loadoscillation cycles in a testconducted to duplicate thepositive and negativepressures created aselevator cabs rise anddescend in a shaft.

Sound Transmission. STC ratings of 40 to 51 havebeen achieved in testsconducted in accordancewith ASTM E 90. Refer to pages 19 and 20.

LIMITATIONS1. Nonload-bearing.2. The cavity shaftwall systems

should not be used whereexposed to constantdampness or conditionsunder which free water canbe formed.

3. This System should not beexposed to temperatures over 125˚ F for extendedperiods of time.

4. Where reference is made tonominal gauges, 25 gaugerelates to minimum basesteel of .020" and 20 gaugeto .0329".

CAULK WHEREREQUIRED

Note: In addition to National Gypsum systems, 1/2" Fire-Shield C,5/8" Fire-Shield and 1" Fire-Shield Shaftliner panels arelisted in Dietrich Industries ICC ES Legacy Report NER-506, Shaftwall and Stairwell Fire-Resistive (C-T stud)Assemblies.

Page 127: NGCConstGuide.pdf

125CAVITY SHAFTWALL SYSTEMS

09

21

16

.23

09 21 16.23 /NGC

U498 2 HOURSTAIRWELL

CONSTRUCTION

1" FIRE-SHIELDSHAFTLINER

J TRACK .020", .0329"(3" LEG .0329" ONLY)

VIEW A-A

I-STUD .020", .0329"

U499 1 HOURSHAFTWALL

ALLOWABLE WALL HEIGHTS FOR 1-HOUR FIRE-RATED I-STUD ASSEMBLIES

Stud Stud Min. Steel Sustained Air Pressure Load PSFSize Spacing Thickness Allowable

in. (mm) in. O.C. (mm) in. Deflection 5 7.5 10 152 1/2" 24" 0.020 L/120 13'- 4" (4060 mm) 11'- 7" (3531 mm) 10'- 1" (3073 mm) 8'- 3" (2515 mm)

(63.5 mm) (610 mm) L/240 10'- 7" (3226 mm) 9'- 3" (2819 mm) 8'- 5" (2565 mm) 7'- 4" (2235 mm)L/360 9'- 3" (2819 mm) 8'- 1" (2464 mm) 7'- 4" (2235 mm) 6'- 5" (1956 mm)

2 1/2" 24" 0.0329 L/120 15'- 2" (4623 mm) 13'- 3" (4039 mm) 12'- 1" (3683 mm) 10'- 7" (3226 mm)(63.5 mm) (610 mm) L/240 12'- 1" (3683 mm) 10'- 7" (3226 mm) 9'- 7" (2921 mm) 8'- 4" (2540 mm)

L/360 10'- 7" (3226 mm) 9' - 2" (2794 mm) 8'- 4" (2540 mm) 7'- 4" (2235 mm)

4" 24" 0.020 L/120 17'- 11" (5461 mm) 14'- 10" (4521 mm) 12'- 10" (3912 mm) 9'- 9" (2972 mm)(102 mm) (610 mm) L/240 14'- 3" (4343 mm) 12'- 5" (3785 mm) 11'- 4" (3454 mm) 9'- 5" (2870 mm)

L/360 12'- 5" (3785 mm) 10'- 10" (3302 mm) 9'- 5" (2870 mm) 8'- 3" (2515 mm)

4" 24" 0.0329 L/120 20'- 0" (6096 mm) 18'- 2" (5537 mm) 16'- 6" (5029 mm) 14'- 3" (4343 mm)(102 mm) (610 mm) L/240 16'- 6" (5029 mm) 14'- 5" (4394 mm) 13'- 1" (3988 mm) 11'- 5" (3480 mm)

L/360 14'- 5" (4394 mm) 12'- 7" (3835 mm) 11'- 5" (3480 mm) 9'- 4" (2845 mm)

6" 24" 0.0329 L/120 24'- 0" (7315 mm) 22'- 10" (6960 mm) 19'- 9" (6020 mm) 16'- 2" (4928 mm)(152 mm) (610 mm) L/240 20'- 11" (6375 mm) 18'- 4" (5588 mm) 16'- 8" (5080 mm) 14'- 6" (4420 mm)

L/360 18 - 4" (5588 mm) 16'- 0" (4877 mm) 14'- 6" (4420 mm) 10'- 11" (3327 mm)

ALLOWABLE WALL HEIGHTS FOR 2-HOUR FIRE-RATED I-STUD ASSEMBLIES UNLINED RETURN AIR SHAFTS

Stud Stud Min. Steel Sustained Air Pressure Load PSFSize Spacing Thickness Allowable

in. (mm) in. O.C. (mm) in. Deflection 5 7.5 10 15

2 1/2" 24" 0.020 L/120 14'- 7" (4445 mm) 12'- 4" (3759 mm) 10'- 9" (3277 mm) 8'- 9" (2667 mm)(63.5 mm) (610 mm) L/240 11'- 7" (3531 mm) 10'- 1" (3073 mm) 9'- 2" (2794 mm) 8'- 0" (2438 mm)

L/360 10'- 1" (3073 mm) 8'- 10" (2692 mm) 8'- 0" (2438 mm) 7'- 0" (2134 mm)

2 1/2" 24" 0.0329 L/120 17'- 9" (5410 mm) 15'- 6" (4724 mm) 14'- 1" (4293 mm) 12'- 4" (3759 mm)(63.5 mm) (610 mm) L/240 14'- 1" (4293 mm) 12'- 4" (3759 mm) 11'- 2" (3404 mm) 8'- 9" (3404 mm)

L/360 12'- 4" (3759 mm) 9'- 8" (2946 mm) 8'- 9" (2667 mm) 7'- 8" (2337 mm)

4" 24" 0.020 L/120 19'- 10" (6045 mm) 16'- 3" (4953 mm) 14'- 0" (4267 mm) 10'- 2" (3099 mm)(102 mm) (610 mm) L/240 16'- 2" (4928 mm) 14'- 2" (4318 mm) 11'- 6" (3505 mm) 10'- 0" (3048 mm)

L/360 14'- 2" (4318 mm) 11'- 0" (3353 mm) 10'- 0" (3048 mm) 8'-9" (2667 mm)

4" 24" 0.0329 L/120 23'- 2" (7061 mm) 20'- 2" (6147 mm) 18'- 1" (5512 mm) 14'- 9" (4496 mm)(102 mm) (610 mm) L/240 18'- 4" (5588 mm) 16'- 1" (4902 mm) 14'- 7" (4445 mm) 11'- 1" (3378 mm)

L/360 16'- 1" (4902 mm) 14'- 0" (4267 mm) 11'- 1" (3378 mm) 9'- 8" (2946 mm)

6" 24" 0.0329 L/120 28'- 0" (8534 mm) 23'- 11" (7290 mm) 20'- 9" (6325 mm) 16'- 11" (5156 mm)(152 mm) (610 mm) L/240 22'- 9" (6934 mm) 19'- 10" (6045 mm) 18'- 0" (5486 mm) 12'-10" (3912 mm)

L/360 19'- 10" (6045 mm) 17'- 4" (5283 mm) 12'- 10" (3912 mm) 11'- 2" (3404 mm)›Yield strength 40,000 psiLimiting heights are based on transverse load tests (in accordance with ASTM E 72) and calculated utilizing the loads indicated.

›Yield strength 40,000 psiLimiting heights are based on transverse load tests (in accordance with ASTM E 72) and calculated utilizing the loads indicated.

Page 128: NGCConstGuide.pdf

126 CAVITY SHAFTWALL SYSTEMS

ALLOWABLE WALL HEIGHTS FOR 2-HOUR FIRE-RATED I-STUD ASSEMBLIES

Stud Stud Min. Intermittent Air Pressure Load PSFSize Spacing Steel Allowable

in. (mm) in. O.C. (mm) Thickness-in. Deflection 5 7.5 10 15

2 1/2 24 0.020 L/120 15'- 3"f (4648 mm) 12'- 6"f (3810 mm) 10'- 9"f (3276 mm) 8'-10"f (2692 mm)(63.5 mm) (610 mm) L/240 12'- 6" (3810 mm) 11'- 0" (3352 mm) 10'- 0" (3048 mm) 8'- 9" (2667 mm)

L/360 11'- 0" (3352 mm) 9'- 6" (2895 mm) 8'- 8" (2641 mm) 7'- 7" (2311 mm)

2 1/2 24 0.0329 L/120 17'-10" (5435 mm) 15'- 8" (4775 mm) 14'- 2"f (4318 mm) *12'- 5" (3784 mm)(63.5 mm) (610 mm) L/240 14'- 2" (4318 mm) 12'- 5" (3784 mm) 11'- 4" (3454 mm) 9'-10" (2997 mm)

L/360 12'- 5" (3784 mm) 10'-11" (3327 mm) 9'-10" (2997 mm) 8'- 7" (2616 mm)

4 24 0.020 L/120 20'- 4" (6197 mm) 16'- 8"f (5080 mm) *14'- 5"f (4394 mm) *11'-10"f (3606 mm)(102 mm) (610 mm) L/240 16'- 1" (4902 mm) 14'- 1" (4292 mm) 12'-10" (3911 mm) *11'- 2" (3403 mm)

L/360 14'- 1" (4292 mm) 12'- 4" (3759 mm) 11'- 2" (3403 mm) * 9'-10" (2997 mm)

4 24 0.0329 L/120 21'-10" (4114 mm) *19'- 1" (5816 mm) *17'- 4" (5283 mm) *15'- 1" (4597 mm)(102 mm) (610 mm) L/240 17'- 4" (5283 mm) 15'- 1" (4597 mm) 13'-10" (4216 mm) *12'- 0" (3657 mm)

L/360 15'- 1" (4597 mm) 13'- 2" (4013 mm) 12'- 0" (3657 mm) *10'- 6" (3200 mm)

6 24 0.0329 L/120 25'- 4" (7721 mm) *22'- 1" (6731 mm) *20'- 1" (6121 mm) *17'- 6" (5334 mm)(152 mm) (610 mm) L/240 20'- 1" (6121 mm) *17'- 6" (5334 mm) *15'-11" (4851 mm) *13'-11" (4241 mm)

L/360 17'- 6" (5334 mm) 15'- 4" (4673 mm) 13'-11" (4241 mm) *12'- 2" (3708 mm)

f Limited by bending stress › Yield strength 40,000 psi v Limited by end reaction relating to stud or track › Unless noted, heights are limited by deflection.* 20 gauge track required › For heights limited by bending stress, allowable bending stresses have been increased by

33.33% for intermittent loading.› Heights limited by deflection are based on transverse load tests (in accordance with ASTM E 72)

and calculated utilizing the loads indicated.

ALLOWABLE WALL HEIGHTS FOR 2-HOUR FIRE-RATED I-STUD ASSEMBLIES STAIRWELLS

Stud Stud Min. Steel Sustained Air Pressure Load PSFSize Spacing Thickness Allowable

in. (mm) in. O.C. (mm) in. Deflection 5 7.5 10 15

2 1/2" 24" 0.020 L/120 13'- 11" (4242 mm) 12'- 2" (3708 mm) 11'- 0" (3353 mm) 9'- 8" (2946 mm)(63.5 mm) (610 mm) L/240 11'- 0" (3353 mm) 9'- 8" (2946 mm) 8'- 9" (3404 mm) 7'- 8" (2337 mm)

L/360 8'- 9" (2946 mm) 8'- 5" (2565 mm) 7'- 8" (2337 mm) 6'- 8" (2032 mm)

2 1/2" 24" 0.0329 L/120 16'- 7" (5055 mm) 14'- 6"f (4420 mm) 13'- 2"f (4013 mm) 11'- 6" (3505 mm)(63.5 mm) (610 mm) L/240 13'- 2" (4013 mm) 11'- 6" (3505 mm) 9'- 10" (2897 mm) 8'- 7" (2616 mm)

L/360 11'- 6" (3505 mm) 10'- 0" (3048 mm) 8'- 7" (2616 mm) 7'- 6" (2286 mm)

4" 24" 0.020 L/120 20'- 2" (6147 mm) 17'- 8" (5385 mm) 16'- 0" (4877 mm) 11'- 11" (3632 mm)(102 mm) (610 mm) L/240 16'- 0" (4877 mm) 11'- 11" (3632 mm) 10'- 10" (3302 mm) 9'- 5" (2870 mm)

L/360 11'- 11" (3632 mm) 10'- 6" (3175 mm) 9'- 5" (2870 mm) 8'- 3" (2515 mm)

4" 24" 0.0329 L/120 22'- 3" (6782 mm) 19'- 6" (5944 mm) 17'- 8" (5385 mm) 15'- 6" (4724 mm)(102 mm) (610 mm) L/240 17'- 8" (5385 mm) 15'- 6" (4724 mm) 14'- 1" (4293 mm) 10'- 8" (3251 mm)

L/360 15'- 6" (4724 mm) 11'- 9" (3581 mm) 10'- 8" (3251 mm) 9'- 4" (2845 mm)

6" 24" 0.0329 L/120 28'- 0" (8534 mm) 24'- 10" (7569 mm) 22'- 7" (6883 mm) 19'- 9" (6020 mm)(152 mm) (610 mm) L/240 22'- 7" (6883 mm) 19'- 9" (6020 mm) 17'- 11" (5461 mm) 12'- 3" (3734 mm)

L/360 19'- 9" (6020 mm) 13'- 6" (4115 mm) 12'- 3" (3734 mm) 10'- 9" (3277 mm)

›Yield strength 40,000 psiLimiting heights are based on transverse load tests (in accordance with ASTM E 72) and calculated utilizing the loads indicated.

Page 129: NGCConstGuide.pdf

127CAVITY SHAFTWALL SYSTEMS

09

21

16

.23

09 21 16.23/NGC

PAN HEAD SCREWS(TRACK TO TRACK)

CORNERBEAD

J TRACK

1" FIRE-SHIELD SHAFTLINER

1/2" FIRE-SHIELD C GYPSUM BOARD

1 5/8" TYPE S OR S-12 SCREWS 12" O.C.

1" TYPE S OR S-12 SCREWS 24" O.C.

SHAFTWALL STUD

CORR

IDOR

SID

E

SHAF

T SI

DE

OUTSIDE CORNER09260C

Scale: 2 1/4" = 1'-0"

Note: Type S screws for .020" studs, S-12 screws for .0329".

J TRACK

SHAFTWALL STUD1" TYPE S OR S-12SCREWS, 24" O.C.

1 5/8" TYPE S SCREWS, 12" O.C.

1/2" FIRE-SHIELD C GYPSUM BOARD

CORRIDOR SIDE

SHAFT SIDE

1" FIRE-SHIELD SHAFTLINER

2" x 2" x 20 GA. ANGLEeach angle fastened toJ Track with two 3/8"

Type S-12 screws at ceilingand two at floor.

INSIDE CORNER09260D

Scale: 2 1/4" = 1'-0"

12" MAX.

12" MAX.

DETAILS

SHAFTWALL STUDUsed with J Track for framing

Cavity Shaftwalls. Tabsretain 1" shaftliner.Galvanized steel.

J TRACK2 1/4" Leg.Used with I-Stud for framing

Cavity Shaftwalls.Galvanized steel.

Page 130: NGCConstGuide.pdf

128 CAVITY SHAFTWALL SYSTEMS

SHAFTWALL STUD

1/2" FIRE-SHIELD C GYPSUM BOARD

SHAFTWALL ELEVATOR DOOR HEAD(Section B-B)

09260HScale: 2 1/4" = 1'-0"

1" FIRE-SHIELD SHAFTLINER

25 GA.2 1/4" LEGJ TRACK

DOOR HEADER

1/2" FIRE-SHIELD C GYPSUM BOARD

SHAFTWALL J TRACK FRAMING ABOVE 7'-0"ELEVATOR DOOR

1" FIRE-SHIELD SHAFTLINER

20 GA. 3" LEG J TRACK

25 GA. 2 1/4" LEG J TRACK

09260GScale: 2 1/4" = 1'-0"

(Section C-C)

SHAFTWALL STUD 1/2" FIRE-SHIELD C GYPSUM BOARD

SHAFTWALL 7'-0" ELEVATOR DOOR JAMB(Section A-A)

09260FScale: 2 1/4" = 1'-0"

1" FIRE-SHIELD SHAFTLINER 20 GA. 3" LEG

J TRACK

JAMB ANCHOR CLIP

ELEVATORDOORFRAME

1/2" FIRE-SHIELD C GYPSUM BOARD

1" FIRE-SHIELD SHAFTLINER

25 GA. 2 1/4" LEG J TRACK

B

B

C C

A A

20 GA. 3" LEG J TRACK

SHAFTWALL STUD

24"MAX.

7'

4'

SHAFTWALL FRAMING FOR ELEVATOR DOOR UP TO 7'-0"09260E

Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"

7' Elevator Door Frames

SHAFTWALL STUD

1" FIRE-SHIELD SHAFTLINER

1 5/8" TYPE S OR S-12 SCREWS 12" O.C.

1" TYPE S OR S-12 SCREWS 24" O.C.

TYPICAL SECTION09260A

Scale: 2 1/4" = 1'-0"

1" FIRE-SHIELD SHAFTLINER

1/2" FIRE-SHIELD C GYPSUM BOARD

2 5/8”" TYPE S OR S-12 SCREWS 24" O.C.

TYPICAL START AND END OF WALL DESIGN END OF WALL (ALTERNATE DETAIL)

1 5/8" TYPE S OR S-12 SCREWS

09260BScale: 2 1/4" = 1'-0"

Page 131: NGCConstGuide.pdf

129CAVITY SHAFTWALL SYSTEMS

09

21

16

.23

09 21 16.23/NGC

1/2" FIRE-SHIELD C GYPSUM BOARD

SHAFTWALL ELEVATOR DOOR JAMB(Section D-D)

09260JScale: 2 1/4" = 1'-0"

1" FIRE-SHIELD SHAFTLINER

20 GA. 3" LEG J TRACK

JAMB ANCHOR CLIP

SHAFTWALL ELEVATOR DOOR HEAD(Section E-E)

09260LScale: 3" = 1'-0"

1" FIRE-SHIELD SHAFTLINER

25 GA.2 1/4" LEGJ TRACK

1/2"FIRE-SHIELDC GYPSUM

BOARD

SHAFTWALL J TRACK FRAMING ABOVE ELEVATOR DOOR

(Section F-F)

20 GA. 3" LEG J TRACK

25 GA. 2 1/4" LEG J TRACK

09260KScale: 2 1/4" = 1'-0"

1/2" FIRE-SHIELD C GYPSUM BOARD

1" FIRE-SHIELD SHAFTLINER

25 GA. 2 1/4" LEG J TRACK

E

E

F F

D D

20 GA. 3" LEG J TRACK

SHAFTWALL STUD

4'

ELEVATORDOOR FRAME

OVER7'

1"SHIM

1/2"SHIM

SHAFTWALL FRAMING FOR ELEVATOR DOOR OVER 7'-0"09260I

Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"

Elevator Door Frames Over 7'

Page 132: NGCConstGuide.pdf

130 CAVITY SHAFTWALL SYSTEMS

A

J TRACK

SHAFTWALL STUD

A

DD

BB

C

C1/2" FIRE-SHIELD C GYPSUM BOARD

1" FIRE-SHIELD SHAFTLINER

CONDUIT

CALL BOX

ELEVATORDOOR FRAME

FIREMAN SWITCH

POSITIONINDICATOR

SHAFTWALL ELEVATOR ELECTRICAL CONTROL LAYOUT09260Z

Scale: 1/4" = 1'-0"

CONDUIT

FIREMANSWITCH

CALL BOX

1/2 " FIRE-SHIELD C GYPSUM BOARD

1" FIRE-SHIELDSHAFTLINER

25 GA. x 3" x 28"SHEET STEEL

18 GA. x 3/4" x 1"ANGLE, 2 1/2" LONG

3/4" C.R. CHANNEL

SHAFTWALL FIREMAN SWITCH AND CALL BOX(Section CC)

09260AAScale: 2 1/4" = 1'-0"

25 GA. x 3" x 28"SHEET STEEL

1" x 16" x 30"FIRE-SHIELDSHAFTLINER

CALL BOX3/4" C.R. CHANNEL

SHAFTWALL CALL BOX(Section BB)

09260BBScale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"

SHAFTWALL WITH CONDUIT(Section DD)

09260CCScale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"

1/2" FIRE-SHIELD C GYPSUM BOARD

1" FIRE-SHIELDSHAFTLINER

RIGID ELBOW & CONDUIT

25 GA. x 3" x 28"SHEET STEEL

1" x 16" x 30"FIRE-SHIELD SHAFTLINER

3/4" C.R. CHANNEL

SHAFTWALL FIREMAN SWITCH AND INDICATOR BOX(Section AA)

09260DDScale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"

FIREMANSWITCH

25 GA. x 3" x 14"SHEET STEEL

POSITION INDICATOR 1" x 22" x 16" FIRE-SHIELDSHAFTLINER

4" SHAFTWALL STUD

NOTE: These assemblies tested Factory Mutual Design WP 621 and Factory Mutual WP 612

Page 133: NGCConstGuide.pdf

131CAVITY SHAFTWALL SYSTEMS

09

21

16

.23

09 21 16.23/NGC

MAIL CHUTE09260O

Scale: 3" = 1'-0"

J TRACK

1" FIRE-SHIELDSHAFTLINER

2 5/8" TYPE S OR S-12SCREWS 12" O.C.

1 5/8" TYPE S OR S-12SCREWS 36" O.C.

1/2" FIRE-SHIELD C

SHAFT CANTS09260P

Scale: 3" = 1'-0"

NOTE: Cant stripsgenerally requiredto prevent ledgesmore than 2" wide.

CAULK WHERE REQUIRED

1" FIRE-SHIELD SHAFTLINER

CANTS SCREWED TO SHAFTWALL STUDS

75˚

SHAFTWALL AT SUSPENDED CEILING

FURRING CHANNEL

2"x2"x20 GA.ANGLE RUNNER

TAPE ANDJOINT COMPOUNDGYPSUM BOARD CEILING

HANGER WIRE FURRINGCHANNEL CLIP OR WIRE TIE

SHAFTWALL STUD

(RESTRAINED)09260N

1" FIRE-SHIELD SHAFTLINERCEILING TRIM CHANNEL

ALLOW FOR MOVEMENT HERE

SHAFTWALL AT SUSPENDED CEILING

1-1/2" C.R. CHANNEL

1-5/8" TYPE S OR S-12 SCREWS

FURRINGCHANNEL CLIP

SHAFTWALL

1/2" FIRE-SHIELD CGYPSUM BOARD

FURRING CHANNEL

(UNRESTRAINED)

09260M

STUD

Page 134: NGCConstGuide.pdf

132 CAVITY SHAFTWALL SYSTEMS

PAN HEAD S-12SCREWS, 24" O.C.

J TRACK

1" FIRE-SHIELDSHAFTLINER

14 GA. CONTINUOUSSTEEL PLATE

POWER DRIVEN FASTENERS24” O.C.

3"

1 1/2" MIN. 8" MAX.

STUD CAVITY WALLPARALLEL TO DECK VALLEYS

09260QScale: 2 1/4" = 1'-0"

8" MAX.

1 1/2“ MIN.

SHAFTWALL

MIN. 14 GA. CONTINUOUS STEEL PLATE

1/2" TYPE S-12 PAN HEAD SCREWS, 24” O.C.

POWER DRIVEN FASTENERS,24" O.C.

SPRAY ON FIREPROOFING

SHAFTWALL OFFSETFROM STEEL BEAM

09260RScale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0"

Page 135: NGCConstGuide.pdf

133CAVITY SHAFTWALL SYSTEMS

09

21

16

.23

09 21 16.23/NGC

6" x 23 1/2" x 16 GA.S.M. PLATE, WELDOR SCREW ATTACH

TOGGLE BOLT

SHAFTWALL STUD

SHAFTWALL STUD

6" x 23 1/2" x 20 GA. S.M. PLATE

BOLT APPLIED BEFOREGYPSUM BOARD ON OTHER SIDE

NOTE: HANDRAIL BRACKET SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM AREA OF 3.25 SQ. IN. AND MINIMUM WIDTH ALONG BOTTOM EDGE OF 1 3/8" IF RECTANGULAR, AND A MINIMUM DIAMETER OF 2 3/8" IF ROUND IN ORDER TO COMPLY WITH 200 POUND PULLOUT AND/OR COMPRESSION TESTS (NFPA 101-1985 LIFE SAFETY CODE - BRACKETS).

HANDRAIL SUPPORT DETAILS

09260UScale: 3" = 1'-0"

OUTLET OR SWITCH BOX

CROSS SECTION09260V

Scale: 3" = 1'-0"

ELECTRICAL OUTLET SUPPORT09260W

Scale: 3" = 1'-0"

SHAFTWALL STUD

PAN HEAD SCREWS

2" x 24" x 16 GA. STEEL STRAP

6" x 26" x 20 GA. S.M. PLATE

NO. 10 MIN. S.M. SCREWS

TYPE SPAN HEADSCREWS

HANDRAIL SUPPORT DETAILS09260S

Scale: 2" = 1'-0"

SHAFTWALL STUD

1/2" FIRE-SHIELD C GYPSUM BOARD

TYPE SPAN HEAD SCREWS

HANDRAIL SUPPORT DETAILS09260T

Scale: 2 1/4" = 1'-0"

6" x 26" x 20 GASHEET METAL PLATE.

Page 136: NGCConstGuide.pdf

134 CAVITY SHAFTWALL SYSTEMS

CHASE WALL09260EE

Scale: 3" = 1'-0"

2 1/2" STEEL STUDS, 16" O.C.

PAN HEAD SCREWS

SHAFTWALLSTUD, 24" O.C.

1 5/8" TYPE S OR S-12 SCREWSA

A

2 1/2" STUDTRACK 20 GA.

1/2" FIRE-SHIELD C GYPSUM BOARD

1" FIRE-SHIELD SHAFTLINER

SHAFTWALL STUD

2 1/2" x 20 GA.STUD TRACK

BRACES EVERY2ND STUD AT1/3 POINTS OFSTUD HEIGHT

AT 4' O.C. MAX.

CERAMICTILE

MR GYPSUMBOARD

SHAFTWALL CHASE WALL(SECTION A-A)

09260FFScale: 3" = 1'-0"

1/2" FIRE-SHIELD C GYPSUM BOARD

1/2" FIRE-SHIELD C GYPSUM BOARD

HANGER ROD

SHAFTWALL STUD

LANDING

STAIR HANGER ROD09260X

Scale: 3" = 1'-0"

1" FIRE-SHIELD SHAFTLINER

HANGER ROD SHAFTWALL STUD

1" FIRE-SHIELD SHAFTLINER

1/2" FIRE-SHIELD C GYPSUM BOARD

STAIRWELL STAIR HANGER ROD09260Y

Scale: 3" = 1'-0"

Page 137: NGCConstGuide.pdf

135CAVITY SHAFTWALL SYSTEMS

09

21

16

.23

09 21 16.23/NGC

Note: Maintain 24" module Shaftwall Stud spacing regardless of duct location.

TYPICAL DUCT OPENINGRECOMMENDED FRAMING

ShaftwallStud

A.

Fasten J Track in this manner

B.

Cut here andbend down

J Track

J Track Lengthb+h+b and legscut at thoselengths andfolded as shownto slip into void.Attach to J Trackheader with panhead screws.

A

B

Duct

b

h

ShaftwallStuds

J Track Headerswith endsslotted to fit intoshaftwall studs.

24" 24" 24" 24"

Page 138: NGCConstGuide.pdf

136 CAVITY SHAFTWALL SYSTEMS

Shaftliner panels should behandled with care toprevent fracturing ordeformation of edges.

RECOMMENDATIONS

FRAMING AND SHAFTLINERCAVITY SHAFTWALL1. Locate and lay out partition

floor and ceiling lines toensure plumb partition.

2. Insure accurate studspacing to maintaingypsum board face layermodule.

3. Position top and bottom JTrack with long leg towardthe shaft along ceiling, floorand vertically at columnand/or wall where erectionof shaftwall will begin.Attach with power drivenfasteners 24" o.c. max.

4. Frame all openings cut into partitions for ducts, etc.with J Track as shown inaccompanying details toprotect cut gypsum coreedges and to provideresistance to bending andother stresses.

5. Cut shaftliner panels 1" lessthan ceiling height andinstall first by placingoutside vertical edgeagainst long leg of verticaltrack, plumb and attachwith Type S 1 5/8" Screws24" o.c.

6. Place studs within flangesof floor and ceiling trackand rotate into place. Slidestud tabs/flange snugly overedge of shaftlinerpreviously installed.

7. Install next shaftliner panelbetween tabs/flange ofstuds. Continue in thismanner until end ofpartition run. Occasionallycheck spacing of studs tomaintain 24" module.

8. At end of run, cut vertical J Track at least 2" short ofpartition height. Cutshaftliner 1/4" less thanremaining width ofpartition and 2" short of full height. Lay piece ofshaftliner 2" wide x lengthof opening in floor track assupport for last shaftlinerpanel. Fit cut edge ofshaftliner into vertical trackand, holding shaftliner andtrack together, slide paper

bound edge of shaftlinerinto stud. Align last paneland fasten the vertical trackwith appropriate fasteners24" o.c. max. Fastenshaftliner to vertical trackwith 1 5/8" Type S or S-12Screws 24" o.c. Seedrawing on page 126 foralternate detail.

9. Locate shaftwall horizontalend joints within the upperand lower third points ofwall. Stagger joints inadjacent panels to avoidcontinous horizontal joint.Shaftliner horizontal endjoints do not require taping,back blocking or framing.When using I-Studs theshaftliner panels shall be ofsufficient length to engagea minimum of two I-Studtabs along the edge.

GYPSUM BOARDApply first layer of 1/2" Fire-

Shield C (5/8" Fire-Shield)Gypsum Board horizontallyto face of studs with screwsspaced 24" o.c. Applysecond layer vertically withscrews spaced 12" o.c.(Use 1" Type S Screws onfirst layer, 1 5/8" Type SScrews on second layer for25 gauge nominal framing.)(Use 1" Type S-12 Screwson first layer, 1 5/8" Type S-12 Screws on secondlayer for 20 gauge orheavier framing.) Stagger allvertical and horizontaljoints. For proper jointtreatment, maintainuniform room temperaturebetween 50˚F and 70˚Fduring cold weather. Treatjoints of face layer withtape and joint compound.

CAULKINGCaulk Cavity Shaftwall system

with acoustical sealantwherever the wall isenclosing shafts wherepositive or negative airpressure exists. Caulkperimeter of wall and atany other place wherevoids create the possibilityof moving air causing dustaccumulation, noise orsmoke leakage. Caulkingshall be done incompliance with detailsspecified by thearchitect/designer.

AIR SHAFTSThe System is not designed to

serve as an unlined airsupply duct. Caulking isrecommended atperimeters and penetrationswherever the I-Stud Systemis used to enclose elevatorsor other shafts wherepositive or negativepressures will exist. Thecontractor installing thisSystem shall caulk incompliance with detailsspecified by the architect/designer. Proper caulkingwill seal perimeters andpenetrations to minimizeair noises and dustassociated with airmovement.

FRAMING FOR OPENINGSFrame doors and duct

openings with J Track. Use adequate structuralsupport for openings over48" wide. For openings upto 48" wide, use vertical JTrack on either side ofopenings. For head and sillof openings, place J Trackhorizontally acrossopenings. Cut J Track about12" longer than openings.Then cut flanges and foldback to nest over vertical J Track and fasten webs orflanges with two 3/8" TypeS or 1/2" Type S-12 PanHead Screws perconnection. When nesting J Track to J Track, cut offshort flange of horizontal J Track so it will fit oververtical J Track.

CALL BOXES ANDPOSITION INDICATORSProtect call boxes, position

indicators and fireman’sswitches as shown indrawings on page 130.

CHASESWhen possible, locate all

vertical rise, conduit, stairhangers, etc., within wallcavity. If the cavity in the 2 1/2" stud wall is not ofsufficient width, the 4" or 6" studs can be used forchases or erect chase wallsas shown on page 134.

ELEVATOR DOORSElevator door frames must be

braced and supportedindependently of the

shaftwall. However,shaftwall must be tied intoelevator door frames bybeing attached to jamb andanchor clips with pan headscrews. The 3" leg, nominal20 gauge J Track shall beused at the juncture of theelevator door frame and theCavity Shaftwall System. Seedrawings on pages 128 and129 for details.

Door frames (other thanelevator door frames) shouldbe formed from not lessthan 18 gauge steel, shopprimed, with throatopenings accurately formedto the nominal wallthickness plus 3/32". Framesmust have trim returns notless than 7/16" in width tobear flush against thegypsum board surface. Flooranchor plates should be 14gauge (min.) steel, firmlywelded to frames anddesigned with not less thantwo anchor holes 3" o.c.minimum to prevent framerotation. Anchor platesshould be securely fastenedto the floor with powerdriven fasteners havingminimum dimensions of3/16" diameter and 3/4"length. The type and size offastener is dependent on jobconditions, type of concreteor steel framing, etc., andmust be sufficient to providerigid, continuous anchorageto the frames. Jamb anchorclips should be formed from18 gauge (min.) steel, andwelded to jambs to provideadequate anchorage to jambframing as shown on details.Elevator door frames mustbe fastened to andsupported by the buildingstructure, separately framedand independent of thepartition. They shall besecurely anchored to thesills and to the buildingstructure or to the tracksupports. Anchors orfastenings to suit the wallconstruction are requiredand shall be not more than2' apart. See details onpages 128 and 129 forconnection of partition andelevator door frames.

Page 139: NGCConstGuide.pdf

137CAVITY SHAFTWALL SYSTEMS

09

21

16

.23

09 21 16.23/NGC

DUCT

J TRACK

GYPSUM BOARD1/2" FIRE-SHIELD C

POWER DRIVEN FASTENERS24" O.C.

POWER DRIVEN FASTENERS24” O.C.

1/2" TYPE S OR S-12 PAN HEAD SCREWS(2 PER STUD)

I-STUD 24" O.C.

J TRACK

SHAFTLINER1" FIRE-SHIELD

J TRACK

TWO HOUR HORIZONTAL DUCT PROTECTIONWHI 694-0300.1

09260GGScale: 2" = 1'-0"

FLEXIBLE SEALANT

Horizontal Shaftwall Duct and Ceiling Assemblies

DESCRIPTION

MAXIMUM HORIZONTAL SPANS FOR I-STUD ASSEMBLIES

Corridor Ceilings And Horizontal MembraneStair Soffits And Duct Protection

Stud Size Minimum Steel Thickness 1-Hour Fire 2-Hour Fire 2-Hour Firein. (mm) in. (mm) Resistive Rating Resistive Rating Resistive Rating

2 1/2" (63.5 mm) 0.020 (.508) 7'-8" (2337 mm) 7'-8" (2337 mm) 7'-2" (2184 mm)2 1/2" (63.5 mm) 0.0329 (.836) 8'-8" (2642 mm) 9'-4" (2845 mm) 8'-8" (2642 mm)

4" (102 mm) 0.020 (.508) 10'-3" (3124 mm) 10'-9" (3277 mm) 10'-0" (3048 mm)4" (102 mm) 0.0329 (.836) 11'- 9" (3581 mm) 12'-1" (3683 mm) 11'-3" (3429 mm)6" (152 mm) 0.0329 (.836) 14'- 10" (4521 mm) 14'-10" (4521 mm) 13'-10" (4216 mm)

Note: Spans based on L/240 deflection and twice the dead load weight, and 24" o.c. stud spacing.

TECHNICAL DATA

DETAILS

DETAILS

I-Stud Cavity ShaftwallSystems can be erectedhorizontally and used aseconomical fire resistiveassemblies for corridorceilings, stair soffits, andprotection for mechanicalducts.

The I-Stud Cavity ShaftwallSystem for Horizontal DuctProtection consists of I-Studs 24" o.c. with 1" Fire-Shield Shaftliner panelsinserted in the stud tabs,and three layers of 1/2"Fire-Shield C GypsumBoard attached to the studflanges opposite theShaftliner panels. ThisSystem provides fireprotection for mechanicalducts and has been testedfrom both sides.

Two layers of 1/2" Fire-ShieldC Gypsum Board attachedto the stud flanges oppositethe Shaftliner provide 2-hour fire protection whenused as a corridor ceiling or stair soffit.*

Similarly, single layer 5/8"Fire-Shield or Fire-Shield CGypsum Board attached tothe stud flanges oppositethe Shaftliner panelsprovide 1-hour fireprotection when used as acorridor ceiling or stairsoffit.*

LIMITATIONSI-Stud Cavity Shaftwall

Systems erectedhorizontally for corridorceilings or stair soffits aredesigned to carry their owndeadweight only, andshould not be used wherethere is access to an attic or loft above, or anyprobability of storage.

In addition, the 2-hourhorizontal duct protectionsystem is not designed to carry live loads or theweight of the mechanicalducting it is protecting.

Maximum allowablehorizontal spans of eachsystem are shown in thetable below.

I-STUD24" O.C.

1" FIRE-SHIELD SHAFTLINER

1 5/8" TYPE S OR S-12 SCREWS 12" O.C.

1/2" FIRE-SHIELD C GYPSUM BOARD

TWO HOURCORRIDOR CEILING AND STAIR SOFFIT*

09260HHScale: 3" = 1'-0"

J TRACKI-STUD24" O.C.

1" FIRE-SHIELD SHAFTLINER

1" TYPE S OR S-12 SCREWS 12" O.C.

5/8" FIRE-SHIELDGYPSUM BOARD

J TRACK

ONE HOUR HORIZONTAL SHAFTWALL-CORRIDOR CEILING AND STAIR SOFFIT*

09260IIScale: 3" = 1'-0"

*See ICBO Evaluation Services, Inc. Evaluation Report No. 3579 for allowable values and/or conditions of use concerning material presented in this document. It’s subject to re-examinations, revisions, and possible cancellations.

Page 140: NGCConstGuide.pdf

138 CAVITY SHAFTWALL SYSTEMS

SECTION 09 21 16.23

SHAFTWALL SYSTEMSTHE FOLLOWING PARAGRAPHS ARE FOR INSERTION INTO SECTIONS OFGENERIC SPECIFICATIONS OR GENERIC/PROPRIETARY SPECIFICATIONS COVERINGSHAFTWALL PRODUCTS. THE NATIONAL GYPSUM COMPANY PRODUCTNAME FOLLOWS THE GENERIC DESCRIPTION IN PARENTHESES.

PART 1 GENERAL1.02 REFERENCES

A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):1. C 840, Specification for Application and Finishing of

Gypsum Board.2. C 1396, Specification for Gypsum Board.

PART 2 PRODUCTS2.02 MATERIALS

A. Gypsum Board:1. Fire-Resistant Gypsum Shaftliner Board: A gypsum core

shaftwall panel with additives to enhance fire resistanceof the core and surfaced with water repellent paper onfront, back, and long edges and complying with ASTM C 1396, Type X (Gold Bond BRAND Fire-Shield Shaftliner).a. Thickness: 1" b. Width: 2'c. Length: 7' through 14'd. Edges: Beveled

2. Fire-Resistant Mold-Resistant Gypsum Shaftliner Board:A gypsum core shaftwall board with additives to enhancefire resistance of the core and surfaced with amoisture/mold/mildew resistant paper on front, back, andlong edges; and complying with ASTM C1396, Type X(Gold Bond BRAND Fire-Shield Shaftliner XP).a. Thickness: 1" b. Width: 2'c. Length: 7' through 14'd. Edges: Beveled e. Mold and Mildew Resistance: Panel score of 10,

when tested in accordance with ASTM D 32733. Fire-Resistant Gypsum Board: A gypsum core wall panel

with additives to enhance fire resistance of the core andsurface with paper on front, back, and long edges andcomplying with ASTM C 1396, Type X.a. Thickness: 1/2" (Gold Bond BRAND Fire-Shield C

Gypsum Board), 5/8" (Gold Bond BRAND Fire-ShieldGypsum Board), or 5/8" (Gold Bond BRAND Fire-ShieldC Gypsum Board).

b. Width: 4'c. Length: 6' through 16'

(1/2" Fire-Shield C Gypsum Board,5/8" Fire-Shield Gypsum Board)Length: 8' through 14' (5/8" Fire-Shield C Gypsum Board)

d. Edges: Square, Tapered, or Beveled Taper(Sta-Smooth edge)

SPECIFICATIONS

4. Fire-Resistant Mold-Resistant Gypsum Board: A gypsum core wall panel with additives to enhancefire resistance and the water resistance of the core; surfaced with a moisture/mold/mildew resistant paperon front, back and long edges and complying withASTM C 1396, type X.a. Thickness: 1/2" (Gold Bond BRAND XP Fire-Shield CGypsum Board) 5/8" (Gold Bond BRAND XP Fire-ShieldGypsum Board.b. Width: 4'c. Length: 8', 10' or 12'd. Edges: Square or Taperede. Mold and Mildew Resistance: Panel score of 10,

when tested in accordance with ASTM D 32735. Fire-Resistant Plaster Base: A gypsum core panel with

additives to enhance the fire resistance of the core andsurfaced with absorptive paper on front, back, and long edgesand complying with ASTM C 1396; Type X. a. Thickness: 1/2" (Kal-Kore BRAND Fire-Shield C Plaster

Base); 5/8" (Kal-Kore BRAND Fire-Shield Plaster Base).b. Width: 4'c. Length: 8' and 12'd. Edges: Tapered

B. Joint Treatment1. Tape: 2 1/16" wide paper reinforcing tape (ProForm

BRAND Joint Tape).2. Compound: Drying type pre-mixed compound (ProForm

BRAND Multi-Use Joint Compound, ProForm BRAND All-Purpose Joint Compound, regular grade and machinegrade, ProForm BRAND Lite Joint Compound, ProFormBRAND Ultra Joint Compound, and ProForm BRAND XP JointCompound).

3. Compound: Drying type job mixed vinyl base compound(ProForm BRAND Triple-T Compound).

4. Compound: Drying type topping compound, pre-mixed(ProForm BRAND Topping Joint Compound, ProForm BRANDUltra Joint Compound).

5. Compound: Setting type job mixed chemical-hardeningcompound (ProForm BRAND Sta-Smooth Joint Compound, ProForm BRAND Sta-Smooth Lite Joint Compound).

PART 3 EXECUTION3.01 INSTALLATION

A. Install studs, tracks, shaftliner, gypsum board, accessories, and finish gypsum board joints in accordance with the following ASTM Standards and manufacturer's recommendations:1. ASTM Standards:a. Metal Framing: C 754b. Joint Treatment: C 840.2. Manufacturer’s Recommendations: National Gypsum

Company “Gypsum Construction Guide.”

Page 141: NGCConstGuide.pdf

09 21 16.33/NGC

H-Stud Area Separation WallSystem

12TH EDITION

09

21

16

.33

139

®

Page 142: NGCConstGuide.pdf

140 H-STUD AREA SEPARATION WALL SYSTEM

DESCRIPTION

SOLID TYPE AREASEPARATION WALLThe H-Stud Area Separation

Wall consists of 2" light-gauge steel H-Studs whichsecure two layers of 1" Fire-Shield Shaftliner or 1" Fire-Shield Shaftliner XP boardbetween adjacent studs.

Shaftliner board is faced withgreen moisture-resistantpaper and Shaftliner XPboard is faced with purplemoisture/mold/mildew-resistant paper on bothsides for protection againstweather during installation.Shaftliner panels have abeveled edge configurationallowing for simpleinstallation into the H-Studs.

The H-Studs are secured at thefoundation floor by theflanges of H-Stud Track.The same track is usedback-to-back atintermediate floors toprovide a splicing meansso that the System can beerected one floor at a time.H-Stud Track is also used atthe roof line or at theparapet and at wall ends.

For a fire-rated assemblywithout the need forbattens, a minimum 3/4"air space shall bemaintained between the H-Stud assembly and

Steel framing and XPGypsum Board productspermit temporary exposureto inclement weatherduring construction, butthe constructed AreaSeparation Wall should beprotected from inclementweather as soon aspossible. Materialssupplied to the job siteshould be stored properly,supported off the groundand protected frominclement weather.

TECHNICAL DATA

H-STUD AREA SEPARATION WALL SYSTEM

The fire-protection of gypsum-based Area Separation Walls is demonstrated in dramatic fashionby the results of this actual townhouse fire in which the two-hour fire-rated assembly performedas expected in protecting adjacent properties. Break-away feature allowed collapse of fire-sidestructural framing without pulling down the entire wall.

any adjacent framingmembers. When a 3/4" air space cannot bemaintained, the H-Studand H-Stud Tracks arecovered by screw-attached6" wide battens fabricatedfrom 1/2" Fire-Shield CGypsum Board; or 1/2"Fire-Shield C GypsumBoard boards can befastened to the H-Studsand joints* covered withtape and joint compoundto provide a finished wall.Mineral wool or glass fibercan be installed inadjacent cavity shaftwallsto provide higher STCratings.

Steel H-Stud framingmembers are attached oneach side to adjacentframing with breakaway,heat softenable aluminum ASW Clips.

*Refer to UL Design U347.NOTE: ICC ES Inc. Legacy

Report 90-26.01 requires a 1" minimum air space.

2. The Area Separation WallSystem may be built up toa maximum of 66' high.

3. Insulation in the AreaSeparation Wall must beprotected from wetting andtherefore shall not beinstalled until building isclosed-in.

4. XP Gypsum Board orGypsum Sheathing shall be used on faces of studframing of Area SeparationWalls which projectbeyond roof or side walls.

1. Area Separation Walls arenonload-bearing walls.They should not be usedwhere exposed to constantdampness and/or water.

DOUBLE H-STUD TRACK(back to back)

FLOOR

FIRE BLOCKING1" FIRE-SHIELDSHAFTLINER ORMINERAL WOOL

ASW CLIP

H-STUD

3/4" AIR SPACE STUD

1" FIRE-SHIELD SHAFTLINER

TRIM

CEILING

GYPSUM BOARD

STRINGER

TOP PLATE

TYPICAL FLOOR/CEILING JUNCTURE

Page 143: NGCConstGuide.pdf

141H-STUD AREA SEPARATION WALL SYSTEM

09 21 16.33/NGC

AREA SEPARATION WALL CLIPThe framing attachment ASW

Clips are made from 0.050"aluminum alloy that softensat about 1000˚F. They areformed in the shape of anangle and are available 2" wide with legs either 1" x 2", 1" x 2.5" or 2" x2.5". Clips are attached tovertical steel H-Stud framingusing one 3/8" Type S panhead screw and to adjacentframing with one 1 1/4"Type W screw.

2.5"

2"

2"

.050 ASW CLIP

.063" THICK AVAILABLEON SPECIAL ORDER

H-STUD

H-STUD TRACK

2"

2 "

1"

54'Walls up to 54' spaceclips a maximum of

5' o.c. for wall sectionsbelow the upper 23'

23'Walls up to 23'space clips amaximum of

10' o.c.

66'Walls up to 66' spaceclips a maximum of

39" o.c. for wall sectionsbelow the upper 54'

Roof

DoubleH-Stud Track(back to back)

1" Fire-ShieldShaftliner XP

Trim

XP Gypsum Board

H-Stud

Ceiling

Stud

Floor

ASW Clip

Blocking

Slab orFoundation

Minimum3/4" Air Space

Stringer

Top Plate

Fire Blocking1" Fire-ShieldShaftliner orMineral Wool

AREA SEPARATION WALL LIMITING HEIGHTS

09

21

16

.33

Page 144: NGCConstGuide.pdf

142 H-STUD AREA SEPARATION WALL SYSTEM

EXTERIORFACING

2" H-STUDTRACK

CAULK(SMOKETIGHTJOINT)

EXTERIOR WALLFRAMING

1" FIRE-SHIELDSHAFTLINER

2" H-STUD

3/4" AIR SPACE

INTERIORWALLFRAMING

INTERIORGYPSUM FACINGSAS SPECIFIED

EXTERIOR WALL INTERSECTION09265M

Scale: 1" = 1'-0"

5/8" FIRE-SHIELD GYPSUM SHEATHING

REQUIRED BY LOCAL CODES)4' EACH SIDE (OR AS

DETAILS

1" FIRE-SHIELDSHAFTLINER

DOUBLE H-STUD TRACK SCREWED BACK-TO-BACK

SEALANT

FLOOR

JOIST

CEILING

3/8" TYPE SPAN HEAD SCREW

INSULATION

GYPSUM FACINGSAS SPECIFIED

ASW CLIP

1 1/4" TYPE W SCREW

INTERMEDIATE FLOOR INTERSECTION*LOCATION OF ASW CLIPS

09265IScale: 1" = 1'-0"

GYPSUM BOARD OR MINERALWOOL FILLER FIRE BLOCKING

2" H-STUDAREA SEP. WALL

2" H-STUD

3/4" AIR SPACE

2" H-STUD TRACK

PARAPETCAP

FLASHING

ROOFING

GYPSUMBOARD

2"x 4" FRAMING

1" FIRE-SHIELDSHAFTLINER

2" H-STUDAREA SEP. WALL

TYPICAL ROOF PARAPET DETAIL09265J

Scale: 1" = 1'-0"

ASWCLIP

GYPSUM BOARDOR MINERALWOOL FILLER

FIRE BLOCKING

AS REQUIRED (OR ASREQUIRED BY LOCAL CODES)

GYPSUM BOARDOR MINERALWOOL FILLER

FIRE BLOCKING

3/4" AIR SPACEGYPSUM BOARDOR MINERAL WOOLFIRE BLOCKING

TYPICAL ROOF JUNCTION DETAIL

1" FIRE-SHIELDSHAFTLINER

18"

MINIMUM

1 LAYER OF 5/8" FIRE-SHIELDBOARD 4' EACH SIDE(OR AS REQUIRED BYLOCAL CODES).

CAULK(SMOKE TIGHT JOINT) 2" H-STUD TRACK

ROOF DECK

ROOFING

09265K

Scale: 1" = 1'-0"

3/4" AIR SPACE

2" H-STUD

ASWCLIP

2" H-STUDAREA SEP. WALL

2" H-STUD3/4" AIRSPACE

INSULATION2"x 4" STUD

TYPICAL WALL CROSS SECTION*09265G

Scale: 1/2" = 1'-0"

1" FIRE-SHIELDSHAFTLINER

*When a 3/4" air space cannot be maintained between the H-Stud assembly and adjacent framing members, 1/2" Fire-Shield C Gypsum battensare required to cover H-Studs and H-Stud Track.

Page 145: NGCConstGuide.pdf

143H-STUD AREA SEPARATION WALL SYSTEM

09

21

16

.33

09 21 16.33/NGC

INSULATION

GYPSUM FACINGSAS SPECIFIED

SEALANT2" H-STUD TRACK

TYPICAL FOUNDATION DETAIL*09265H

Scale: 1/2" = 1'-0"

2" x 4" PLATE

1" FIRE-SHIELDSHAFTLINER

2" H-STUDAREA SEP. WALL

3/4" AIRSPACE

3/4" AIRSPACE

EXTERIORFACING

FLASHING

CAULKING

CAP

2" H-STUDTRACK

EXTERIOR WALLFRAMING

AS REQ'D

GYPSUM ORMINERAL WOOLFIRE BLOCKING

INTERIORWALL FRAMING

1" FIRE-SHIELDSHAFTLINER

2" H-STUD

INTERIORGYPSUM FACINGS

AS SPECIFIED

PROTRUDING EXTERIOR WALL*09265L

Scale: 1" = 1'-0"

3/4" AIRSPACE

RECOMMENDATION

*When a 3/4" air space cannot be maintained between the H-Stud assembly and adjacent framing members, 1/2" Fire-Shield C Gypsum battens arerequired to cover H-Studs and H-Stud Track.

Order H-Studs and 1" Fire-Shield Shaftlineraccording to the followingoutline:

Basement wall section –length equal to distancefrom foundation floor toapproximately 3" abovefloor line of first floor.

Intermediate floors – lengthequal to distance betweenfloor lines.

Topmost floor – length toextend to top of parapetwall or to roof inter-section, depending on detail.

BASEMENT WALLINSTALLATION1. Beginning at foundation

floor, attach 2" H-StudTrack to concrete withpower-driven fastenersspaced 24" o.c. Applyacoustical sealant alongedges of track at floor line.

2. Install H-Stud Track onfoundation walls whereArea Separation Wallintersects, if applicable.Fasten with power-drivenfasteners 24" o.c. Caulkedges as with floor track.

3. At intersection offoundation or exterior walland Area Separation Wallbegin erecting by insertingfirst layer of 1" Shaftlinerinto floor and wall track.Insert second layer back-to-back with first and seatinto floor and wall track.Shaftliner and studs may

be set into position fromthe basement floor or feddown through the spaceprovided in the woodframing from the floorabove.

4. Making sure that bothpieces of Shaftliner areseated all the way into thefloor and wall tracks andthat their edges are flush,insert an H-Stud into thefloor track and engage theH-Stud legs over the longedges of the Shaftlinerboards. Seat the H-Studfully so the board edgescontact the stud web.

5. Continue in this manner,erecting two thicknessesof Shaftliner, and installingthe legs of the H-Stud overthe Shaftliner edges untilwall is completed. Again,make sure all studs andboards are tightly pushedtogether. Floor track maybe screw fastened to H-Studs with 3/8" Type Span head screws to assistwith installation.

6. If the Area SeparationWall terminates at afoundation wall, the lasttwo Shaftliner boards willhave to be inserted fromthe floor above. Boardsare pushed down into thechannel formed by theprevious H-Stud’s legs andthe legs of the wall track.

7. If the Area SeparationWall terminates at or pasta framed wall, insert thelast boards conventionallyand cap the end of theArea Separation Wall with

2" H-Stud Track. Fasten H-Stud track flanges at allcorners on both sides with3/8" Type S pan headscrews.

8. The top edge of theerected wall is thencapped off by placing 2"H-Stud Track over studsand boards. Track may bescrew fastened to H-Studswith 3/8" Type S pan headscrews to assist withinstallation.

9. Attach studs to adjacentwood framing with ASWClips. Secure the clips tothe studs with one 3/8"Type S Pan Head Screwthrough the short leg ofthe clip. The ASW Clipsmay be attached directlyto the steel studs orthrough the gypsum boardbatten face into the studs.

10. A minimum 3/4" air spaceshall be maintainedbetween the H-Studassembly and anyadjacent framingmembers.* When a 3/4" air space cannot bemaintained, gypsum boardbatten strips are installedover H-Studs and H-StudTrack on both sides of thewall. 3" wide battens areinstalled over H-StudTrack at foundation androof. 6" battens are screw-attached to H-Studs with1" Type S screws spaced12" o.c. screwed intoalternate legs of H-Stud.Battens are cut from sheetsof 1/2" Fire-Shield CGypsum Board.

INTERMEDIATE FLOORSAND ROOF INSTALLATION1. Attach 2" H-Stud Track to

the already installedcapping track of the lowerfloor’s wall. This back-to-back track installationallows the Area SeparationWall to be erected onefloor at a time. Secure thetwo tracks together withtwo 3/8" Type S pan headScrews 24" o.c. Staggerback-to-back track joints a minimum of 12".

2. Erect Shaftliner and H-Studsin the same manner as forthe basement wall, steps 4-10, except that starting andending procedures varydepending on the exteriorwall intersection detail. Seedrawing details.

3. At roof intersection thewalls are capped-off withH-Stud track. Track may befastened to H-Stud with3/8" Type S pan headscrews to assist withinstallation. H-Studs arefastened to wood framingwith ASW Clips. Thespecific framing procedurevaries according to roofjunction drawing details.

4. Fire blocking must beprovided at intermediatefloors and roof locations asshown in drawing details.Mineral wool or gypsumboard filler may be used.

*Refer to UL Design U347.NOTE: ICC Es, Inc. Legacy

Report 90-26.01 requiresa 1" minimum air space.

Page 146: NGCConstGuide.pdf

144 H-STUD AREA SEPARATION WALL SYSTEM

SPECIFICATIONS

2. Fire-Resistant Mold-Resistant Gypsum Shaftliner Board:A gypsum core shaftwall board with additives toenhance fire resistance of the core and surfaced with amoisture/mold/mildew resistant paper on front, back,and long edges; and complying with ASTM C 1396,Type X (Gold Bond BRAND Fire-Shield Shaftliner XP).a. Thickness: 1"b. Width: 2'c. Length: 7' through 14'd. Edges: Bevelede. Mold and Mildew Resistance: Panel score of 10,

when tested in accordance with ASTM D 32733. Fire-Resistant Gypsum Board: A gypsum core wall

board with additives to enhance fire resistance of thecore and surfaced with paper on front, back, and longedges and complying with ASTM C 1396, Type X (Gold Bond BRAND Fire-Shield C Gypsum Board).a. Thickness: 1/2"b. Width: 4'c. Length: 6' through 16'd. Edges: Square, Tapered, or Beveled Taper

(Sta-Smooth Edge)4. Fire-Resistant Mold-Resistant Gypsum Board:

A gypsum core wall panel with additives to enhancefire resistance and the water resistance of the core;surfaced with a moisture/mold/mildew resistant paperon front, back, and long edges and complying withASTM C 1396, type X (Gold Bond BRAND XP Fire-Shield C Gypsum Board).a. Thickness: 1/2"b. Width: 4'c. Length: 8' 10' or 12'd. Edges: Square or Taperede. Mold and Mildew Resistance: Panel score of 10,

when tested in accordance with ASTM D 3273

PART 3 EXECUTION3.01 INSTALLATION

A. General: In accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations, National Gypsum Company“Gypsum Construction Guide.”

INTERIOR FACINGS1. 2" H-Stud Area Separation Wall can be finished in a variety of

ways depending on wall installation. For load-bearingapplications, wood stud walls meeting required codes mustbe erected flanking the Area Separation Wall. Stud walls arethen finished in whatever method is specified. For nonload-bearing applications, finished wall may be of any typemeeting local codes including exposed Shaftliner and battenswhere appearance is not critical.

2" H-STUD TRACK

1" FIRE-SHIELD GYPSUM SHAFTLINER

2" H-STUD TRACK

1/2" FIRE-SHIELD CGYPSUM BATTEN*

BASIC COMPONENTS OF 2" H-STUD AREA SEPARATION WALL(ASW CLIPS NOT SHOWN)

2" H-STUD

* Battens not required when minimum 3/4" air space is maintained between H-stud wall and adjacent wood framing.

SECTION 09 21 16.33AREA SEPARATION WALLTHE FOLLOWING PARAGRAPHS ARE FOR INSERTION INTO SECTIONS OF

GENERIC SPECIFICATIONS OR GENERIC/PROPRIETARY SPECIFICATIONSCOVERING GYPSUM BOARD PRODUCTS FOR AREA SEPARATION WALLS. THE NATIONAL GYPSUM COMPANY PRODUCT NAME FOLLOWS THEGENERIC DESCRIPTION IN PARENTHESES.

PART 1 GENERAL1.02 REFERENCES

A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):1. C 1396, Specification for Gypsum Board.

PART 2 PRODUCTS2.02 MATERIALS

A. Gypsum Board:1. Fire-Resistant Gypsum Shaftliner Board: A gypsum core

shaftwall board with additives to enhance fire resistance ofthe core and surfaced with water repellant paper on front,back, and long edges and complying with ASTM C 1396,Type X (Gold Bond BRAND Fire-Shield Shaftliner).a. Thickness: 1" b. Width: 2'c. Length: 7' through 14'd. Edges: Beveled

Page 147: NGCConstGuide.pdf

PermaBase®

BRAND

Cement BoardConstruction Guide

09 28 00/NGC

®

145

12TH EDITION

09

28

00

Page 148: NGCConstGuide.pdf

146

PERMABASE® BRAND CEMENT BOARD

PermaBase® BRAND CementBoard is a rigid substrate madeof Portland cement, aggregateand glass mesh that provides anexceptionally hard, durable sur-face that is able to withstand pro-longed exposure to moisture.PermaBase offers a competitiveadvantage over similar prod-ucts on the market with itspatented EdgeTech® technology.The tapered, double-wrappededge design allows for closernail or screw application to theedge.

� Double-wrapped edge withEdgeTech technology allowsfor closer fastener applica-tion of nails or screws at theedge without crumbling orspinout.

� IRC and IBC 2006Compliant – Meets ASTM C1325.

� PermaBase resists thegrowth of mold and mildewachieving a panel score of10, the highest score possi-ble, per ASTM D 3273.*

� Homogeneous core hasfewer voids and provides avery easy and clean scoreand snap.

� Can be cut utilizing a stan-dard utility knife andstraightedge. WithPermaBase’s unique corecomposition, little or noadditional labor is needed toclean the edge after a cut.

� PermaBase is impact resis-tant, extremely durable anddimensionally stable. It hasexcellent overall flexural,compressive and tensilestrength characteristics.

� PermaBase is highly mois-ture resistant, and will notrot, disintegrate or swellwhen exposed to water.

� 1/2" PermaBase may beused in 1 hour and 2 hourrated assemblies and is ULClassified.

� PermaBase has a smoother finish than other brands andhas no open edges, whichreduces hand chafing.

� 1/4" PermaBase is ideal forremodeling applicationsbecause it can be applieddirectly over a variety ofexisting countertop surfaces.

� As a floor underlayment 1/4"PermaBase eliminates theneed to modify adjacentthresholds when abutting tocarpeting, wood flooring andother common flooringmaterials.

� Lowest water absorption ofany cement board per ASTMC 473.

� Can be used in residentialand commercial saunas andsteam rooms.

� Available in various widths,lengths and thicknesses.

� Can be used in 24" o.c.floor truss construction, withspecific requirements.

� Suitable for both interiorand exterior applications.

A. Double-wrapped edge with EdgeTech®

technology

B. Fiberglass mesh

C. Cementitious core

AB

C

GridMarX®

1/4" PermaBase Underlayment has GridMarX, a pre-printed fastening pattern that ensures the proper number of fastenerswhile taking the guesswork out of spacing, layout and trim-ming.

*When tested by an independent laboratory per ASTM D 3273 ("Standard Test Method for Resistance to Growth of Mold on the Surface of Interior Coatings in an Environmental Chamber"),PermaBase achieved a panel score of 10, the highest score possible, indicating no mold growth under the laboratory test conditions. The use of PermaBase in actual installations may not producethe same results as were achieved in controlled laboratory conditions. No material can be considered "mold proof," nor is it certain that any material will resist mold indefinitely.

PERMABASE® BRAND CEMENT BOARD

DESCRIPTION

FEATURES/BENEFITS

Page 149: NGCConstGuide.pdf

147

CEMENTITIOUS BACKERUNIT (CBU): PermaBaseCement Board is a nailable,screwable backerboard andunderlayment panel which iscomposed of Portlandcement, aggregates and rein-forcements that has a signifi-cant ability to remain unaf-fected by prolonged exposureto moisture. PermaBase com-plies with ASTM C 1325 andANSI A118.9.

JOINT REINFORCEMENT:PermaBase mesh tape mustbe used on all edges and cutsmade to size. Use 2" widepolymer-coated (alkali resis-tant) mesh tape for interiorapplications and 4" widepolymer-coated (alkali resis-tant) mesh tape for exteriorapplications.BONDING MATERIALS: Treatjoint and set facing materialpreferably with latex-Portlandcement mortar or with dry-set(thin-set) mortar. All mortarsshould comply with ANSIA118.1 or A118.4 standards.Type 1 organic adhesive meet-ing ANSI A-136.1 may be uti-lized for interior use only.FASTENERS: Galvanized roof-ing nails, 1-1/2" long with hotdipped galvanized coating, foruse with wood framing. Nailsshould meet FederalSpecification #FF-N105B/ type2 style 20.PermaBase corrosion resistantscrews or equivalent, 1-1/4" or1-5/8" long, for use with woodframing. Type S-12 screws orequivalent, 1-1/4" or 1-5/8"long, for use with 20 ga. orheavier steel framing.

� 30-year limited warranty forinterior applications.

� 10-year limited warranty forexterior applications.

� Joints should be treated withalkali resistant fiberglassmesh tape set in a latex-Portland cement mortar.

� Conventional paper drywalltape, joint compound anddrywall nails or screwsshould not be used.

� Maximum wall framingspacing should not exceed16" o.c. and must bedesigned to limit deflectionto L/360 under all live anddead loads.

� Steel wall framing must be 20ga. (galvanized) or heavier –16" o.c.

� 1/4" PermaBase should notbe used on walls or ceilings.

� PermaBase Cement Board isnot a water barrier. Consultlocal building code for mois-ture barrier requirements.

� Not recommended for usewith vinyl flooring.

� For exterior and interior fin-ishes applied direct toPermaBase, reinforcingmesh must be embedded inbasecoat. Consult finish manufacturerfor additional requirements.

� PermaBase Cement Boardshould not be exposed totemperatures over 220˚F(105˚C).

SIZES & PACKAGING

Size: Thickness, Width & Length # of Pcs. Per Unit

PermaBase Cement Board

1/2" x 32" x 5' (12.7 mm x 813 mm x 1524 mm) 50

1/2" x 36" x 4' (12.7 mm x 914 mm x 1219 mm) 50

1/2" x 36" x 5' (12.7 mm x 914 mm x 1524 mm) 50

1/2" x 36" x 6' (12.7 mm x 914 mm x 1829 mm) 50

1/2" x 36" x 8' (12.7 mm x 914 mm x 2438 mm) 30

1/2" x 48" x 8' (12.7 mm x 1219 mm x 2438 mm) 30

5/8" x 36" x 5' (15.9 mm x 914 mm x 1524 mm) 35

5/8" x 48" x 8' (15.9 mm x 1219 mm x 2438 mm) 24

3/8" x 48" x 8' (9.5 mm x 1219 mm x 2438 mm) 40*

3/4" x 48" x 8' (19.0 mm x 1219 mm x 2438 mm) 20*

1" x 32" x 8' (25.4 mm x 813 mm x 2438 mm) 20*

PermaBase Underlayment

1/4" x 48" x 4' (7.9 mm x 1219 mm x 1219 mm) 50

1/4" x 36" x 5' (7.9 mm x 914 mm x 1524 mm) 50

COMPARISON CHART

Other FiberCement Cement

Physical Feature Benefits PermaBase Boards Boards

Lowest Weight Glass Mesh Cement Board � � �

Double-Wrapped Edge � � �

Fastens Near Edge With No Breakout � � �

Highest Damage Resistancy From Handling � � �

Cleanest To Score And Snap � � �

Lowest Water Absorption � � �

Meets 40 psf Rating Wind Load Test Results � � �(Stud spacing 16" o.c.)

Cuts With Utility Knife vs. Power Tools � � �

Standard Fasteners Countersink Into Board � � �

Can Be Used In Both Residential and � � �Commercial Steam Rooms And Saunas

Fewer Expansion Joints Needed � � �

Inorganic vs. Organic Core � � �

30-Year Warranty For Interior Use � � �

10-Year Warranty For Exterior Use � � �

* Special order

Product Feature: �Yes �No

TAPE & SCREWSNational Gypsum recommends theuse of PermaBaseTape andPermaBase Screwsto complete yourinstallation.

09

28

00

09 28 00/NGC

WARRANTY

LIMITATIONS

COMPOSITION

ACCESSORIES

PERMABASE® BRAND CEMENT BOARD

Page 150: NGCConstGuide.pdf

An ideal underlayment for interior applications such as:

� Shower and tub enclosures

� Garden/whirlpool tubs

� Countertops

� Backsplashes

� Steamrooms and saunas

� Swimming pool andwhirlpool decks and enclosures

� Floor underlayment– Entryways– Kitchens– Bathrooms– Foyers– Laundry rooms

GENERAL: All framing shouldcomply with local buildingcode requirements and bedesigned to provide supportwith a maximum allowabledeflection of L/360 under allintended loads. Framing mem-bers should be spaced a maxi-mum of 16" o.c.Note: Cut or score PermaBaseon printed side of panel. Installtile and tile setting materials inaccordance with current ANSIspecifications and Tile Councilof America (TCA) guidelines. CONTROL JOINTS: For interiorinstallations, allow a maximumof 30 lineal feet between controljoints. A control joint must beinstalled but not limited to thefollowing locations: whereexpansion joints occur in theframing or building (discontinueall cross furring members locatedbehind joint); when boards abutdissimilar materials; where fram-ing material changes; at changes of building shape orstructural system; at each storyseparation. Place control joints atcorners of window and dooropenings, or follow specifica-tions of architect. Control jointcavity shall not be filled withcoating or other materials.WALLS & CEILINGSWALL FRAMING: Edges ofPermaBase parallel to framingshould be continuously support-ed. Provide additional blockingwhen necessary to permit properPermaBase attachment.

Do not install PermaBase directlyover protrusions from stud planesuch as heavy brackets and fas-tener heads. Studs above ashower floor should either benotched or furred to accommo-date the thickness of the water-proof membrane or pan. The sur-round opening for a tub or pre-cast shower receptor should notbe more than 1/4" longer thanunit to be installed.CEILING FRAMING: Thedeflection of the complete ceil-ing assembly due to dead load

INTERIOR APPLICATIONS

(including insulation,PermaBase, bonding materialand facing material) should notexceed L/360. The dead loadapplied to the ceiling frameshould not exceed 10 psf.Ceiling joist or furring channelshould not exceed 16" o.c.(Edges of PermaBase parallel to framing should be continuously supported.)Provide additional blockingwhen necessary to permit prop-er PermaBase attachment.

PERMABASE CEMENT BOARD:Apply PermaBase with ends andedges closely butted but notforced together. Stagger endsjoints in successive courses. Drivefasteners into field of cementboard first, working toward endsand edges. Space fasteners max-imum 8" o.c. for walls, 6" o.c.for ceilings with perimeter fas-teners at least 3/8" and less than5/8" from ends and edges.Ensure PermaBase is tight toframing.

TUB & SHOWER SURROUND

PermaBase Cement Board

Tile

Adhesive orLatex-Portland

CementMortar

XP® GypsumBoard

Fiberglass Mesh Tape(Alkali Resistant)

PermaBase CementBoard Screws, 8" o.c.

PermaBase Cement Board

2"x 4" Wood Studs or20 ga. 3-5/8" MetalStuds 16" o.c.

APPLICATIONS

INSTALLATION

148 PERMABASE® BRAND CEMENT BOARD

Page 151: NGCConstGuide.pdf

JOINT REINFORCEMENT:Trowel bonding material tocompletely fill the taperedrecessed board joints and gapsbetween each panel. On non-tapered joints apply a 6" wide,approx. 1/16" thick coat ofbonding material over entirejoint. For all joints, immediatelyembed 2" alkali resistant fiber-glass mesh tape fully intoapplied bonding material andallow to cure. Same bondingmaterial should be applied tocorners, control joints, trims andother accessories. Feather bond-ing material over fasteners tofully conceal.

FLOORS & COUNTERSSUBFLOOR OR BASE: Forflooring applications with 16"o.c. floor joists, 5/8" tongueand groove exterior grade ply-wood or 3/4" tongue andgroove exterior grade OSB maybe used. For 19.2" o.c. and 24"o.c. floor joists, 3/4" tongue andgroove exterior grade plywoodor OSB must be used. Tile sizefor floors with 24" o.c. floor joistsmust be 12" x 12" or larger. Thejoist and subfloor assembly mustmeet L/360 as well as the appro-priate code tables for live anddead loads.

UNDERLAYMENT: Using a 1/4"square-notched trowel, apply a setting bed of latex-Portlandcement mortar (or thin-set mor-tar) to the subfloor or counterbase. Immediately laminatePermaBase to subfloor or baseleaving a 1/8" space betweenboards at all joints and corners.Leave a 1/4" gap along walls.Stagger all joints so that they do not line up with underlyingsubstrate joints. FastenPermaBase every 8" o.c.throughout board field andaround all edges while settingbed mortar is still workable.

Around perimeter of eachboard, locate fasteners 2" fromcorners and not less than 3/8"from the edges. Fill all jointssolid with bonding material.On non-tapered joints such asbutt ends, apply a 6" wide,1/16" thick coat over the entirejoint. For all joints, immediate-ly embed 2" fiberglass meshtape fully into applied bondingmaterial; ensure that tape iscentered over joint. Applybonding material over fasten-ers to fully conceal. Remove allexcess bonding material andallow to cure.

FLOOR UNDERLAYMENT COUNTERTOP

Fiberglass Mesh Tape(Alkali Resistant)

Cabinet

Plywood

Latex-PortlandCement Mortar

Latex-PortlandCement Mortar

PermaBase Cement Board

Tile

Tile

I-Joists

Plywood

PermaBase Cement Board

Latex-PortlandCement Mortar

Fiberglass Mesh Tape(Alkali Resistant)

Latex-PortlandCement Mortar

09

28

00

09 28 00/NGC

149PERMABASE® BRAND CEMENT BOARD

Page 152: NGCConstGuide.pdf

An ideal substrate for exteriorapplications such as:

� Tile applications

� Stucco applications

� Countertops

� Soffit panels

� Sheathing panels

� Decks

� Outdoor kitchens/grills

GENERAL: All framing should comply with local buildingcode requirements and bedesigned to provide supportwith a maximum allowabledeflection of L/360 under allintended live (including wind)and dead loads.Note: Cut or score PermaBaseon rough side of panel. Installtile and tile setting materials inaccordance with current ANSIspecifications and Tile Councilof America (TCA) guidelines.CONTROL JOINTS: For exteriorinstallations, allow a maximumof 16 lineal feet between controljoints. (For exterior tile applica-tions, control joints should bespaced a maximum of every12'.) A control joint must beinstalled but not limited to the following locations: whereexpansion joints occur in theframing or building (discontinueall cross furring members locatedbehind joint); when boards abutdissimilar materials; where fram-ing material changes; at changesof building shape or structuralsystem; at each story separation.Place control joints at corners ofwindow and door openings, orfollow specifications of architect.Control joint cavity shall not befilled with coating or othermaterials.DECKSSUBFLOOR: Plywood shouldbe securely glued and fastenedto floor joists spaced a maxi-mum of 16" o.c. Subfloorshould be sloped at a mini-mum pitch of 1/4" per foot. Thefloor surface should be true toplane within 1/8" in 10'.

UNDERLAYMENT: Using a 1/4"square-notched trowel, apply a setting bed of latex-Portlandcement mortar to the subfloor.Immediately laminatePermaBase to subfloor, leaving a1/8" space between boards at alljoints and corners. Leave a 1/4"gap along walls. Stagger all jointsso they do not line up withunderlying substrate joints.Fasten PermaBase every 8" o.c.throughout board field andaround all edges while settingbed mortar is still workable.Around the perimeter of eachboard, locate fasteners 2" fromthe corners and not less than3/8" from the edges. Fill all jointssolid with bonding material. On non-tapered joints such as buttends, apply a 6" wide, 1/16"thick coat over the entire joint.For all joints, immediatelyembed alkali resistant fiberglassmesh tape fully into appliedbonding material; ensure thattape is centered over joint. Applybonding material over fastenersto fully conceal. Remove allexcess bonding material andallow to cure.WATERPROOF MEMBRANE:Trowel apply waterproof mem-brane to the entire surface ofthe PermaBase, followingmembrane manufacturer’sinstallation instructions indetail.

WALLS & CEILINGSWALL FRAMING: Studsshould be spaced a maximumof 16" o.c. Edges/ends ofPermaBase parallel to framingshould be continuously sup-ported. Provide additionalblocking when necessary topermit proper PermaBaseattachment. Do not installPermaBase directly over pro-trusions from stud plane suchas heavy brackets or fastenerheads.CEILING FRAMING: Thedeflection of the complete ceil-ing assembly due to dead load(including insulation,PermaBase, bonding materialand facing material) should notexceed L/360. The dead loadapplied to the ceiling frameshould not exceed 10 psf.Ceiling joist or furring channelshould not exceed 16" o.c.(Edges of PermaBase parallel toframing should be continuous-ly supported.) Provide addition-al blocking when necessary topermit proper PermaBaseattachment.

EXTERIOR APPLICATIONS

WEATHER BARRIER: WhilePermaBase is unaffected by moisture, a water barrier mustbe installed to protect the cavi-ty. It should be installedaccording to the manufacturer’sspecifications.PERMABASE CEMENTBOARD: Apply PermaBasewith ends and edges closelybutted but not forced together.Stagger end joints in successivecourses. Drive fasteners intofield of cement board first,working toward ends andedges. Space fasteners maxi-mum 8" o.c. for walls, 6" o.c.for ceilings with perimeter fas-teners at least 3/8" and less than5/8" from ends and edges.

JOINT REINFORCEMENT:Trowel bonding material tocompletely fill the taperedrecessed board joints and gapsbetween each panel. On non-tapered joints apply a 6" wide,approx. 1/16" thick coat ofbonding material over entirejoint. For all joints, immediate-ly embed 4" alkali resistantfiberglass mesh tape fully intoapplied bonding material andallow to cure. Same bondingmaterial should be applied tocorners, control joints, trims orother accessories. Featherbonding material over fastenersto fully conceal.

APPLICATIONS

INSTALLATION

150 PERMABASE® BRAND CEMENT BOARD

Page 153: NGCConstGuide.pdf

Cement Board Stucco is awater-managed exterior wallsystem designed to provideincreased high-impact andweather resistance andimproved dimensional stabilitywhere exterior insulation valueis not required. For the purpos-es of meeting structural rackingor fire code requirements, it isapplied over the followingapproved sheathings: Exposure1 or exterior plywood (grade C-D or better); Exposure 1 OSB;glass mat gypsum substratemeeting ASTM C 1177; orwater resistant core gypsum(ASTM C 1396).It combines the strength anddurability of PermaBase CementBoard with the performanceand beauty of reinforced basecoats and textured finishes. Allfinishes are available in a limit-less color selection and offer performance enhance-ment options ranging fromextra mildew resistance toadded flexibility.Behind the system, a weather-resistant barrier complyingwith ASTM D-226 protectsapproved sheathings and otherstructural components andserves as a component to evac-uate incidental water. CementBoard Stucco allows you toenclose and finish a project inas little as two days, speedingoccupancy.

For high-impact and weather-resistant exterior wall in resi-dential and low-rise commer-cial applications.

DURABILITY/STRENGTH:Moisture resistant, durablePermaBase Cement Board sub-strates applied over a primarysheathing provide extraordi-nary impact and punctureresistance to the system.WEATHER RESISTANCE:100% Acrylic base coats andfinishes repel weather at thesystem’s surface.WATER-MANAGED DESIGN:The water-managed design ofthe system provides drainage tothe exterior of incidental waterthat might enter around orthrough window or door open-ings and penetrate behind thecladding in frame construction.

WATER-MANAGED, HIGH-IMPACT RESISTANT WALL SYSTEM

DESIGN OPTIONS:Cement Board Stucco providesthe popular stucco look,including the attachment ofspecial pre-molded shapes anda wide variety of finish textureand color options in standardcolors and custom colors.Contact exterior coatings manufacturer for color and installation instructions.

� Use is limited to residentialand low-rise commercialapplications.

� Thin veneer construction willtend to reveal planar irregu-larities in the frame construc-tion.

� Minor cracking at jointsmight become visible in thefinished exterior surface.

� For exterior finishes applieddirect to PermaBase, rein-forcing mesh must beembedded in basecoat.Consult exterior manufac-turer for additional installa-tion requirements.

� For conventional PortlandCement plaster systems, self-furring metal lath must be used over PermaBaseand adhered to studs.

CEMENT BOARD STUCCO WALL SYSTEM

Framing

Acceptable Sheathing

Moisture Protection Barrier (By Others)

PermaBase® BRANDCement Board

Base Coat

4" Mesh Tape

Exterior Finish

Flashing Or Starter Track

Base Coat

Corrosion ResistantFasteners

Reinforcing Mesh

09

28

00

09 28 00/NGC

APPLICATIONS

USES

ADVANTAGES

LIMITATIONS

151PERMABASE® BRAND CEMENT BOARD

Page 154: NGCConstGuide.pdf

FIRE-RATED ASSEMBLIES

UL LISTED PERMABASE® CEMENT BOARD PARTITIONS – STEEL FRAMINGFire Rating UL Design No. Description

1 hr. V452

1 hr. V438

1 hr. U420

1 hr. U425Load Bearing

2 hr. V452

2 hr. V438

2 hr. U420

2 hr. U425Load Bearing

3 hr. V438

UL LISTED PERMABASE® CEMENT BOARD PARTITIONS – WOOD FRAMING Fire Rating UL Design No. Description

1 hr. U305

1 hr. U309

2 hr. U301

2 hr. U371

1/2" PermaBase applied vertically or horizontally to one side of 3-5/8"steel studs 16" o.c. 5/8" Fire-Shield Gypsum Board applied vertically toopposite side. 3" mineral wool insulation in stud cavities.

1/2" PermaBase applied vertically or horizontally over 5/8" Fire-ShieldGypsum Board applied vertically to each side of 3-5/8" steel studs 24"o.c. PermaBase secured to studs with cement board screws of adequatelength to penetrate studs 3/8" spaced 8" o.c.

1/2" PermaBase applied vertically or horizontally over 5/8" Fire-ShieldGypsum Board applied vertically to each side double row of 1-5/8" steelstuds 24" o.c. spaced 6" apart. PermaBase secured to studs with cementboard screws of adequate length to penetrate studs 3/8" spaced 8" o.c.

1/2" PermaBase applied vertically or horizontally over 5/8" Fire-ShieldGypsum Board applied vertically to each side of 3-1/2", 20 gage steelstuds 24" o.c. PermaBase secured to studs with cement board screws ofadequate length to penetrate studs 3/8" spaced 8" o.c.

1/2" PermaBase applied vertically over 1/2" Fire-Shield C GypsumBoard, applied vertically to one side of 3-5/8" steel studs 16" o.c. 2 lay-ers 1/2" Fire-Shield C Gypsum Board applied vertically to oppositeside. 3" mineral wool insulation in stud cavities.

1/2" PermaBase applied vertically or horizontally over two layers 5/8"Fire-Shield Gypsum Board applied vertically to each side of 2-1/2" steelstuds 24" o.c. PermaBase secured to studs with cement board screws ofadequate length to penetrate studs 3/8" spaced 8" o.c.

1/2" PermaBase applied vertically or horizontally over two layers 5/8"Fire-Shield Gypsum Board applied vertically to each side double row of1-5/8" steel studs 24" o.c. spaced 6" apart. PermaBase secured to studswith cement board screws of adequate length to penetrate studs 3/8"spaced 8" o.c.

1/2" PermaBase applied vertically or horizontally over two layers 5/8"Fire-Shield Gypsum Board applied vertically to each side of 3-1/2", 20gauge steel studs 24" o.c. PermaBase secured to studs with cementboard screws of adequate length to penetrate studs 3/8" spaced 8" o.c.

1/2" PermaBase applied vertically or horizontally over 5/8" Fire-ShieldGypsum Boardapplied horizontally or vertically to each side of 2x4wood studs 16" o.c. PermaBase secured to studs with cement boardscrews of adequate length to penetrate studs 3/4" spaced 8" o.c.

1/2" PermaBase applied vertically or horizontally over 5/8" Fire-ShieldGypsum Board applied horizontally or vertically to each side of 2x4wood studs 24" o.c. PermaBase secured to studs with cement boardscrews of adequate length to penetrate studs 3/4" spaced 8" o.c.

1/2" PermaBase applied vertically over two layers 5/8" Fire-ShieldGypsum Board, applied either horizontally or vertically to each side of2x4 wood studs 16" o.c. PermaBase secured to studs with cementboard screws of adequate length to penetrate studs 3/4" spaced 8" o.c.

1/2" PermaBase applied vertically over either two layers 5/8" Fire-ShieldGypsum Board, applied either horizontally or vertically to the interiorside of 2x4 wood studs 16" o.c., or over 5/8" Gypsum Sheathing appliedto exterior side with portland cement stucco, brick veneer, thin brickfinishes. PermaBase secured to studs with cement board screws of adequate length to penetrate studs 3/4" spaced 8" o.c.

1/2" PermaBase applied vertically or horizontally over three layers 5/8"Fire-Shield Gypsum Board applied vertically to each side of 2-1/2" steelstuds 24" o.c. PermaBase secured to studs with cement board screws ofadequate length to penetrate studs 3/8" spaced 8" o.c.

152 PERMABASE® BRAND CEMENT BOARD

Page 155: NGCConstGuide.pdf

1-Hour Rating

1/2" PermaBase

Steel studs (with 3" mineral fiber insulation)

5/8" Fire-Shield Gypsum Board

2-Hour Rating

1/2" PermaBase

Steel studs (with 3" mineral fiber insulation)

1/2" Fire-Shield C Gypsum Board

FIRE-RATED WALLASSEMBLIESPermaBase Cement Board hasbeen tested and/or approvedfor use in a variety of fire-ratedwall systems.1-HOUR RATING – The 1-hour wall assembly consists of3-5/8" steel studs, 16" o.c., onelayer of 1/2" PermaBaseattached horizontally or verti-cally with 1-1/4" long cementboard screws 8" o.c. in thefield and perimeter on one sideand one layer of 5/8" Fire-Shield® wallboard attached ver-tically on opposite side withjoints staggered to those ofopposite side, with 1-1/4" longdrywall screws 8" o.c. in thefield and perimeter with 3"thick mineral fiber insulationbatts in the stud cavities. ULV452, ITS/WHI Report No.J99-4001.

2-HOUR FIRE RATING – The2-hour wall assembly consistsof 3-5/8" steel studs, 16" o.c.on one side, base layer of 1/2"Fire-Shield C wallboardattached vertically with 1" dry-wall screws 24" o.c. in the fieldand perimeter and face layer of1/2" PermaBase attached verti-cally with 1-5/8" cement boardscrews, 8" o.c. in the field andperimeter. Two layers of 1/2"Fire-Shield C wallboardapplied vertically to the oppo-site side, base layer attachedwith 1" drywall screws 24" o.c.in the field and perimeter andface layer attached with 1-5/8"drywall screws 12" o.c. in thefield and perimeter, with 3"thick mineral fiber insulationbatts in the stud cavities. Alljoints staggered between faceand base layer. UL V452,ITS/WHI Report No. J98-32931.

PERMABASE® BRAND CEMENT BOARD TECHNICAL DATA

Shea

r Bon

d St

reng

th7

days

(psi

)

PermaBase meets the following codes and standards:

2006 International Residential Code2006 International Building CodeASTM C 1325ANSI A118.9ICC Acceptance Criteria 59 (AC59)

Code Report References

ICBO ES Inc. ER-5731PermaBase Cement Board

National Evaluation Service Inc. Report No. NER-578PermaBase Cement Board

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

Property Test Method 1/2" PermaBase

Water Absorption % ASTM C 473 <8by Weight/24 Hours

Flexural Strength (psi) ASTM C 947 750

Fastener Holding ASTM D 1037 90(Wet and Dry, lbs.) (0.400" head diameter)

Weight (psf) ASTM C 473 3

Freeze/Thaw (cycles) ASTM C 666 100per ANSI A118.9 Procedure B

Flame Spread/ ASTM E 84 0/0Smoke Developed

Compressive Strength (psi) ASTM D 2394 2250(Indentation)

Wind Load ASTM E 330 40(psf, studs 16" o.c.)

Thermal “R”/k Value Property of Material 0.2/2.7

Bending Radius (ft.) Property of Material 5

Standard Method for ASTM C 627 Lightevaluating ceramic Commercialfloor installation system

Falling Ball Impact ASTM D 1037 pass(12" drop)

Dry-Set Portland ANSI A118.1 204Cement Mortar

Latex-Portland ANSI A118.4 241Cement Mortar

Organic Adhesives ANSI A136.1 159Type 1

Linear Variation ASTM D 1037 0.05%(Due to change inmoisture content)

Fungus Resistance ASTM G 21 (No growth)

Mold Growth on Surface ASTM D 3273* 10

* When tested by an independent laboratory per ASTM D 3273 ("StandardTest Method for Resistance to Growth of Mold on the Surface of InteriorCoatings in an Environmental Chamber"), PermaBase achieved a panel scoreof 10, the highest score possible, indicating no mold growth under the labora-tory test conditions. The use of PermaBase in actual installations may notproduce the same results as were achieved in controlled laboratory condi-tions. No material can be considered "mold proof," nor is it certain that any material will resist mold indefinitely.

09

28

00

09 28 00/NGC

TECHNICAL DATA

153PERMABASE® BRAND CEMENT BOARD

Page 156: NGCConstGuide.pdf

PermaBase Flex® BRANDCement Board is a polymer-modified cement board rein-forced with an alkali-resistantfiber mesh ideal for use aroundceilings, beams, columns, arch-es and archways, walls andanywhere an evenly curvedsurface is required.

� Radius wall construction

� Exterior and interior columns

� Barrel ceilings

� Radius shower walls

� Radius tub step-ups

� Radius archways

� Radius stair construction

� Saunas and steamrooms

� 6" (150 mm) minimumradius for 90˚ corners.

� Bends immediately, easilyand evenly.

� The only 1/2" lightweightcement board that bends.

� Can be bent without water saturation or kerf cuts.

� Easy installation, reducesskilled labor costs.

� Easy to cut and install withscrews.

� Can be used for interior or exterior applications.

� Impact resistant.

� Creates uniform curved surfaces.

� Unaffected by water or moisture.

� Dimensionally stable.

� For convex surfaces,PermaBase Flex must beapplied with the rough sur-face and tapered edgesexposed.

� For concave surfaces,PermaBase Flex must beapplied with the smooth surface exposed.

� PermaBase Flex CementBoard should not be usedfor fire-rated assemblies.

� Maximum framing spacingshould not exceed 8" o.c.and must be designed tolimit deflection to less thanL/360 under all live anddead loads.

� Steel framing must be 20gauge or heavier.

� PermaBase Flex should beused on curved walls andceilings. For flat walls andceilings refer to PermaBaseCement Board.

� PermaBase Flex CementBoard is vapor permeableand unaffected by water butis not a water barrier.Consult local building codefor moisture barrier require-ments.

� On exterior installations awaterproof membranemust be applied behindPermaBase Flex CementBoard.

� Do not use drywall nails,screws or fiberglass meshtape.

� Maximum fastener spacingshould not exceed 8" o.c. forwall and 6" o.c. for ceilingapplications.

PermaBase Flex makes curved designs easy toachieve. On this indoor pool ceiling applica-tion, PermaBase Flex is used with a hard coatplaster finish.

PermaBase Flex®BRAND Cement Board

PHYSICAL PROPERTIESProperty Test Method PermaBase Flex

Compressive Strength (psi) ASTM D 2394 1022(Indentation)

Weight (psf) ASTM C 473 3.0

Water Absorption % ASTM C 473 Less than 8by Weight/24 Hours

Falling Ball Impact (12" drop) ASTM D 1037 Pass

Sizes/Packaging

Thickness: 1/2" (12.7 mm)

Width: 4' (1219 mm)

Length: 8' (2438 mm)

Mass: 3.0 lb./ft. (14.6 kg/m)

Packaging: 30 boards per package.

DESCRIPTION

APPLICATIONS

FEATURES/BENEFITS

LIMITATIONS

TECHNICAL DATA

154 PERMABASE® BRAND CEMENT BOARD

Page 157: NGCConstGuide.pdf

INTERIOR APPLICATIONS

WALL FRAMING: Studsshould be spaced a maximumof 8" o.c. Edges/ends ofPermaBase Flex parallel toframing should be continuous-ly supported. Provide addition-al blocking when necessary topermit proper PermaBase Flexattachment. Do not installPermaBase Flex directly overprotrusions from stud planesuch as heavy brackets or fas-tener heads.

Studs above a shower floorshould be either notched orfurred to accommodate thethickness of the waterproofmembrane or pan. The sur-round opening for a tub or pre-cast shower receptor should not be more than 1/4" longerthan unit to be installed.

CEILING FRAMING: Thedeflection of the complete ceil-ing assembly due to dead load(including insulation,PermaBase Flex, bondingmaterial and facing material)should not exceed L/360. Thedead load applied to the ceil-ing frame should not exceed10 psf. Ceiling joist or furringchannel should not exceed 8"o.c. Edges of PermaBase Flexparallel to framing should becontinuously supported.Provide additional blockingwhen necessary to permitproper PermaBase attachment.

PERMABASE FLEX CEMENTBOARD: Apply PermaBaseFlex with ends and edgesclosely butted but not forcedtogether. Stagger end joints insuccessive courses. Drive fas-teners into field of cementboard first, working towardends and edges. Space fasten-ers maximum 8" o.c. for walls,6" o.c. for ceilings with perime-ter fasteners at least 3/8" andless than 5/8" from ends andedges. Ensure PermaBase Flexis tight to framing.

JOINT REINFORCEMENT:Trowel bonding material tocompletely fill the taperedrecessed board joints and gapsbetween each panel. On non-tapered joints apply a 6" wide,

approx. 1/16" thick coat ofbonding material over entirejoint. For all joints, immediate-ly embed 2" alkali-resistantfiberglass mesh tape fully intoapplied bonding material andallow to cure. Same bondingmaterial should be applied tocorners, control joints, trims orother accessories. Featherbonding material over fastenersto fully conceal.

EXTERIOR APPLICATIONS

WALL FRAMING: Studsshould be spaced a maximumof 8" o.c. Edges/ends ofPermaBase Flex parallel toframing should be continuous-ly supported. Provide addition-al blocking when necessary topermit proper PermaBase Flexattachment. Do not installPermaBase Flex directly overprotrusions from stud planesuch as heavy brackets or fas-tener heads.

WEATHER BARRIER: WhilePermaBase Flex is unaffectedby moisture, a water barriermust be installed to protect thecavity. It should be installedaccording to the manufactur-er‘s specifications.

CEILING FRAMING: Thedeflection of the complete ceil-ing assembly due to dead load(including insulation,PermaBase Flex, bondingmaterial and facing material)should not exceed L/360. Thedead load applied to the ceil-ing frame should not exceed10 psf. Ceiling joist or furringchannel should not exceed 8"o.c. (Edges of PermaBase Flexparallel to framing should becontinuously supported.)Provide additional blockingwhen necessary to permitproper PermaBase Flex attach-ment.

PERMABASE FLEX CEMENTBOARD: Apply PermaBaseFlex with ends and edgesclosely butted but not forcedtogether. Stagger end joints insuccessive courses. Drive fas-teners into field of cementboard first, working towardends and edges. Space fasten-ers maximum 8" o.c. for walls,6" o.c. for ceilings with perime-ter fasteners at least 3/8" andless than 5/8" from ends and

edges. Ensure PermaBase Flexis tight to framing.

JOINT REINFORCEMENT:Trowel bonding material tocompletely fill the taperedrecessed board joints and gapsbetween each panel. On non-tapered joints apply a 6" wide,approx. 1/16" thick coat ofbonding material over entirejoint. For all joints, immediate-ly embed 4" alkali-resistantfiberglass mesh tape fully intoapplied bonding material andallow to cure. Same bondingmaterial should be applied tocorners, control joints, trims orother accessories. Featherbonding material over fastenersto fully conceal.

CONTROL JOINTS: For interi-or installations, allow a maxi-mum of 30 lineal feet betweencontrol joints. For exteriorinstallations, allow a maximumof 16 lineal feet between con-trol joints. (For exterior tile

applications, control jointsshould be used a maximum ofevery 12'.) A control joint mustbe installed but not limited tothe following locations: whereexpansion joints occur in theframing or building (discontin-ue all cross furring memberslocated behind joint); whenboards abut dissimilar materi-als; where framing materialchanges; at changes at buildingshape or structural system; ateach story separation. Placecontrol joints at corners of win-dow and door openings, or fol-low specifications of architect.

GENERAL: All framing should comply with local buildingcode requirements and bedesigned to provide supportwith a maximum allowabledeflection of L/360 under allintended live (including wind)and dead loads.

Interior Installation

Exterior Installation

09

28

00

09 28 00/NGC

INSTALLATION

155PERMABASE® BRAND CEMENT BOARD

Page 158: NGCConstGuide.pdf

®

SECTION 09 28 00CEMENT BOARD

A. This section is written in CSI 3-part format and it assumesthat the general conditions ofthe contract will be AIAA201. This section is propri-etary and includes onlyNational Gypsum products.

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section includes:

1.Cement backerboard forceramic tile, other interiorand exterior applications forwalls and ceilings.

2.Underlayment for ceramic tile installations for interiorand exterior floors.

3.Substrate for ceramic tileinstallation for interior and exterior countertops.

1.02 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data:Manufacturers’ specifica-tions and installation instruc-tions for each product speci-fied.

1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING

A. Packaging and Shipping:Have materials shipped inmanufacturer’s originalpackages showing manufac-turer’s name and productbrand name.

B. Storage and Protection:Store materials inside andprotected from damage bythe elements. Protect ends,edges, and faces of cementboards from damage.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURER

A. National Gypsum Company

2.02 MATERIALS

A. Cement Board

1.Backer Board:Cementitious, water-durableboard; surfaced with fiber-glass reinforcing mesh onfront and back; long edgeswrapped; and complyingwith ANSI A118.9 and ASTMC 1325 (PermaBase BRANDCement Board).

a.Thickness: 1/2" or 5/8"b.Width: 2' 8", 3', or 4'c. Length: 4', 5', 6', or 8'd.Edges: Taperede.Density: 72 lbs. per cu. ft.f. Water Absorption: Not

greater than 8% when tested for 24 hours in accordance with ASTM C 473.

2. Bendable Backer Board:Cementitious, water-durableboard; surfaced with fiber-glass reinforcing mesh onfront and back; long edgeswrapped; and complyingwith ANSI A118.9(PermaBase Flex BRANDCement Board).

a.Thickness: 1/2"b.Width: 4'c. Length: 8'd.Edges: Taperede.Density: 72 lbs. per cu. ft.f. Water Absorption: Not

greater than 8% when tested for 24 hours in accordance with ASTM C 473.

3. Underlayment:Cementitious, water-durable board; surfacedwith fiberglass reinforcingmesh on front and back;long edges wrapped; andcomplying with ANSIA118.9 and ASTM C 1325(PermaBase BRAND CementBoard).a.Thickness: 1/4"b.Width: 3' or 4'c. Length: 5'd.Edges: Taperede.Density: 72 lbs. per cu. ft.f. Water Absorption: Not

greater than 8% when tested for 24 hours in accordance with ASTM C 473.

B. Fasteners:

1.Nails: 1-1/2" long, hotdipped galvanized, for usewith wood framing and com-plying with FederalSpecification FF-N-105B,Type 2, Style 20.

2.Screws: PermaBaseCement Board Hi-Lothread screws (No. 8),wafer head, corrosion-resistant, 1-1/4" or 1-5/8"long, for use with woodframing and complyingwith ASTM C 1002.

3.Screws: PermaBase CementBoard drill point screws (No.8) wafer head, corrosion-resis-tant, 1-1/4" or 1-5/8" long, foruse with 20 to 14 ga. steelframing and complying withASTM C 1002.

C. Joint Treatment:

1.Tape: Alkali-resistant fiber-glass mesh tape for joint rein-forcement, 2" wide mesh tapefor interior applications and 4"wide mesh tape for exteriorapplications.

2.Bonding Materials: Latex-Portland cement mortar orDry-Set (thin-set) mortar, forjoint treatment and settingface material, complyingwith ANSI A118.1 or A118.4standards. Type 1 organicadhesive meeting ANSIA136.1 may be utilized forinterior use only.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION

A. General: In accordance withmanufacturer’s recommenda-tions. National GypsumCompany “PermaBaseCement Board ConstructionGuide” and the followingstandard:

1. Installation of cementitiousbacker units: ANSI A108.11.

3.02 PROTECTION

A. Protect cement board installationsfrom damage and deteriorationuntil the date of substantial completion.

SPECIFICATIONS

156 PERMABASE® BRAND CEMENT BOARD

LIMITED WARRANTY AND REMEDIESProducts manufactured and sold byNational Gypsum Company are war-ranted by National GypsumCompany to its customers to be freefrom defects in materials and work-manship at the time of shipment. THISEXPRESS WARRANTY IS THE ONLYWARRANTY APPLICABLE TOSUCH PRODUCTS, AND IS INLIEU OF AND EXCLUDES ALLOTHER EXPRESS ORAL OR WRIT-TEN WARRANTIES AND ALLIMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUD-ING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THEIMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MER-CHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FORA PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

National Gypsum Company will notbe liable for any incidental, indirector consequential losses, damages orexpenses. The customer’s exclusiveremedy for any type of claim oraction for defective products will be limited to the replace-ment of the products (in the formoriginally shipped) or, at NationalGypsum’s option, to a payment orcredit not greater than the originalpurchase price of the products.

National Gypsum Company will notbe liable for products claimed to bedefective where the defect resultedfrom causes not within NationalGypsum’s control, or which arose oroccurred after shipment, includingbut not limited to accidents, misuse,mishandling, improper installation,contamination or adulteration byother materials or goods, or abnor-mal conditions of temperature, mois-ture, dirt or corrosive matter.

Any claim that products sold byNational Gypsum Company weredefective or other-wise did not con-form to the contract of sale is waivedunless the customer submits it in writ-ing to National Gypsum within thirty(30) days from the date the customerdiscovered or should have discoveredthe defect or nonconformance. Nolegal action or proceeding complain-ing of goods sold by NationalGypsum may be brought by the cus-tomer more than one year after the date thecustomer discovered or should have discov-ered the defect or problem of which it com-plains.

Page 159: NGCConstGuide.pdf

Index

®

12TH EDITION

IND

EX

157

Accessories .................................................................34, 47, 94Acoustical testing.......................................................................8Adhesive nail-on of gypsum board ...............................101, 102Area separation walls ...............................................19, 20, 140

basement .......................................................................143clips ...............................................................................141intermediate floors ................................................142, 143nonload-bearing ............................................................140solid ..............................................................................140top floor ................................................................142, 143

ASTM and Federal Specification product numbers ...................3

Banjo taper .............................................................................69Basecoat plasters .....................................................................35Bending radii .....................................................................65, 75

CAD drawing information ....................... Inside front cover, 161Casing bead ................................................................34, 47, 94Cavity Shaftwall system ........................................................123

for horizontal duct protection .................................26, 137Ceiling board, high strength ..............................................61, 77Ceiling panels, Gridstone BRAND ...........................62, 86, 87, 88Ceilings, steel frame .........................................24-26, 40-42, 99Ceilings, wood frame ................................................22-24, 101Cement board .......................................................................145Cement board, flexible .........................................................154Cement board stucco wall system ........................................151Channels, steel ........................................................................93Chase wall ..............................................................................92CleanRoom ceiling panels.................................................62, 87Column fireproofing .........................................................21, 39Control joints ...................................................8, 47, 49, 71, 94

in ceilings ........................................................................71Cornerbead .................................................................34, 47, 94Counters ...............................................................................149Critical lighting areas ............................................................119Curved surface, gypsum board over ...................................65, 75

A

B

C

Page 160: NGCConstGuide.pdf

board finish guide ..........................................................118casing ..............................................................................94cornerbeads .....................................................................94environmental conditions ................................................63gypsum board ............................................................58, 65gypsum board products ...................................................58limitations ........................................................................63lath/wood framing ...........................................................37mechanical application .................................................104over masonry .................................................................109plaster systems .................................................................33round-edged ....................................................................67R values............................................................................65sag, causes of .................................................................101screw application ..................................................101, 102sheathing ..............................................................28-32, 59single-layer application ...................................97, 101, 102storage and handling ........................................................63texture products .............................................................115

High Flex BRAND Gypsum Board ........................................60, 75High-strength ceiling board ..............................................61, 77High-strength ceiling panels ..............................................62, 88Hi-Abuse BRAND XP Gypsum board ...................................61, 78Hi-Impact BRAND XP Gypsum board ..................................61, 81Hopper ....................................................................................69Horizontal duct protection ..............................................26, 137Horizontal shaftwalls ............................................................137H-stud area separation wall ..................................................139

J Track............................................................................124, 125Joint compounds ...................................................................112

ProForm BRAND All Purpose joint compound .................112ProForm BRAND Lite joint compound .............................112ProForm BRAND Multi-Use joint compound ....................112ProForm BRAND Sta-Smooth joint compound..................113ProForm BRAND Sta-Smooth Lite joint compound ...........113ProForm BRAND Topping joint compound ......................113ProForm BRAND Triple-T compound ...............................113ProForm BRAND Ultra joint compound............................112

Joint tapes .............................................................................113Joint treatment products ..................................................112, 113

Kal-Kore ...................................................................45, 48, 1-54joints, treatment of ...........................................................50plaster base ................................................................34, 46

Kal-Kote ............................................................................44, 46basecoat plaster ...............................................................46over bonding agent ..........................................................44smooth finish ...................................................................46system over masonry .......................................................53textured finish ..................................................................46used over Kal-Kore ..........................................................51

Kal-Mesh tape .........................................................................47used on joints ..................................................................51

H

J

NATIONAL GYPSUM INDEX158

Door frames ......................................................................92, 96Double layer gypsum board application ...............................104Double nailing ......................................................................101Drywall paper tape, used on joints .........................50, 113, 119Drywall primer .............................................................119, 120

ProForm BRAND texture products.....................................115Duct protection ...............................................................26, 137

e2XP Extended Exposure Sheathing....................................31, 32Elevator doors ........................................................128, 129, 136Environmental conditions for gypsum board............................63Expansion joints...........................................................34, 47, 94Exterior soffit board ...........................................................60, 71E-Z Strip Control joint .......................................................47, 94

Face layer, application of gypsum board ..............................104Fasteners, gypsum board .................................................98, 101Federal specification designations .............................................7Federal specification product standards .....................................3Finish plasters ..........................................................................36Finishing gypsum board ........................................112, 118, 119Fireproofing columns and beams ................................21, 22, 39Fire-rated assemblies ...........................................................8-26Fire-Shield C gypsum board ..............................................58, 66Fire-Shield plaster base ...........................................................34Fire-Shield shaftliner ...............................60, 110, 124, 137, 140Fire-Shield gypsum board .................................................58, 66Fire testing..................................................................................8Floating angle, wallboard application ...........................101, 102Floors

steel framed ...............................................................24, 25wood framed .............................................................22, 23

Foam-insulated masonry .......................................................108Foil back gypsum board ..........................................................89Furring channels .............................................................99, 106

for ceilings .......................................................................99splice ...............................................................................99Z Furring...................................................................53, 108

Grid panels ..................................................................62, 86-88GridMarx .................................................................................64Gridstone BRAND ceiling panels ....................................62, 86-88Guide marks ............................................................................64Gypsolite plaster .....................................................................35Gypsum Board, see also Gypsum

adhesive application .............................................102, 104application, adhesive nail-on method ...................101, 102application, base layer ............................................97, 102application, double layer ...............................................104application, floating angle method ................................101application, over curved surface ...............................65, 75application, single layer ..........................................97, 101board bending ............................................................65, 75board fasteners ........................................................98, 101

E

F

D

K

G

Page 161: NGCConstGuide.pdf

IND

EX

NATIONAL GYPSUM INDEX 159

Laminated partitions .............................................................110Laminating adhesive, used in double-layer gypsum board ....104Lamination, gypsum board over masonry ...............................109Lath

ceilings, suspended .........................................................40gypsum/wood framing .....................................................37and plaster construction ..................................................34solid metal channel stud ..................................................37types of ............................................................................34used in fireproofing .........................................................39

Levels of finish ......................................................................118Lighting, severe .....................................................................119Light steel frame partitions ......................................................90Limiting heights .......................................................91, 125, 126

Metal framing ..........................................................................93Metal lath, see LathMetal lath, used in fireproofing columns and beams ...............39Metric capability ......................................................................63Mold prevention ......................................................................63Multi-Flex tape bead .............................................................113

Nail pops ..............................................................................102repairing ........................................................................102

Nonload-bearing steel frame partitions ....................................90Nonload-bearing walls ............................................................90

One-coat plasterUni-Kal ................................................................44, 46, 53X-KALibur ............................................................44, 46, 53

Orange Peel finish .................................................................115

Partition system for drywall .....................................................90Partitions

Durasan ...........................................................................18shaftwalls, stairwells, area separation walls ...............19, 20solid .................................................................................19steel framing ...............................................................14-18steel framing (load-bearing) ..............................................18veneer plaster ...................................................................12wood framing (load-bearing) ......................................12-14

Perfect Spray .........................................................................115Perma Base BRAND cement board...........................................145Perma Base Flex BRAND cement board ...................................154Plaster

accessories ......................................................................34basecoat ....................................................................35, 36finish ................................................................................36

L

M

N

0

gauging ............................................................................36Gypsolite plaster ..............................................................35moulding .........................................................................36painting .....................................................................36, 54systems ............................................................................33two-way hardwall ............................................................35veneer ...........................................................12, 44, 50, 52

Primer/sealer ...........................................................................116Product specifications (directory) ..............................................3ProForm BRAND joint compound ............................................112ProForm BRAND Sta-Smooth

joint compound .............................................................113gypsum board ............................................................59, 67HS .................................................................................113lite compound ...............................................................113

ProForm BRAND texture products ............................................115

R-values, gypsum board...........................................................65Ready-Mix joint compound ..................................................113Resilient furring channels, see furring channelsRunner

floor and ceiling ..............................................................93L ......................................................................................94

Sagging gypsum board .............................60 (see Soffit), 77, 101Saunas ...................................................................................146Screw application, of gypsum board .....................................101Shaft construction

caulking .........................................................................136drywall ..........................................................................123fire ratings ................................................................19, 124framing.............................................................................136horizontal ......................................................................137sound transmission data ..........................................19, 124wall heights allowed ..............................................125-126gypsum board ................................................................136

Shaftliner ................................................60, 110, 124, 137, 140Shaftwalls ........................................................................19, 124Sheathing, gypsum ......................................................28, 31, 59Shelf brackets ..........................................................................98Single-layer gypsum board application ...........................97, 101Soffit board, exterior ..........................................................60, 71Sound-rated assemblies .............................................................8Solid laminated partitions .....................................................110Solid-metal lath channel stud ..................................................37Solid partitions ........................................................................19SoundBreak gypsum board…………………………………… ..84Sound reduction

with furring channels .....................................................106Spatter finish .........................................................................115Spatter knockdown ...............................................................115Splice

furring channel ................................................................99stud ..................................................................................99

R

S

P

Page 162: NGCConstGuide.pdf

160

Veneer plaster ...................................................................12, 43accessories ......................................................................47for metal and wood framing ............................................50over concrete ...................................................................52over masonry ...................................................................53systems ............................................................................43thickness ..........................................................................46

Walls, wood frame ................................................................101Warranty .........................................................Inside back coverWood framed

floors and ceilings ...................................................22-24, 101partitions ..............................................................................12walls and ceilings ...............................................................101

X-KALibur................................................................44-46, 50-53XP Gypsum Board....................................................................70

Z furring channel ..............................................53, 54, 108, 109

Z

X

Steel frameceilings .......................................................................24-26floors ..........................................................................24-25for drywall .......................................................................90partitions ..............................................................12, 14-18pitched roof truss ..............................................................26

Steel studs ...............................................................................90drywall partition system ...................................................90nonload-bearing partitions ..............................................90

Steel track ...............................................................................93Subfloor, deck .......................................................................150Subfloor, water resistant ........................................................149Super-White Gauging Plaster ..................................................36Super-White Moulding Plaster ................................................36Suspended ceilings ...........................................................40, 99

metal lath ........................................................................40

Tape ..........................................................................47, 51, 113Technical assistance number............................Inside back coverTesting .....................................................................................2, 8 Texture products ....................................................................115Toggle bolts .............................................................................98Trademarks ......................................................Inside front coverTriple-T compound ...............................................................113Two-coat plaster Kal-Kote .......................................................44Two-Way Hardwall plaster .....................................................35

Underlayment, PermaBase.....................................................149Uni-Kal BRAND..........................................................................44

over bonding agent ..........................................................50applied over Kal-Kore ......................................................50

T

U

V

NATIONAL GYPSUM INDEX

W

Page 163: NGCConstGuide.pdf

NATIONAL GYPSUM INDEX 161

INDEX OF CAD DETAIL DRAWINGS

06115A Window Head Jamb – Reversible Stop 29

06115B Window Head Jamb – 3/4" Blind Stop 29

09210A 2" Solid Plaster Partition Intersection 38

09210B 2" Solid Plaster Partition Corner 38

09210C 2" Solid Plaster Partition at Ceiling 38

09210D 2" Solid Plaster Partition with Metal 38Door Jamb

09210E 2" Solid Plaster Partition at Floor 38

09210J Metal Lath Three Hour Beam Protection 39

09210J1 Column UL X402 39

09210K Suspended Metal Lath at Wall 40(Unrestrained)

09210L Suspended Metal Lath at Wall (Restrained) 41

09210M Suspended Metal Lath Control Joint 40

09210N Suspended Metal Lath at Wall 41(Unrestrained)

09210O Suspended Metal Lath at Lighting Troffer 40

09210P Furred Metal Lath Ceiling 41

09210Q Suspended Metal Lath 41

09210R Suspended Metal Lath at Beam 41

09215A Veneer Plaster Wood Stud Corner 49

09215B Veneer Plaster Screw Stud Corner 49

09215C Veneer Plaster Joint 49

09215D One Hour Fire Rated Control Joint 49

09215E Suspended Veneer Plaster Control Joint 49

09250A Exterior Soffit Board Ventilation 72

09250B Suspended Soffit Board at Wall 72

09250CC Joint Where Wall Framing Changes 95

09250E Partition Intersection 95

09250F Gypsum Board Partition Intersection 95

09250G Gypsum Board Partition Intersection 95(Alternate)

09250H Gypsum Board Partition at Concrete Slab 96

09250I Gypsum Board Partition at Suspended Ceiling 96

09250J Gypsum Board Partition at Furred Ceiling 96

09250K Gypsum Board Partition with Wood Door Head 96

09250L Gypsum Board Partition with Metal Door Head 96

09250M Gypsum Board Partition with Control Joint 96

09250N Gypsum Board Partition Wood Door Jamb 96

09250O Gypsum Board Partition with Metal Door Jamb 96

09250P One Hour Fire Rated Control Joint 96

DETAIL DESCRIPTION PAGE DETAIL DESCRIPTION PAGE

09250Q Gypsum Board Partition at Floor 96

09250R Gypsum Board Partition End 96

09250S Gypsum Board Joint 96

09250T Solid Laminated Partition at Floor 110

09250U Solid Laminated Partition Corner 110

09250V Solid Laminated Partition at Ceiling, 110Wall or Column

09250W Solid Laminated Partition with 111Wood Door Jamb

09250X Solid Laminated Partition with 111Metal Door Jamb

09260A Two Hour Fire Rated Shaftwall 128

09260AA Shaftwall Fireman Switch & Call Box 130

09260B Shaftwall Typical Start and End 128

09260BB Shaftwall Call Box 130

09260C Shaftwall Outside Corner 127

09260CC Shaftwall with Conduit 130

09260D Shaftwall Inside Corner 127

09260DD Shaftwall Fireman Switch & Indicator Box 130

09260E Shaftwall 7'-0" Elevator Door Framing 128

09260EE Shaftwall Chase Wall 134

09260F Shaftwall 7'-0" Elevator Door Jamb 128

09260FF Shaftwall Chase Wall 134

09260G Shaftwall J Track Framing above 7'-0" 128Elevator Door

09260GG Two Hour Fire Rated Horizontal 137Duct Protection

09260H Shaftwall Elevator Door Head 128

09260HH Two Hour Fire Rated Corridor 137Ceiling & Stair Soffit

09260I Shaftwall over 7'-0" Elevator Door Framing 129

09260II One Hour Fire Rated Corridor Ceiling 137& Stair Soffit

09260J Shaftwall Elevator Door Jamb 129

09260K Shaftwall J Track Framing above 129Elevator Door

09260L Shaftwall Elevator Door Head 129

09260M Shaftwall at Suspended Ceiling 131(Unrestrained)

09260N Shaftwall at Suspended Ceiling (Restrained) 131

09260O Shaftwall Mail Chute 131

09260P Shaftwall Cant Strip 131

IND

EX

Page 164: NGCConstGuide.pdf

NATIONAL GYPSUM INDEX162

DETAIL DESCRIPTION PAGE

GOLDA.DWG or .DXF Gypsum, Plaster, Metal Lath 11

GOLDB.DWG or .DXF Plaster Fireproofing Columns(10WF49 or Heavier) 12

GOLDC.DWG or .DXF Plaster Fireproofing Beams(8WF24 or Heavier) 12

GOLDD.DWG or .DXF Veneer Plaster Partitions/Wood Framing 12

GOLDE.DWG or .DXF Veneer Plaster Partitions/Steel Framing 12

GOLDH.DWG or .DXF Gypsum Board Partitions/Wood Framing (Load-Bearing) 12-14

GOLDJ.DWG or .DXF Gypsum Board Partitions/Steel Framing 14-18

GOLDK.DWG or .DXF Gypsum Board Partitions/Durasan Prefinished Gypsum 18

GOLDL.DWG or .DXF Gypsum Board Partitions/Solid 19

GOLDM.DWG or .DXF Gypsum Board Partitions/Shaftwalls, Stairwells 19-20

GOLDN.DWG or .DXF Gypsum Board Column Fireproofing 21-22

GOLDP.DWG or .DXF Gypsum Board Floor/Ceilings - Steel Framing 24-26

GOLDR.DWG or DXF Gypsum Board Roof/Ceilings - Steel Framing(pitched roof truss) 24-26

GOLDS.DWG or .DXF Gypsum Board FloorCeilings - Wood Framing 22-24

GOLDP.DWG or DXF Gypsum Board Roof/Ceilings - Steel Framing(Steel joists) 26

GOLDT.DWG or .DXF Gypsum Board Horizontal Duct Protection 26

QUICK SELECTOR CAD FILES

INDEX OF CAD DETAIL DRAWINGS

DETAIL DESCRIPTION PAGE

09260Q Shaftwall Parallel to Deck Valleys 132

09260R Shaftwall Offset from Steel Beam 132

09260S Stairwell Handrail Support (Screw Fastened) 133

09260T Stairwell Handrail Support (Screw Fastened) 133

09260U Stairwell Handrail Support (Bolt Fastened) 133

09260V Shaftwall with Electrical Outlet 133

09260W Shaftwall with Electrical Outlet Support 133

09260X Stairwell Stair Hanger Rod 134

09260Y Stairwell Stair Hanger Rod 134

09260Z Shaftwall Elevator Electrical Control Layout 130

09265G H-Stud Area Separation Wall 142

09265H H-Stud Area Sep. Wall at Foundation 143

09265I H-Stud Area Sep. Wall at Floor Intersection 142

09265J H-Stud Area Sep. Wall at Roof Parapet 142

09265K H-Stud Area Separation Wall at Roof 142

09265L H-Stud Area Sep. Wall Protruding Ext. Wall 143

09265M H-Stud Area Sep. Wall at Exterior Wall 142

Page 165: NGCConstGuide.pdf

LIMITED WARRANTY AND REMEDIES

Products manufactured and sold by National Gypsum Company are warranted byNational Gypsum Company to its customers to be free from defects in materialsand workmanship at the time of shipment. THIS EXPRESS WARRANTY IS THE ONLY

WARRANTY APPLICABLE TO SUCH PRODUCTS, AND IS IN LIEU OF AND EXCLUDES ALL OTHER

EXPRESS ORAL OR WRITTEN WARRANTIES AND ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING BUT NOT

LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR

PURPOSE.

National Gypsum Company will not be liable for any incidental or consequentiallosses, damages or expenses. The customer’s exclusive remedy for any type ofclaim or action for defective products will be limited to the replacement of theproducts (in the form originally shipped) or, at National Gypsum Company’soption, to a payment or credit not greater than the original purchase price of the products.

National Gypsum Company will not be liable for products claimed to be defectivewhere the defect resulted from causes not within National Gypsum Company’scontrol, or which arose or occurred after shipment, including but not limited to accidents, misuse, mishandling, improper installation, contamination oradulteration by other materials or goods, or abnormal conditions of temperature,moisture, dirt or corrosive matter.

Any claim that products sold by National Gypsum Company were defective orotherwise did not conform to the contract of sale is waived unless the customersubmits it in writing to National Gypsum Company within thirty (30) days from the date the customer discovered or should have discovered the defect or non-conformance. No legal action or proceeding complaining of goods sold byNational Gypsum Company may be brought by the customer more than one year after the date the customer discovered or should have discovered the defect or problem of which it complains.Copyright 2008 National Gypsum CompanyPRINTED IN USA 4/08

FIELD REPRESENTATIONNational Gypsum has a vast

store of knowledge andexperience to deal with vir-tually any problem or situa-tion, and we’ve put thattechnical experience in thefield with our representa-tives. Their job is to answeryour questions and help youuse the right products effec-tively, properly and produc-tively.

Your National Gypsum FieldRepresentative brings toeach situation years of actu-al hands-on experience withgypsum and related prod-ucts. Each FieldRepresentative has alsoreceived extensive special-ized training at the NationalGypsum Research Center inevaluating specificationsand meeting building codestandards. So, before youstart your next job, talk toyour National Gypsum FieldRepresentative to determinethe products, the systems,the application proceduresand the specifications need-ed to assure the job is doneright, right from the start.

A VALUABLE RESOURCEWith years of accumulated

research, on-the-job experi-ence and knowledge ofbuilding products and theirapplication, NationalGypsum‘s technical serviceexperts are your resource for technical information.Beyond simply manufactur-ing and providing qualitybuilding products, National Gypsum has made a total commitment to technical assistance for our customers all alongthe line, at every stage of a project’s development.

DIRECT AND IN PERSONWith one phone call from any-

where in the ContinentalU.S., Hawaii and Alaska orCanada, you have a direct,personal link to NationalGypsum’s database of cur-rent technical information.For your convenience,National Gypsum’s toll freetechnical assistance is avail-able from 8:00 a.m. through4:45 p.m. (E.T.), Mondaythrough Friday. They will getback to you within 48 hourswith a specific and accurateanswer to your gypsumapplication and installationproblems. All with a singletoll free phone call.

1-800 NATIONAL® HAS THE ANSWERS TO HELP YOU GET ON WITH THE JOB

HOW CAN NATIONAL GYPSUM HELP YOU?Ask us about specifications, code regulations, product usage, installation and more:

■ Fire and sound rated walls and ceilings

■ Metal stud height information

■ Cavity shaftwalls, mechanical shafts, air ducts and stairwells

■ PermaBase® BRAND cement board

■ Durasan® BRAND prefinished vinyl gypsum wall panels

■ Area separation walls acting as fire barriers for woodframe dwellings

■ Levels of Gypsum Board Finish■ Veneer plaster systems, one and two coat■ Gridstone® BRAND vinyl laminated ceiling grid panels■ Lath and plaster construction■ ProForm® BRAND Joint Treatment products■ ProForm® BRAND spray textures for walls and ceilings■ Gold Bond® BRAND High Strengthceiling board■ ProForm® BRAND Sta-Smooth® FS-90 Fire-Shield® fire and smoke

stop compound■ Gold Bond® BRAND Hi-Abuse® XPGypsum Board■ Gold Bond® BRAND Hi-Impact® XP Gypsum Board■ Gold Bond® BRAND1/4'' High Flex® Gypsum Board■ Manufactured housing products and applications

EXPERIENCE ON THE LINE!When questions need to be

answered immediately,National Gypsum’s nation-wide technical assistance hotline puts a wealth of experience and computerizeddata right at your fingertips.

1-800-NATIONAL(800) 628-4662

®

Page 166: NGCConstGuide.pdf

102171 Rev. 4/08

ⓦ Atlantic AreaPh: (800) 237-9167Fx: (877) 252-0430

ⓦ Central AreaPh: (800) 252-1065Fx: (866) 232-0440

ⓦ Gulf AreaPh: (800) 343-4893Fx: (866) 482-8940

ⓦ Midwest AreaPh: (800) 323-1447Fx: (866) 692-8590

ⓦ Northeast AreaPh: (800) 253-3161Fx: (866) 632-1480

ⓦ Southeast AreaPh: (800) 548-9394Fx: (866) 732-1990

ⓦ Southwest AreaPh: (800) 548-9396Fx: (866) 792-7520

ⓦ Western AreaPh: (800) 824-4227Fx: (800) 438-6266

National AccountsPh: (800) 440-1230Fx: (866) 622-3590

Manufactured HousingPh: (800) 455-3185Fx: (800) 639-1714

Corporate Headquarters

National Gypsum Company2001 Rexford RoadCharlotte, NC 28211

Phone: (704) 365-7300Web: nationalgypsum.com

nationalgypsum.com/espanol

Technical Information

Phone: (800) NATIONAL(800) 628-4662

Fax: (800) FAX-NGC1(800) 329-6421

LIMITED WARRANTY AND REMEDIESProducts manufactured and sold byNational Gypsum Company arewarranted by National GypsumCompany to its customers to be freefrom defects in materials and work-manship at the time of shipment.THIS EXPRESS WARRANTY IS THEONLY WARRANTY APPLICABLE TOSUCH PRODUCTS, AND IS INLIEU OF AND EXCLUDES ALLOTHER EXPRESS ORAL OR WRIT-TEN WARRANTIES AND ALLIMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUD-ING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THEIMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MER-CHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.National Gypsum Company will notbe liable for any incidental, indirector consequential losses, damages orexpenses. The customer’s exclusiveremedy for any type of claim oraction for defective products will belimited to the replacement of theproducts (in the form originallyshipped) or, at National Gypsum’soption, to a payment or credit notgreater than the original purchaseprice of the products.National Gypsum Company will notbe liable for products claimed to bedefective where the defect resultedfrom causes not within NationalGypsum’s control, or which aroseor occurred after shipment, includ-ing but not limited to accidents,misuse, mishandling, improperinstallation, contamination or adul-teration by other materials orgoods, or abnormal conditions oftemperature, moisture, dirt or cor-rosive matter.Any claim that products sold byNational Gypsum Company weredefective or otherwise did not con-form to the contract of sale iswaived unless the customer submitsit in writing to National Gypsumwithin thirty (30) days from thedate the customer discovered orshould have discovered the defector nonconformance. No legalaction or proceeding complainingof goods sold by National Gypsummay be brought by the customermore than one year after the datethe customer discovered or shouldhave discovered the defect or prob-lem of which it complains.

CUSTOMER SERVICE SALES AREAS

®